day trip itinerary london

Finding the Universe

Travel tales, photography and a dash of humor

One Day in London – What to Do in London in A Day

Last updated: April 13, 2024 . Written by Laurence Norah - 72 Comments

Planning on spending just one day in London? Sure, it’s not very long, but you’ll be able to see a lot of London’s highlights even in such a short space of time.

In this post, we’re going to help you plan your perfect day in London. We’re going to take a look at some of our favourite sights in London, capital of the UK and a spot I was thrilled to call home for a couple of years before I set off on my travels.

This guide to what to do in London in a day makes for the perfect day exploring London. It would make for a great way to start a longer trip around the UK , or to see some of London’s top sights if you have a few hours stopover in one of London’s airports .

This itinerary would also help someone planning a general European adventure – take a look at our 2 week Europe itinerary for a suggestion of how to plan something like that.

This post is set up to help you see all of these key London sights in one day and I’ve ordered them in the way that I’d recommend you go about doing that.

1 Day London Itinerary Overview

Here’s a quick overview of what this plan has you doing, for quick reference

• The Tower of London & Tower Bridge
• The South Bank and London Eye, Shard or St. Paul’s Cathedral
• The Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey
• Buckingham Palace
• Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden and the West End
• Traditional London Pub

Now, let’s see how that looks in our detailed guide to what to do in London for a day.

One Day In London: What to Do in London for A Day

Below is a detailed guide to what to do in London if you only have a day, in the order that makes the most sense in terms of getting around and minimizing transport.

Ideally, you’ll start the day at opening time of the first attraction (between 9am and 10am, depending on the day of the week), and keep going until you’ve seen everything!

1. The Tower of London

History! If you like the TV show Game of Thrones (and who doesn’t?), then you’ll love the Tower of London . This place was home to so much plotting, scheming, death and betrayals that it almost makes George’s epic tale of Westeros seem pale in comparison.

Queens, princes and archbishops died here, and history was literally made on the grass underfoot.

Admittedly, there are less dragons in London.

Expect to spend a least two hours here, exploring all there is to see, from the tower, to the execution block, to the crown jewels themselves. You can see full ticket pricing information here . It’s free for holders of the  London Pass .

Alternatively, you can buy a ticket online in advance here . Using our link normally saves you between 5 and 10% on the adult admission price for the Tower of London, meaning these discounted Tower of London tickets are some of the best value we’re aware of.

We also recommend checking prices via GetYourGuide here , and on the official website  here , where you can also see opening times. Note that tickets bought via GetYourGuide normally include free cancellation up to 24 hours in advance of your visit (although do check the ticket description prior to purchase to be sure).

While you’re at the Tower of London, you might as well take the opportunity to pop across the Thames on Tower Bridge, easily the most famous of London’s bridges, and for good reason!

You can also actually go inside this bridge and learn all about how it works by visiting the Tower Bridge Exhibition, which is often a place we love to take friends and family when we show them around the city as it’s quite a unique experience.

2. The South Bank and London Eye

Once you’ve crossed over Tower Bridge, you’ll find yourself on the South Bank, cunningly named because it’s on the south bank of the river Thames.

As you walk west along this lovely bit of pedestrianized riverway you’ll find yourself passing such sights as HMS Belfast (one of our favourite military museums in London ) and London’s City Hall.

You’ll also be walking past the recreation of Shakespeare’s famous Globe theatre, the Shard (Western Europe’s tallest building), the Millennium Bridge which leads to St. Paul’s cathedral and the quite magnificent Tate Modern Art Gallery, all of which are likely to tempt you in. Go on, I won’t tell anyone.

Once you’ve made it past all these attractions, and maybe grabbed a bite to eat at Borough Market just behind London Bridge, you’ll find yourself coming around the corner, with the Houses of Parliament swinging into view and the giant Ferris wheel known as the London Eye looming large.

If you want a spectacular view of London, take a spin in the wheel, and marvel as the city unfurls beneath you.

For tickets, it’s cheaper to book in advance than in person. You can book tickets and check prices on the official site here . It’s also included on the London Pass, which you can buy here .

We also have a complete guide to the London Eye here with lots more information to help you plan a visit.

Another option is to visit the Shard, which also offers spectacular views from a higher vantage point. The Shard has better views of Tower Bridge and the Tower of London, whilst the London Eye gets you close to the Houses of Parliament.

You can book tickets for the Shard in advance on Tiqets here (book online in advance for the best prices). It’s also included on the London Pass.

If you’d prefer not to walk from Tower Bridge to the Houses of Parliament, you can also take a river “bus” from either Tower Pier or London Bridge City Pier all the way down the river to Westminster Pier.

It’s a nice way to see London from the water, and prices for the river bus are pretty good value. See our guide to getting around London for tips on the different public transport options in the city.

3. The Houses of Parliament

After your London Eye ride, walk or boat ride (whichever you opt for!), you’ll want to pop across the river to take in the Houses of Parliament, home to the English lawmakers and the bell known as Big Ben.

This is one attraction that is easy to see from the outside, but not many people know that you can also drop inside if you want to, and go on a guided tour.

Tours aren’t quite “turn up and go in”, as they only run-on certain days, but with a bit of research and forward planning (and by visiting this site ), you should be able to visit the English home of power and authority without too much trouble. You can also book a guided tour of both Westminster Abbey and the Houses of Parliament here .

If it is too much trouble though, fear not. The building is very impressive from the outside, and you can sate your thirst for history quite easily by popping to Westminster Abbey, which happens to be just behind the Houses of Parliament.

Westminster Abbey has played host to some of the most important historical events of the last thousand years in the UK, hosting 16 royal weddings, around 50 coronations and a host of memorial services, including that of Diana, Princess of Wales.

It is also home to some of Britain’s most famous dead, including Charles Darwin, Isaac Newton, notable royals, and many more. Very much worth a visit and free for holders of the London Pass. Full details on pricing and opening hours here . You can also book your tickets online in advance here .

4. Buckingham Palace

Ah, the Queen. Depending on you who you talk to in the UK, she’s either a lovely old dear who the country needs, or a tragic waste of taxpayers’ money.

Whichever, she does happen to have a number of rather lovely houses to live in, the most famous of which is of course Buckingham Palace. Here you can peer through the railings to watch the changing of the guard and wonder as to how the other half live, and wave frantically at the windows on the off-chance that someone waves back.

On our itinerary, you’ll likely miss the Changing of the Guard (see when that happens here ), so you would need to move things around if that happens to be a priority for your visit. Missing it isn’t the end of the world though, as it gets really crowded at that time of day.

You can also visit and actually go inside Buckingham Palace in very narrow windows of opening during the summer, with full details of pricing and opening hours available on this website.

Of course, whilst you’re at Buckingham Palace, you should probably take a moment to explore some of the other local attractions.

A quick stroll down the Mall will take you past the pretty St James’s Park, home to a number of pelicans. Then you can head out onto Trafalgar Square, where you can enjoy seeing the lions, Nelson’s famous column and sate your art appetite at the excellent, and free, National Gallery .

Note if art and museums is more your thing, you might want to schedule a visit to the British Museum in this itinerary. From Trafalgar Square it’s a 20 minute walk or a 12 minute tube ride to one of London’s most famous (and free) museums.

5. Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden and the West End

From Buckingham Palace you could either stroll up the Mall, or head back towards Westminster Abbey, and go up Whitehall. I’d advise the latter, and not least because one of the Harry Potter London locations is nearby .

Going up Whitehall takes you through the heart of government in Britain, and you’ll pass right by 10 Downing Street. Don’t be upset if you miss it though, you can’t actually see the famous door from the street.

As you walk along Whitehall you’ll find yourself passing the Cenotaph, one of Britain’s most well-known war memorials . You’ll also pass the Horse Guards, where you can get photos of the, well, Horse Guards atop their horses, before finally arriving at Trafalgar Square.

This is home to Nelson’s Monument and the National Gallery, and a photo with one of the lions is pretty much mandatory. From here, you’re an easy walk to the West End, home to the famous covered market of Covent Garden and a number of London’s most well-known theatres.

If you have time, you might now consider visiting the excellent Transport Museum in Covent Garden, where you can learn all about the history of London’s transport system. Alternatively, you can just take in a free show from one of the street entertainers here.

This is also where you’ll find Leicester Square, which is famous as where major films are first shown in the UK.

Here you might want to take in a show to round off your day in London – we can recommend the Mousetrap , the world’s longest running stage show in the world!

6. Visit a Decent London Pub

It’s not all hard work and sightseeing, you know. When you’re in London, you really should take the time to experience a truly British experience – a pub.

Enjoy a pint of something exotically named hand-pulled from a wooden handle, and marvel as to how the decor is likely not to have changed for a good couple of hundred years.

If you’re hungry, try out an English classic like fish and chips or steak and ale pie, and rejoice at how much of London you were able to see in one day.

If you’ve gotten to this point and think the idea of focusing on the pubs of London is more your scene, check out this walking tour which does just that.

Map of 1 Day London Itinerary

To help you visualise the above we’ve put it into a map, which you can also see on Google Maps here .

Getting Around and Saving Money in London

For the day in London as described above, getting around by foot is entirely feasible – contrary to public opinion, central London is perfectly walkable. If you’re not so into walking though, then London is very well served by public transport.

The cheapest way to use that is with an Oyster card, a pre-pay system which works out much cheaper than paying for tickets, and available at nearly every transport hub. You can also use a contactless credit card or a device which supports contactless payments.

We have a detailed guide to using the London transport network here which covers all your options.

In terms of visiting attractions, a number of London sights are free, including some of the top museums like the Tate Modern.

However, places like the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, London Eye, and St. Pauls Cathedral aren’t free, and if you think you’re going to be visiting a few sights, then you have a couple of options for saving money.

First is the  London Pass , a sight-seeing pass that gives you access to over 80 top attractions across the city.

From those listed on this page, the London Pass includes the Tower of London, Tower Bridge Exhibition, View from the Shard, London Eye, Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral and the Transport Museum.

If you plan on visiting all those attractions (we’d suggest either the London Eye or the Shard rather than both though), the entry fees as of April 2024 would be around £153 per person (assuming you pick either the Shard or the London Eye, it would be even more if you visited both!).

A 1 day London Pass currently costs £114, so that would save you around £39 per person. It also saves you the hassle of having to book separate tickets for each attraction or joining long ticket lines on site.

Check our full review and guide to the London Pass to see if it’s for you.

The second option we recommend is the GoCity London Explorer Pass . This lets you pick and choose from a set of attractions. You can choose to go to 2, 3, 5 or 7 attractions from the selection of over 60 attractions.

We think that both of these passes can save you money in London, the difference is largely down to which attractions you want to see, and how many attractions you want to see.

Get your London Pass online from the official site here .

What about a walking tour of London?

If you’d prefer to have a guide for all or part of your day in London, who can share with you some of the history of this city as well as more local knowledge and insights, then we can recommend this London in a Day tour .

This tour covers nearly everything we have in our one-day London itinerary, including the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, the Changing of the Guard, and Westminster Abbey.

It’s a full day tour, but we think is one of the better options if you would prefer an escorted experience and the input of a guide.

We’ve used the tour company “ Take Walks ” for walking tours around the world, and have always had a positive experience, and are happy to recommend this tour . They also have a number of other tours in London that are worth checking out.

Another option we suggest are  these tours by City Wonders , they offer a wide range of tours in London, from introductory tours through to more detailed and specific tours.

They also offer attraction entry to most of the attractions in this list if you want to book items individually. Definitely a good one-stop shop for your London trip planning.

Harry Potter fans will want to check out this guided tour of Harry Potter filming locations in London .

We have a full guide to some of the best walking tours in London , which is also worth reviewing if you are interested in a walking tour while you are in the city.

Where to Go After Your Day in London – Day Trips & More

We’re often asked where to head to from London after this itinerary is over, or just for suggestions on good day trips from London.

We’ve done quite a  few day trips from London, including a day trip to Oxford and a day trip to Stonehenge from London , and we wanted to share some ideas, for both day trips from the city and longer trips to see more of the country.

• Stonehenge, Bath and the Cotswolds are really popular destinations, and you can easily do these together as part of a day trip from London. This tour features all of those destinations, as well as Windsor Castle. It even includes lunch!
• Lovers of Downton Abbey will want to visit Highclere Castle where the show was filmed. See our guide to visiting Highclere Castle , which includes tips for visiting as a day trip from London, then check out this tour .
• A tour of Oxford, the Cotswolds and Stratford . Three popular destinations from London that you can visit as part of a day trip. Also see my guide to visiting Oxford from London for more ideas.
• A private tour down to Portsmouth . This is a good tour for those of you with an interest in naval history and/or visiting a lovely English seaside city. Also see our guide to things to do in Portsmouth for more ideas.
• For a longer trip, check out my 10 day UK itinerary by public transport , which starts with a couple of days in London, but then has you touring some highlights of the rest of the country. We also have 1 week and 2 week self drive itineraries .
• Visiting Paris as a day trip from London is a popular option as well, and with the Eurostar train direct from central London to Paris in around 2 hours, this can even be done as a day trip. You can either do this yourself, booking train tickets here , or you can take a day tour like  this one . See our guide to spending a day in Paris for sightseeing tips.
• If you want to take a longer guided tour from London and see more of the UK, we recommend  this small group tour , which takes eight days to take you from London to Edinburgh.

Hopefully these give you a starting point for the next stage in your trip!

Where to Stay in London

If you’re planning on spending the night in London, you have no shortage of accommodation options, from hostels to luxury five star properties.

For this itinerary, we’d suggest placing yourself fairly centrally if you can, to minimise travel time. For a short stay like this, we’d definitely recommend using booking.com to book your property – whilst we love apartment rentals, we think they are less sensible for a whistle stop visit.

For examples of properties at different price points that are centrally located, here are some options:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel – A well reviewed centrally located hostel
• The Z hotel in Shoreditch – excellent value in a lively and popular part of London with great dining options
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• The Resident Victoria Hotel – a well reviewed and centrally located hotel offering excellent value for money
• The Savoy – true luxury as close to the city centre as you can get!

Generally when searching for somewhere to stay our first choice is booking.com. They’re easy to use, usually have the best prices, and have everything from hotels to hostels , guest-houses and even apartments . Try them for London and see!

If you prefer an apartment, then we recommend either Plum Guide or Vrbo .

Plum Guide doesn’t have quite so many choices, but they carefully curate their listings so their options tend to be of a very high quality whilst still being available at a range of price points. We’ve stayed at a number of their properties around the world, and you can see our  review of the Plum Guide here . See their listings for London here .

If you can’t find what you want from the above choices, or you want some new options to try out, we wrote a whole post on the best alternatives to AirBnB which you should check out!

Between these options, you should find the best prices and places to stay for your trip, as well as a good selection of reviews and feedback to help you make an informed decision.

We also have a complete guide to where to stay in London . That has over 60 recommendations for where to stay across a number of areas in London for all budgets. It also has tips on which neighbourhoods to stay in and things to know before booking a property. Well worth a read.

Practicalities for Visiting London

Electricity in London is of the 220v standard, with a three pin plug that isn’t found in too many other countries. Travellers from most of the rest of the world, including mainland Europe and the US will need an adapter like this .

In addition, US travellers will need to check their equipment supports the 220v standard – it will be written clearly on the power adapter.

As a general rule, we have found that laptops, phone and camera chargers and other small electronics are universal, whilst larger devices like hair dryers and hair straighteners are not.

See more on travel adapters and how to choose one for your trip in our guide to the best travel adapters .

London uses the British pound, which is accepted across the British Isles. You can get Pounds from ATM’s, banks and currency exchanges, although credit cards are widely accepted, and there is no need to carry large quantities of currency.

If you do use a credit or debit card, just make sure it doesn’t charge foreign exchange fees or have a poor currency conversion rate. There are a number of excellent credit cards for travellers, and it’s always worth checking to be sure you have a good deal before travelling and racking up unexpected fees.

Internet Access

Internet access is widely available in the form of WiFi all around the city, including in hotels and coffee shops, so you shouldn’t have any trouble getting online. You can also pick up local SIM cards if you have an unlocked phone. These are usually excellent value as data rates in the UK are very competitive.

For more options on getting online when travelling, check out our guide to getting online when travelling to help you figure out the best options. We also have a guide to picking the best travel router , which can help you extend a weak WiFi network and share it across multiple devices.

Water 

The water in the taps in London is safe to drink unless otherwise indicated. If you don’t like the taste, bottled water is widely available. We usually recommend you travel with a re-usable water bottle like this to save on having to buy water bottles.

London is a safe city in our experience, although as with any major city, of course you need to keep your wits about you – keep your possessions in view all the time, keep your wallet or phone in a front pocket (with a zip if possible), and don’t do anything that you wouldn’t do at home. If you’re going to use a taxi, make sure you use a licensed operator such as a black cab.

Further Reading on Visiting London

We have plenty of further reading to help you plan your trip to London, both content we’ve created based on our experiences, and third party content we think you’ll find useful in planning what to do in London, as well as the wider UK.

• The official TfL website , which will give you information on tickets, routes and any updates to services in the forms of delays or cancellations
• Jess’s detailed guide to the London pass , which will help you decide if this is a good way for you to save money on your London sight-seeing.
• Spending more time in London? Check out our itinerary for spending two days in London , as well as our detailed itineraries for 3 days in London and 6 days in London .
• We have a complete guide to where to stay in London , with over 60 recommendations across all the main areas in London we recommend.
• We have detailed guides to visiting the Tower of London and the London Eye which includes information on planning your visit and how to save money on these popular attractions
• A guide to public transport options in London , as well as the best ways to pay for public transport in London
• Harry Potter fans will want to check out our guide to the key Harry Potter filming locations in London
• Jess’s guide to a 1-day walking tour of the highlights of London .
• A detailed London packing list to help you pack
• A guide to getting into central London from all London’s airports
• How about heading to Paris from London? We have a detailed guide to the best way to get from London to Paris to help you plan
• The Eyewitness Travel Guide to London , which has all sorts of information within, including more itineraries and ideas for your trip
• Rick Steve’s London guide, the #1 bestseller on Amazon for UK travel guides, and always an excellent source of relevant information

And that sums up our idea of the perfect one day in London! Have you visited London? What would your perfect day look like. Let us know in the comments below!

Enjoyed this post? Why not share it!

There are 72 comments on this post

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Leeroy Jenkins says

22nd August 2023 at 8:11 am

This is the best guide I’ve found in looking for how to hoof it around London in a day. Exactly the itinerary I was looking for and practical guidance and helpful tips. Thank you, we are there tomorrow!

Laurence Norah says

22nd August 2023 at 8:52 am

Thanks very much Leeroy! Have a great time and remember, stick with your team and watch out for dragons 😉

Ajitabh Gupta says

1st January 2023 at 10:26 pm

Hi there , this is a fantastic itinerary. Thanks for putting this together . We have a 12 hour layover at Heathrow and we are planning to book a private car for the entire duration. We land at 9 am on Sunday with return flight at 8:55 pm same Day. Will you suggest any changes to the itinerary since we will have a private taxi for the entire duration, if so , what ? Thanks in advance

3rd January 2023 at 4:39 pm

Hi Ajitabh,

It’s my pleasure! So I think you should have plenty of time with a vehicle. Traffic into and around London can be a bit slow, I’d estimate you’re looking at around an hour each way from Heathrow conservatively. But this should give you time to see the highlights as described. The only recommendation I might have it to do the itinerary in reverse. Depending on the day and how long it takes you to clear customs, you might make it to Buckingham Palace in time to see the Changing of the Guard in the morning. Then you can work your way through the sights in reverse and finish at the Tower of London. I believe it is still recommended to book timed entry for the Tower of London, so if you do that for the afternoon you don’t need to worry about getting there by a certain time in the morning, which could be stressful. I’d also recommend booking a timeslot for the London Eye / Shard if you plan on visiting one of those.

Other than that though, have a great trip!

Kelly Powell-Smith says

15th August 2022 at 6:27 pm

These are great tips! Thank you for posting them. My daughter and I will have a full day in London (plus the afternoon we arrive) and are looking at this one day itinerary and it seems perfect. High on our list of things to do are Tower of London, London Eye, and Westminster Abbey. I think we will start at the Tower of London when it opens at 9 am. Estimating about 2 hours there as you suggest. If we take the walking route shown, about how long might it be before we arrive at the London Eye? Trying to buy tickets in advance so trying to guess arrival time. Same for the Abbey. Thinking we’d do the latest afternoon tour and then stay for Evensong since there will be one of those services on that day. Thank you for any tips you can share.

16th August 2022 at 9:13 am

Thanks very much! So if you take the route I suggest, which crosses Tower Bridge and follows the South Bank, it’s about a 55 minute walk. However, you are going to see quite a few things along the way, including Tower Bridge from various angles, Shakespeare’s Globe, the Tate Modern and the Golden Hind ship. These will probably all have you stopping and taking photos, so I’d suggest planning for a 1.5 hour trip just to be on the safe side.

Then from the Eye to Westminster Abbey is a 15 minute walk, but again, you’ll be going past the Houses of Parliament, so I’d recommend planning for 30 minutes.

I hope this helps! Have a great trip and let me know if you have any more questions, I’m happy to help 🙂

27th September 2021 at 4:50 pm

Wow, you’re quick! Thank you Laurence, I appreciate your help.

We (my mom and me) fly to London Stansted around midnight and from there have a transfer to Victoria. We’re not staying at any hotel, but have an evening flight back, so have to transfer back to the airport from Victoria around 4pm, so basically we have 15 hours or so to spare. Unfortunately most of it is at night 🙁 We have only our backpacks, no other baggage, so that’s good. I’m so afraid we’re not going to see much and walk in circles or be late for the transfer back to the airport.

I thought we could first go from Victoria to walk around Soho and China town, then maybe to St Paul’s Cathedral and through Tower Bridge toward Tate Modern – but it opens at 10, so we have several hours to get there… After that I was thinking London Eye & Big Ben and, since it would be after 10am – The National Gallery, Buckingham Palace and back to Victoria.

What do you think?

27th September 2021 at 6:39 pm

It’s my pleasure 🙂

Ok, so that sounds pretty full on! Unfortunately, yes, London is going to be mostly closed. Obviously late night bars and clubs will be open, but other than that the sights will be closed. SoHo will be pretty lively I expect as there are a lot of bars and things there. Overall your plan sounds pretty good, as long as you don’t mind spending a fair amount of time with not too much open. You will at least see a side of London that is less seen, especially in the early hours of the morning! Should be an experience 😀

Let me know if I can help any more! I think you’ll have more than enough time to do everything you want 🙂

27th September 2021 at 11:45 am

Hi! How are you?

What free attractions do you recommend? And what could I see at night? I’m arriving at Victoria Coach Station at midnight and go back home from the same station around 4PM, so I have some time to sightsee but I don’t really know how to schedule all that 🙁 I would really appreciate your help!

Thank you so so much in advance

27th September 2021 at 12:59 pm

Good to hear from you! So I’m not sure from your message if you are planning to sleep somewhere or just sightsee. At midnight pretty much all the attractions will be closed in London until the following morning, although you can of course see the outside of all the sights. So I’d probably suggest sleeping until the morning and then getting up quite early and sightseeing. I’d suggest staying near the coach station so you can get to and from your accommodation, and ensure to pick somewhere that lets you store any bags you have as well as one which has late check in.

From the Victoria Coach station area you could easily follow our route in reverse if you just wanted to see sights from the outside. So that could include Buckingham Palace, the Houses of Parliament, Covent Garden, London Eye, South Bank, Shakespeare’s Globe, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower Bridge and Tower of London.

In terms of free attractions, it depends on your interests. I like the science museum, V&A museum and Natural History Museum, which are all close to each other in Kensington. The Tate Modern is good if you like modern art, and the Museum of London is awesome to learn about the history of the city.

I hope this helps a bit, let me know if I can provide any more input! Have a great trip!

David Bunting says

22nd September 2021 at 11:12 pm

Hi me and my wife are coming down to London in October we are trying to plan a good tour to see the sights I’ve just seen your walking tour in one day and it’s just what we are looking for we are staying in kings cross and would get the tube to the start point and walk it to finish up in convent garden area we are not planning on spending much but may do London eye or shard we may do a river cruise but we like to walk and take in the sights how far from start to finish is your walk if we start between 10 and 11 taking it steady calling for a couple of drinks and maybe the attractions I’ve mentioned would we be round for mid afternoon maybe or would it take longer we may not use the attractions we may just take the sights on foot we enjoy just walking your walk plan I think is ideal for us I think we will see all we want in the walk I hope you can help me it will be much appreciated. Cheers. David

23rd September 2021 at 9:50 am

So the total walking time you are looking at on this route is about 2 hours. I’d also recommend when you get to the Tate Modern, to cross over the millenium bridge and take a look at St. Pauls Cathedral. It only adds five minutes walk to the trip but is well worth the detour.

Obviously, depending on how long you stop to look at attractions / have a drink or two, the journey will take longer, but I’d say if you started around 10am you’d definitely be able to do this by mid-afternoon.

Have a great time in London, let me know if you have any more questions!

Deana Rasberry says

7th January 2020 at 4:09 am

I have been reading all your lovely suggestions and that is great information to have. I am planning a first time trip to London in May and arriving at 0900 in Heathrow and staying at Accor hotel right near that airport. My question is I have the full day from arriving to 7:30 where I booked tickets to see WICKED at Apollo Victoria Theatre, but in terms of sites to see in which order would you recommend with that event in mind? The morning after I fly ( on 16th) back to States. Its just one full day in London after 3 weeks around Europe, I am departing out of Heathrow so decided to arrive one day before. Thanks for your time in advance and look forward to suggestions. I already down loaded the LONDON city mapper for trans options….. wanted to see much as possible including Piccadilly and maybe Abbey Road studios.

7th January 2020 at 3:16 pm

I would actually say that the order in the itinerary should work just fine for you. The only change I might make would be to switch the last two stops around, but only if you don’t want to go inside Westminster Abbey. This is because the abbey closes fairly early, so if you get here late you will only be able to enjoy the outside (which is also magnificent). Otherwise, the rest of the itinerary should work fine in the order it is in, as the theatre is near Westminster Abbey 🙂

Let me know if I can be of any more help, and have a lovely time in London,

7th January 2020 at 5:14 pm

Osum!! Thank you For all the advice. I appreciate them. Deana

8th January 2020 at 11:56 am

My pleasure!

1st January 2020 at 7:15 pm

Such a helpful overview of 1-day in London! And one short ‘day’ is all we have. To make the most of our time I’m wondering if you can help fine tune our itinerary plan.

We arrive at Heathrow at 8pm on a Sat night in Sept, and fly out on Sun at 5pm. Given the relatively late arrival we’re wondering which neighbourhood we should stay in. We’re looking for something that would put us in good position to launch into the walking tour the next morning and at the end, be in a good position for picking up the luggage and whisking back to the airport. Accomodation-wise, we’re look for something moderate meaning charm and comfort but not luxury.

Also, are there any parts of the tour or off-tour suggestions that would be conducive to squeezing in 10pm-midnight on Saturday?

Look forward to any further advice you have for us!

Karen & Carla

1st January 2020 at 8:29 pm

Hi Karen & Carla,

Great to hear from you, and thanks very much.

So I would personally suggest staying at a hotel near Paddington train station. We stayed at this one a couple of weeks ago, which was just a five minute walk from the train station, and they held our luggage on our last day with no problem. It’s also a short walk to nearby tube, from where you can easily get to the start of your day. There are quite a few in the area. From Paddington, you can get the Tfl rail service direct to Heathrow for around £10 per person each way, and it takes around 30 minutes. There’s also the Heathrow Express, which is twice as fast and costs twice as much, so it’s up to you!

In terms of what you could squeeze in, obviously most indoor attractions will be closed at the time. However, Covent Garden and Trafalgar Square are pleasant to walk at night, and I always love walking across the Thames Bridges near the London Eye at night as it is so pretty and lit up.

I hope this helps – have a wonderful trip, and do let me know if I can be of any further assistance!

All the best, and Happy New Year,

2nd January 2020 at 1:06 am

Happy New Year to you as well, Laurence, and wishes for many more happy travels. Thanks for the advice. We’re booked and ready to go. 🙂

2nd January 2020 at 11:20 am

My pleasure – have a great time!

Vijay Patel says

3rd September 2019 at 6:10 am

It’s my dream to visit London for once in my life as I am very fond of places to visit in London. especially, the London Eye. The list of places and other things to do in London is just amazing. London is such an amazing place to reside and visit hence I will be definitely sharing this great blog with my friends and family. I am glad I came across this and thanks for investing time and sharing this informative post with us.

3rd September 2019 at 9:45 am

My pleasure Vijay, thanks for your comment 🙂

7th August 2019 at 11:41 am

These are some fantastic tips which I will definitely be going to follow on my next one day trip to London. And please suggest any of the budget hotels in North London which have all the necessary facilities and close to these attractions. Thanks

7th August 2019 at 8:52 pm

Thanks Ammy!

So the two properties in our list we’d suggest based on your criteria would be:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel – A well reviewed centrally located hostel
• The Z hotel in Shoreditch – excellent value in a lively and popular part of London with great dining options

If those don’t work, the linked site should have plenty more options for you 🙂

21st March 2019 at 6:38 am

Hello Laurence, I stumbled upon your posts in Google, I found very helpful tips from your website. I’m thankful for such detailed, well-done posts. It will by our first time in London, I’m nervous because I’m bring my parents and will be there for only a day. Taking Euro Star train from Paris we will arrive Monday May 13, 2019 at St. Pancras @ 8AM and leaving same day at 8PM. Knowing that we won’t have a lot of time and afraid to get lost, your posts have eased somewhat my anxiety.

I’ve been watching other channels on YouTube but yours is the best by far and have met my needs. I saw your 1 day London itinerary & map. London has comes alive to me, I was so happy because I’ve been trying to study the map, city mapper, bus routes…and was so overwhelmed.

We’re on a budget so we’ll take public transportation and will do sightseeing only.

I was planning to take public bus but since you mentioned taking the Tube & River Boat/Bus will save some times from and back to St. Pancras is a great idea.

Is there any way you can give more details of how to take the Tube, bus numbers/routes efficiently for our trip?

I plan to go directly to Buckingham from St. Pancras to watch the changing of the guards then head to Sky Garden and Borough market for lunch. I’m excited to take River Boat and walk to some of your suggested sites as time allows before we head back to St. Pancreas.

Not to be greedy but do you think we can stop by and check out Little Niece on the way back to the train station and call off the day? Hopefully we can visit British Museum as well. .So sad already…

Lastly, will we have trouble of finding public toilets there?

Thanks so much again for your time & people like you to help out others via Internet of travel needs. Annie N.

21st March 2019 at 11:12 am

Thanks for your comment (and e-mail!).

So you have quite a lot of time – 12 hours should give you plenty of time to explore.

In terms of your route, the easiest way to plan a route in London, in my opinion, is just to use Google Maps. It has all the transportation options that you need and will pick the fastest route. Even if you don’t have data, there’s free WiFi available throughout London to help you.

It’s hard to give you an exact route plan as I’m not sure of your overall itinerary. However, from St. Pancras to Buckingham Palace, the best option is going to be the Victoria line ( https://goo.gl/maps/w9C3mATLCHu ).

From there to the Sky Garden you can take the Circle and District Line ( https://goo.gl/maps/nPLm5VNNi1q )

I would definitely advise downloading London as an offline Google Map to your phone, then you will be able to find your way around the streets.

I’m not familiar with Little Niece – where is that?

There are some public toilets in London, so you should be able to find them without too much trouble 🙂

Have a great trip, let me know if I can help any more!

22nd March 2019 at 5:44 am

Thank you Laurence for your quick reply! Sorry I meant Little Venice not Little Niece.

22nd March 2019 at 9:57 am

Ah, that makes sense. So you could try and squeeze that in, although you would be cutting it quite fine with everything else as well 🙂

22nd March 2019 at 6:50 pm

Thanks! One more question please, if we follow your suggested routes and start from St.Pancras to Towel of London…will we make it to watch the changing of the guard in time?

22nd March 2019 at 6:55 pm

The Changing of the Guard usually takes place from 10.45 – 11.30am. From St. Pancras to Buckingham Palace shouldn’t take you more than half an hour. So if you arrive into St. Pancras at 8am you will have more than enough time 🙂 I’d suggest seeing something else on the way. Unfortunately many attractions do not open until 10am, however you could explore Covent Garden and see Trafalgar Square in the meantime.

2nd March 2019 at 8:56 am

Hi, myself, husband and two teens (16 and 17) are visiting London in June for one day. Our first time visiting and feeling anxious. We would like to maybe visit some free places but also do a couple of paid sites. what would you recommend for us, and of interest to the teens. Is your itinerary doable by foot and how far between each site to walk? Thanks in advance

2nd March 2019 at 9:03 am

I understand the anxious feeling of wanting to see everything! I guess I would say that it is definitely possible to see many of the highlights in a day, but not to worry too much about trying to see everything London has to offer in just one day, as it’s a big city with hundreds of attractions! I’d try and focus on a few big items that you really want to see. My suggestions would be things like Tower Bridge, the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey and Buckingham Palace, which are some of the more iconic landmarks in the city.

The itinerary as I have laid it out is do-able on foot yes. You’re probably looking at a total of 2 hours of actual walking, but obviously you will take a lot more time as you’ll be taking pictures and looking at the sights. You’ll also need to get from wherever you are staying to the start and end point.

In terms of paid sites, I would definitely recommend the Tower of London. It’s home to the Crown Jewels and one of the oldest castles in the UK, and there is so much history to learn about here. After that, many of the attractions can be enjoyed from the outside, like the Tower of London and the south bank. You could also pop across the Millenium Bridge from the Tate Modern to visit St. Pauls. Even if you’re not into Modern Art, I can recommend a visit to the Tate Modern as there’s a great view from the balcony.

I hope this helps – do let me know if I can be of any more assistance 🙂

Melissa says

20th January 2019 at 12:52 am

Hello, I’m visiting in March for one day coming in on the Eurostar. What should be my first stop on your list ? And how can i get to it ? Thanks so much

20th January 2019 at 12:07 pm

Hi Melissa!

So the Eurostar arrives at St. Pancras. My suggestion is to follow this itinerary in the order it’s laid out, so your first point of call will be the Tower of London. This is easy to get to from St. Pancras, you just take the Underground. Specifically, you’ll want to take the Circle line (Yellow colour) from St. Pancras in the direction of Liverpool Street, and get off at Tower Hill. It’ll take around 10 minutes.

I hope this helps! I have a using the London transport network here which might be useful too 🙂

Have a great trip!

Kathleen Trakas says

27th January 2019 at 4:10 pm

Hello! My Husband & I also are in Paris for our 3rd trip in December & want to take the Eurostar to London for the day. Reading your suggestions we feel confident we can do your itinerary in just one day- we’re early birds so with this itinerary what train times do you suggest would give us a relaxing but full day? We can catch the 6am train and how long would this all take to get back to the train station without worry?

27th January 2019 at 4:38 pm

Hi Kathleen!

So it’s around a two hour trip to London from Paris, meaning the 6am train will get you in at just after 8am. The only thing to bear in mind is that many of the attractions in London don’t open until after 9am.

To make the most of your time therefore, you might want to reorder the day. I’d suggest starting with some of the outdoor sights like Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden and the Houses of Parliament first, and then Buckingham Palace. You can then make your way along the south bank past the London Eye, Tate Modern, Golden Hind and HMS Belfast before getting to Tower Bridge, and then seeing the Tower of London.

From the tower of London you can then hop on the tube for the ten minute ride back to St. Pancras, for the train. I’d advise giving yourselves plenty of time for all that, as you’ll likely want to eat at some point as well and not feel rushed, so a train at around 6 or 7pm would be my suggestion.

I hope this helps!

28th January 2019 at 4:55 pm

Thanks so much! Pretty excited to be Headed to London for a day! Cheers!

Helena says

20th December 2018 at 4:28 pm

Heey, I’m going to London with a friend inJanuary. He are arriving sunday at 9am at Gatwick and sleeping somewhere in Enfield and going to Southampton the next day. I enjoyed looking your guide for one day and i would like to ask your opinion on what to do in one day, knowing that the tickets are kinda expensives and we love nature and high-views. Thank you! And good work!

20th December 2018 at 4:39 pm

So are you asking for advice in London? I will assume so 🙂

For views, I would recommend the Sky Garden. It’s free to visit, but you do need to book a timeslot in advance which you can do on their website here . Tickets are released on a Monday for the following week, and they alway go very quickly, so you’ll want to set a calendar reminder. Another good viewpoint can be had in the Tate Modern museum, which is also free 🙂

In terms of more sightseeing, many of the sights and attractions in London are free, such as watching Changing of the Guard, and looking at the outside of the major buildings like Tower Bridge, the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey and so on. So I would advise you to basically follow this itinerary fairly closely, but just to skip any attractions you don’t want to pay to see if budget is a key concern.

For nature, you will likely enjoy a visit to some of the parks, like Hyde Park or Green Park, which are just near Buckingham Palace / Trafalgar Square.

I hope this helps! Have a great trip

Kadeer says

13th December 2018 at 10:12 pm

Hello my family and I are traveling and have one day in London, we fly in to Gatwick at 12 pm and out of Gatwick the next morning at 7 am. We are staying at a hotel close to the airport…. would you recommend any changes or advice for us (kids ages are 11/13/15). I am not sure if we should take uber, train, the express train, or taxi. Also while in London should we do the hop on and off bus?

14th December 2018 at 2:47 pm

So from Gatwick one of the easiest ways to get into London is to take the train (see my full guide to getting to central London from all the airports here ). You can take the Gatwick Express, but these tickets are usually £20 per person each way, so if budget is a consideration i would instead suggest taking the normal train, which has tickets starting at £9.90. You can check ticket prices and times here – it’s always cheaper to buy in advance online, just make sure you get on the train that you buy the ticket for.

In terms of the itinerary, you will definitely have to reduce the sight seeing a bit as you only really have half a day. My suggestion would be to visit Tower Bridge and look at the Tower of London from the outside, then take the tube to Westminster where you can see Trafalgar Square, Westminster Abbey, the Houses of Parliament and Buckingham Palace.

I hope this helps – have a great time in London!

3rd December 2018 at 1:07 am

family of 4 person , visiting london for one day what tips you suggest for us. thanks alot

3rd December 2018 at 11:05 am

My advice would be to follow the itinerary, but to perhaps slow it down depending on the age and stamina of your family. Certainly, everything is do-able, but in hearing feedback from family travellers, travelling as a family will require you to take things a bit slower (depending on age).

Have a great time!

Amanda says

4th November 2018 at 7:16 am

Your itinerary sounds perfect everything I would love to see! I’ve been so anxious just thinking of how to plan my ONE day in London. Could you provide some tips on where to start the day? I will be arriving in London in the morning about 9 at Heathrow. My departure will be about 11 that evening from Gatwick. I’ll be using your itinerary as my guide. But need tips on how to use my time as efficiently as possible. I also want to make sure I make my flight that evening. Please help!

4th November 2018 at 9:04 am

Hi Amanda! Sounds like you have lots of time to see all the things on my itinerary, but I would suggest in a different order to make it more efficient based on your airport arrival and departure. 🙂 So from Heathrow the cheapest option is to take the tube, you could take this to Leicester Square. From here you can get out and see Trafalgar Square, then walk to the Houses of Parliament and Buckingham Palace – you should be in time to see the Changing of the Guard. From here you can then walk along the south bank of the river, from the London Eye all the way around, past Shakespeare’s Globe and HMS Belfast, the Tate Modern, the Golden Hind etc. You’ll finish near Tower Bridge and the Tower of London. Then, when you are done you can take the train from London Bridge train station which goes direct to London Gatwick airport 🙂

Hope this helps – have a great day out!

Nandini says

11th August 2018 at 11:55 am

Hi Laurence and Jessica! Thanks so much for the post! Most certainly, It gives a pretty good idea to plan a one-day trip! I will go to London from Birmingham on 31st August and leave on 2nd September. That gives me 1 evening and 1 full day and 1 morning to explore London! Would you please give me any particular suggestion so that I can utilize my stay to the best extent?

13th August 2018 at 9:23 pm

Hey Nandini!

Sounds like a fun trip 🙂 So, it’s a bit hard to give specific advice without knowing your interests, but our general advice would be to figure out what you really want to see, and try to plan your time so you can see them as efficiently as possible. So for example, if you have an evening in London, some attractions such as the London Eye or the Shard are open later, so you can go to them on your first day perhaps. Or you could catch a show. Essentially, try to make the best use of your time as possible whilst you are there 🙂 Hopefully this helps!

Talva Walker says

2nd August 2018 at 8:12 pm

Hi, I’ve been enjoying your post. Very insightful. I’m planning a trip to Paris Aug 31-Sept 5, arriving CDG at 7:20am on Sept 1, staying at the Mercure Paris Alesia. I am planning a day trip to London via EuroRail. Can you please suggest the best travel and sightseeing routes from Paris to London so I can get the most out of my day while in London. Thanks

2nd August 2018 at 8:21 pm

HI Talva, thanks for your comment. Could you just elaborate for me what you need – as you say you are taking the Eurail train, which will put you right in central London, are you looking for a tour guide or a suggested itinerary? There’s only one train option as far as I know, you just have to pick a time that works for you 🙂

8th August 2018 at 9:24 pm

Hi Laurence, thanks for your response. I’m sorry I wasn’t clear. I’m looking to find the best way to spend my day in London allowing time to/from the Eurorail. Is this doable.

9th August 2018 at 2:41 pm

Hey Talva! Well, that makes more sense. This itinerary is definitely do-able in a day but it does depend on what time your train gets in and leaves. If you are looking for the highlights, I’d suggest the Tower of London, walking across Tower Bridge, the London Eye or The Shard for great views, the exterior of the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, Trafalgar Square and Buckingham Palace. That should all be very achievable in a day 🙂

11th July 2018 at 4:52 am

Hi, We are planning a trip to England and visit to Scotland and/or Ireland in early August. This may be too optimistic coverage but we have 12 full days. Our flight lands in Gatwick and we come back via Shannon. What is your recommendation? I plan to rent a car after spending 3 days in London.

11th July 2018 at 9:46 am

My advice would be to check out our 2 week UK itinerary: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/two-weeks-in-ukmy-perfect-itinerary/ and adjust it slightly to meet your time-frame and particular interests 🙂 We also have 1 week and 10 day UK itineraries, as well as loads of other content on travelling in the UK. So I am sure you will find the answers you need, but I’m always happy to provide further information as well.

Camilla says

1st July 2018 at 6:45 pm

I love the tips! We will be staying in a hotel near Covent Garden and will follow this! Any recommendations for places to eat around the area? I will be travelling with my in-lawsmy parents and my husband, we are not picky with food and we want to try where the locals eat.

3rd July 2018 at 10:30 am

Hey Camilla! Thanks very much 🙂 To be honest, we rarely recommend restaurants as recommendations can go out of date very quickly. Our advice would be to ask at the hotel reception when you get in, or look on Yelp / Google for nearby restaurants or pubs that have good ratings. A good pub meal is a must when visiting London. I would also add that there is a huge volume of visitors to London, as well as a very multi-cultural feel to the city, so most venues will cater to both locals and visitors 🙂

Beccare says

19th May 2018 at 10:38 am

Hello there, I will be heading into the Uk at the ending of this year and I have a list of places I would like to see in one day but not very sure how to see them all. I only have one day for sight seeing unfortunately. I plan on purchasing a one day london pass, the places are: British Museum, St Paul Cathedral, London motor museum, Charles Dickens museum, Globe Theater, Kensington Palace, London Zoo, London Bridge, West Minister Abbey, Tower Bridge, Tower of London, The view from the shard.

19th May 2018 at 7:09 pm

Hi Beccare!

I will be honest with you, I think you will struggle to see all of those locations in one day. I think you should be able to see a lot of them, but not all. My suggestion would be to start at the Tower of London, then Tower Bridge, Globe Theater, St. Paul’s cathedral, London Motor Museum and Westminster Abbey. Then head to the shard as that is open later. I think that would be achievable, but still you will have to go quite quickly. Otherwise you will rush so much you won’t see anything so well. I hope this works!

Alma J Saad says

16th May 2018 at 5:05 am

Excellent photographs. particularly the one of the Routemaster transport. Notwithstanding the 9 appeared, one additionally keeps running on the 15 (Heritage) course, which takes guests past numerous traveler spots (Tower of London, Trafalgar Square, St Paul’s Cathedral and so forth.) an incredible method to see London and considerably less expensive than a visitor transport!

17th May 2018 at 9:12 am

Thanks very much Alma!

Mohamed Haikel says

30th March 2018 at 3:35 pm

Im planning a honeymoon trip to europe and london is one of my stops and this article/post has been very helpful in narrowing down my list of places to visit. ill have a full day for sightseeing. Im staying at the Novotel Wembley in London. Any advice or recomendation on where i should start my sightseeing?

30th March 2018 at 3:48 pm

Hi Mohamed! Congratulations on your wedding 🙂 The easiest way to get around London is to take public transport, so my suggestion would be to take the tube (also known as the underground) from near your hotel. There are two easy options. First would be to take the Metropolitan line from Wembley Park Station to Aldgate Station, and then walk to the Tower of London. Alternatively, and I think my preferred option, would be to take the Jubilee Line from Wembley Park Station to London Bridge Underground Station, and then walk from there. It’s a prettier walk from the latter.

If you need information on getting around London, I have two posts to help, one on how to use the public transport system in London: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/guide-public-transport-london/

And one on paying for transport in London: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/pay-public-transport-london-oyster-contactless-best/

Andrea Heys says

26th March 2018 at 6:34 pm

Wow, This is really helpful, thank you. We are 4 ladies (3 Canadians and 1 Brit) staying around the Gatwick area at the end of April 2018. We have one full day and evening to see everything. We would love to see as much as possible (1 lady can’t walk a long way at a time but can rest for a few minutes and then carry on). The Canadians are leaving it up to me, the Brit (but from the North) to show them around. They want to sight-see and then take in a west end show in the evening. Can you recommend a route that can accommodate not too much walking?

26th March 2018 at 6:44 pm

Hi Andrea – delighted that you found the post useful 🙂 I’ll do my best to help out!

From Gatwick (I’m assuming the airport), my advice would be to take the train into central London – specifically London Bridge. This will put you almost directly across the river from the Tower of London, as well as a number of other great London sights (HMS Belfast, St. Pauls Cathedral & Tower Bridge). So a good place to start.

I’d then suggest after seeing all that you want in that area, that you take the River Bus service from either Tower Pier or London Bridge City Pier, and go to Westminster Pier. It’s pretty cost effective, and is a good way to see London from the water 🙂 Then you’ll be in the heart of Westminster, right next to Westminster Abbey, the Houses of Parliament, the Churchill War Rooms, and whatever else you want to see in that area. You could also do the London Eye quite easily. Then, from Westminster it’s a short walk up Whitehall past 10 Downing St to Trafalgar Square, from where you have your pick of the shows.

Hopefully that all makes sense! I wouldn’t advise doing everything in the comment, obviously pick and choose what you’re interested in. IF you are interested in going in a few of the different attractions, definitely check out the London Pass (linked in the post) to see if the cost savings make it a benefit to you.

Have an amazing time – do pop back and let me know how it went!

29th March 2018 at 3:37 pm

Thank you so much for your reply. I’ll definitely let you know what we chose. This is great information and I heard about the London pass so we’ll check it out. This is a fantastic website that I’ll be recommending to all I know in Canada. Great information about London. Thank you again ?

29th March 2018 at 4:19 pm

My pleasure Andrea – and thanks very much!

Dale Fisher says

25th March 2018 at 2:50 pm

Your itinerary sounds perfect since we are staying for one day. We, husband and two daughters 21 & 23, leave in a few days and I will use your itinerary. We are staying at the London Arch so should I still start my day at the Tower of London? What if I begin at Westminster Pier and take the River Cruise to the Tower? I have pre booked tickets to the Tower of London and Westminster Abbey. I plan to do it all walking. I value any opinions. Thank you!! Dale

25th March 2018 at 3:02 pm

Glad to be of help! It’s really up to you. From Marble Arch, it would probably make the most sense to go in the following order:

Buckingham Palace Westminster Abbey / Houses of Parliament River cruise or walk along south bank to Tower of London Tower of London Then you could either take public transport back or the river cruise again.

Alternatively you could take public transport to the Tower of London, and then the itinerary would finish near Buckingham Palace and be quite close to where you are staying 🙂

25th March 2018 at 3:23 pm

Thank you!! This was extremely helpful! We arrive the day before and have the evening free, any suggestions to make the most of our evening? All the best, Dale

25th March 2018 at 4:08 pm

My pleasure! There are a few options, you could try one of the following;

Take in a West End London Show (there are many to choose from, we know the Lion King is very popular!) Take a ride on the London Eye at sunset or head up the Shard for great views Pop out for a meal or a drink – there are so many dining and drinking options we don’t think you’ll struggle to find somewhere

simon harding says

26th November 2015 at 9:00 am

beautiful photos. especially the one of the routemaster bus. In addition to the 9 shown, one also runs on the 15 (Heritage) route, which takes visitors past many tourist spots (Tower of London, Trafalgar Square, St Paul’s Cathedral etc.) a great way to see London and much cheaper than a tourist bus!

Claudia Luxembourg says

6th August 2015 at 11:43 am

You got it covered! I know London so well that whenever people visit me I take them on my very personal walking tour. I usually start in Covent Garden, walk to Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus, then head to Trafalgar Square where we stop at the National Gallery. Keep on to Buckingham Palace and then continue to Big Ben, Parliament and Westminster. Then I go to the British Museum too. I taylor it depending on what people are interested in. But it usually works fine. It is an amazing city. I also love Chiswick. Perhaps my fav. part of London!!

Laurence says

7th September 2015 at 9:11 am

That’s one of my favourite routes 😀 I lived in Covent Garden for a couple of years, love that part of town!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Let me know when there's a reply to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips. This also makes you eligible to enter our monthly giveaways!

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store your data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

BEST of London in One Day: Detailed Itinerary (+Map & Tips)

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: March 15, 2024

Visiting London, UK, for one day and wondering what to see and how to plan your itinerary for such a short visit? In this guide, we share a detailed London 1-day itinerary that allows you to see many of the top sights in the most efficient way.

London is a huge city that is filled with landmarks, world-class museums, entertainment venues, and tourist attractions. So trying to see the best of London in a day is not an easy task, especially if you want to make the most out of your time, but also keep it enjoyable and fun.

Yes, there are many amazing places to visit, great rooftop bars, and hidden gems in London that would make any visit more memorable… But unless you have much more than one day, you will probably not want to waste your time traveling to the other side of the city in search of a tiny museum or a cute local restaurant that someone recommended…

With just a day in London, you will probably want to see the major landmarks and at least a few of the top sights that London is famous for.

So this is our no-nonsense guide to the VERY BEST things to see and do in London in one day . At the bottom of this article, you can find a short overview of our recommended 1-day London itinerary as well as a map indicating all the places that we mention in this guide. We also include some practical tips for your trip. Take a look!

Top 4 Experiences in London:

• London Eye .
• Tower of London & Crown Jewels .
• Thames Cruise .
• Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio .

As you can imagine, there are millions of ways how you could spend a day in London. This is just one suggestion based on our personal experience. It includes some of the most important sights and must-see places that we think are worth your time the most if this is your first time in the city and you have less than 24 hours in London.

Good to know: Our recommended London 1-day itinerary takes into account the locations and the opening times of the main attractions so that you can actually visit some of them if you want to. Although, keep in mind that with just a day in London, you will have to be very selective about the places you decide to visit inside. As you can imagine, this takes much more time and planning compared to just seeing the landmarks from the outside.

TIP: As an absolute minimum, we recommend that you do a Thames Cruise , plus take a ride on the iconic London Eye and/or visit the viewing decks at The Shard . The views are amazing from both! And because you can get timed-entry tickets (or fast-track tickets at London Eye) it’s well worth it, even if your time in the city is limited. You will find more information about these and other landmarks further below.

READ ALSO: London Travel Tips

Here’s what you could do in London in one day:

1. Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace has been the official residence of the monarch of the United Kingdom since 1837 and is one of the must-sees in London.

Since you probably won’t be visiting the Palace inside (it’s only possible at the end of the summer/early fall – see here if interested), you can start your day in London here as early as you like.

The best place to be is Victoria Memorial , which is located right in front of the main gate of Buckingham Palace. From here, you can take a few obligatory pictures of the palace.

2. The Mall & St. James Park

Located right in front of Buckingham Palace, The Mall is probably the most famous street in London. If you have seen TV broadcasts of any of the official royal celebrations in London, this is the street where they start/end their trips with golden carriages and Royal Guard parades.

In fact, you could see the Changing of the Guards ceremony here, but it only takes place on certain dates and starts at around 11 am. So it’s not something I would recommend if you only have a day in London.

Instead, simply walk down the Mall and/or take a detour via the adjacent St. James Park . The next destination on this itinerary – Horse Guards Parade – is about 15-20 minutes walk from Buckingham Palace.

3. Horse Guards Parade

The Horse Guards Parade is a big parade ground at the end of the far east end of St. Jame’s Park. This is also where The Household Cavalry Museum is located.

This is one of the best places to see the famous Horse Guards in London. They are always around, so you can take a picture of them if you like.

In addition, there is also a daily Changing of the Guard ceremony here at 11 am (at 10 am on Sundays). If your timing coincides with this, it’s nice to see, but I wouldn’t adjust the entire day’s schedule just for this. There are better things to do with just a day in London!

TIP: If interested, you could take a quick detour to the famous 10 Downing Street , the official residence of the UK’s Prime Minister. It’s located just nearby here. However, it’s now closed with high gates at the entrance of the street so you can only catch a glimpse of it in a distance.

4. Trafalgar Square

Next, head to Trafalgar Square which is less than 10 minutes walk from the Horse Guards Parade. This is another must-see in London that you will probably recognize from many movies and travel guides.

In the center of the square, surrounded by fountains and waterfalls, stands a huge Nelson’s Column which is guarded by four bronze lions. There are usually lots of pigeons here too, plus tourists, street performers, etc. The square is also a busy traffic center with red double-decker buses and traditional black cabs zooming in all directions.

It’s a very lively place, but if you come here early in the morning, it can be very quiet. Either way, don’t miss it as it’s always worth a quick visit. It’s a great place to simply sit back, do some people-watching, and soak in the typical London atmosphere.

Good to know: Trafalgar Square is also home to the National Gallery . It’s free to visit and is usually open daily from 10 am. If you feel like visiting a museum during your short trip to London, check it out.

5. Leicester Square and/or Covent Garden (optional)

Depending on your interests and how early you start your day, you may want to take a quick detour and visit either Leicester Square and/or Covent Garden. Both of these areas are located just a short walk from Trafalgar Square.

Leicester Square is a vibrant hub with lots of big-name stores such as M&M’s London or the LEGO Store. There is also a small green space in the middle where you can see all kinds of statues and sculptures, including the statue of Harry Potter flying on a broomstick. If you are visiting London with kids you won’t want to miss this place! But this vibrant area is worth a quick look either way.

TIP: It’s also in this part of the city that you will find some of the most famous London theaters . If you are interested in seeing a show or a musical, you could easily adjust this itinerary a bit and come back here in the evening. In that case, check what shows are available and book your tickets well in advance !

Covent Garden is a cool bustling area just nearby. Here, you can visit the famous Covent Garden Market , with its 19th-century glass roof and wonderful architecture. There are lots of restaurants and cafes here, so this could also be a good place for brunch or early lunch.

6. London Eye

Next, cross the river at Hungerford Bridge and Golden Jubilee Bridges and head to the South Bank of London. On the way, you can enjoy great views from the bridge and the riverside.

There is a lot to see and do in this part of the city. The most famous attraction is, of course, the iconic London Eye . The highest observation wheel in Europe, a ride here is a great opportunity to see some of the best views in London . From the top, you can see the entire central London. It also gives you a good overview of the city and many of its famous landmarks.

PRO TIP: The London Eye is one of the most popular tourist attractions in London, so be sure to get timed-entry tickets online in advance . We highly recommend choosing fast-track tickets as this can save you several (!) hours. Otherwise, just admire the structure and the views from the ground, and enjoy the views from The Shard at the end of the day (more info further below).

Sundays in March, April, and May 2024: If you happen to visit London this spring and on a Sunday, you can save 40% on the London Eye tickets. Click here to activate the code and book tickets on the official website (if still available, reserve asap – this is the first time I’ve seen them giving such a big discount). They say it’s not available on Easter Sunday, but I tried booking and it showed me a discounted price for that weekend as well. Anyway, this will only work if you are visiting London on a Sunday.

Additional suggestion: If you would like to get a glimpse of some cool places in London, beyond the main landmarks, make a short detour to the colorful graffiti tunnel, aka The Vaults. This is one of the hidden gems of London that is located so close to the popular sights but is overlooked by most tourists. I indicated it on our map below. Keep in mind that you’ll need at least half an hour extra for a quick detour here (it’s about 10-15 walk from the London Eye).

7. Westminster Bridge, Big Ben & Westminster Palace

Next, walk to the iconic Westminster Bridge just nearby. From here, you also have a good view of the famous Big Ben Tower (officially known as the Elizabeth Tower) and the Palace of Westminster (Houses of Parliament).

The view of the bridge with the beautiful gothic buildings of Westminster Palace is among the most recognizable images from London. This is the heart of the city that you really shouldn’t miss, no matter how long or short your visit is.

It’s not possible to visit the Big Ben Tower. There are tours of the Parliament, but – with just a day or even a few in London – it’s probably not the best use of your time. So this is mostly a photo stop, to see some of the most iconic landmarks in the city.

8. Westminster Abbey

If you cross the bridge and walk just a bit further past Big Ben, you will soon see the famous Westminster Abbey .

Westminster Abbey is the site of many of Britain’s most important events. Every British monarch has been crowned here since the 11th century, many royal weddings and funerals take place here, etc. The Abbey is also the burial site of countless famous British historical figures, such as Charles Darwin and Isaac Newton, just to name a few…

This Gothic building is remarkably beautiful and you can visit it inside. If you decide to do this, be sure to book the timed-entry tickets in advance! Keep in mind that you will need at least an hour to quickly visit the Abbey. More realistically, you should count at least 1.5-2 hours for a visit.

9. Thames Cruise

Next, take a river cruise on the Thames from Westminster Pier to the Tower Bridge.

This is a great way to see more of London, rest your legs a bit, and at the same time cover the big distance between the two main areas of the city that we recommend visiting if you have just 1 day in London.

Good to know: There are several piers and so many different Thames River cruise options that it can get overwhelming. This is the best ticket for this particular journey . The boat departs from Westminster Pier (we indicated the location on the map further below) and takes you to Tower Bridge. The journey takes about 30 minutes.

10. Tower of London

It will probably be late afternoon by the time you get to Tower Bridge and the Tower of London . These are among the most important landmarks in the city, so you absolutely have to see them.

Whether it’s actually worth visiting any of them inside if you only have a day in London, I’ll let you decide based on your interests and how you choose to fill the rest of this itinerary.

Don’t take me wrong – they are both absolutely worth a visit. It’s just that everything usually takes a lot more time than you anticipate. And your itinerary for a day in London will be packed…

If you visit just one attraction inside, the Tower of London is definitely among the top choices. Built in the 11th century, the building served as a fortress, a prison, but also as a palace over its centuries-long history.

This is where the Crown Jewels of the British Monarchy are kept (and can be seen inside, if you are prepared for an inevitable queue). The only way to avoid the queue is to come here first thing in the morning and run straight to the Jewels when the site opens.

Good to know: Be sure to get (timed-entry) tickets if you want to visit. Plan to spend at least 1.5 hours inside (and it will be rushed).

11. Tower Bridge

Tower Bridge is an iconic structure that you can simply admire from the outside (be sure to walk over the bridge too!).

It’s also possible to visit inside, where you can see Victorian engine rooms or walk over the glass walkway and admire nice views of the river and the city.

Also here, if you decide to actually visit the Tower Bridge, be sure to get a timed-entry ticket in advance .

12. The Shard

After crossing the Tower Bridge, walk to The Shard following the river. It’s a nice walk of about 15-20 minutes.

The Shard is an iconic London skyscraper, one of the tallest buildings in Europe, and in the top 100 among the tallest buildings in the world. A visit to its open-air viewing platform Skydeck on the 72nd floor gives you easy access to some of the best 360° views of London. In addition, there are indoor viewing platforms on the 68th and 69th floors.

From the top, you can see the River Thames with Tower Bridge and the Tower of London nearby, plus countless other landmarks in the distance and the entire city at your feet.

Good to know: The Shard is open late in the evening, so it’s very easy to include a visit here at the end of the day. The views are great at sunset, but it’s just as nice to visit during the day or after dark. It never disappoints.

And yes, also here, you really have to book timed-entry tickets if you want to be sure to be able to visit. While walk-ins are possible, they are not guaranteed. So if it’s busy (and it usually is), the only way to visit is by booking in advance.

There are a couple of restaurants in the Shard Tower itself, but they are all quite high-end and definitely have to be reserved.

For dinner, you may want to look for a restaurant in the area around Borough Market . The market itself is closed in the evenings, but there are many eateries nearby. Also here, if you want to dine at a specific place, be sure to reserve a table.

READ ALSO: British Food: best dishes to try in the UK

Theater (optional)

Just like Broadway in New York, London is known for its world-class musicals, amazing shows, and concerts.

While this 1-day London itinerary is quite packed as it is, many people travel to the city just to see a specific show or a musical. So yes, it’s possible to add this experience to this itinerary as well.

In that case, be sure to first check what is available , at which theater, and at what time. Then adjust this itinerary to be sure that you can get there on time, and based on your interests.

London 1-Day Itinerary Overview

Below is an overview of what your day in London could look like.

Important: Keep in mind that you’ll need timed tickets for most of these sites – if you actually want to visit them inside. There is no way you can visit all of these in a day. But you can definitely see them all and visit a few (max 2-3, depending on the place). So you’ll have to plan well and adjust this itinerary based on your interests.

Here’s our recommended 1-day itinerary for London:

• Buckingham Palace.
• St James Park.
• Trafalgar Square.
• Leicester Square and/or Covent Garden (optional).
• London Eye ( book (fast track) tickets if you want to go up!).
• Westminster Bridge, Big Ben & Westminster Palace.
• Westminster Abbey ( book tickets if you want to visit inside!).
• Thames River Cruise ( this is the best ticket for this itinerary ).
• Tower Bridge & Tower of London (book tickets – Tower of London and/or Tower Bridge – and be sure to choose timed-entry (!) if you want to visit any of these inside).
• The Shard ( book tickets if you want to go up!).
• Theater (optional – check what’s available for the day of your visit and adjust the itinerary accordingly if you decide to see a show).

My personal recommendation would be to visit Westminster Abbey and/or the Tower of London and do the Thames River Cruise. I would also probably opt for The Shard rather than London Eye, simply because it’s easier to plan it at the end of the day. The Shard is also open much later in the evening than anything else.

But everything is possible, so pick the sights that look most interesting to you , and plan your own perfect day in London!

Also, start your day very early! The sights that we recommend visiting first can be seen long before any of the landmarks even open.

London is huge but as you can see on the map, many of the major landmarks are located not too far from each other. So you can see and do quite a lot in one day.

To help you with the planning, we created this map indicating all the top places that we recommend visiting in London in a day. You can also see an approximate walking route suggestion. This should give you a better idea of where all these places are located and help you plan a perfect itinerary for your day trip to London.

If you decide to skip some sights or visit them in a different order, it’s perfectly possible too. This is just one of the possibilities, taking into account the opening times of some of the places that we think are worth visiting the most.

How to use this map:  Use your computer mouse (or fingers) to zoom in or out. Click on the icons to get more information about each place. Click the arrow on the top left corner for the index. Click the star next to the map’s title to add it to your Google Maps account. To view the saved map on your smartphone or PC, open Google Maps, click the menu and go to ‘Your Places’/’Maps’. If you want to print the map or see it in a bigger window, click on ‘View larger map’ in the top right corner.

Practical Info & Tips

• If you follow this 1-day London itinerary exactly as it is suggested here, you will be walking a lot, so be sure to wear comfortable shoes . This itinerary focuses on the main landmarks, many of which are located too close to each other to take a metro every time, but far enough to give you a good exercise. You’ll only take a boat to get from Westminster to Tower Bridge.
• Use a metro to get to the starting point of this itinerary and back to your hotel at the end of the day. It’s the fastest way to cover big distances in London.
• Be sure to pre-book timed-entry tickets (choose fast-track tickets where available) for any of the attractions that you want to visit. Otherwise, forget it and just enjoy the sights from the outside. With just one day in London, you really don’t want to waste time queuing at one or the other attraction for an hour or two before you can even get inside. Plus, in some places, walk-ins are not guaranteed at all.
• With just a day in London, it doesn’t matter that much where you decide to stay. Of course, it helps if you choose a hotel in a somewhat central location, also because you can explore a bit more of the days of the arrival/departure as well. A lot also depends on how you travel to/from the city. For example, Megaro Hotel is a good option next to King’s Cross and St Pancras International Stations where the Eurostar train arrives from Paris , Brussels , or Amsterdam .

MORE INFORMATION: Where to Stay in London

So, this is our suggested itinerary for one day in London. As you can see, there are many possibilities and options, so use this as an inspiration to plan your own perfect day trip to London!

If this guide inspires you to stay longer, check out this guide with our recommended 2-day London itinerary .

Have a great trip!

More travel inspiration for London:

• Good to know: Tips for Visiting London
• What to see: Top London Sights & Attractions & Hidden Gems of London
• What to eat: Traditional British Food to Try in the UK
• Best views: Best Views in London
• Camden: Camden Town & Camden Lock Market
• Greenwich: Things to Do in Greenwich & Painted Hall & Queen’s House
• For families: London with Kids
• Outside the city: Best Day Trips from London & Best Cities to Visit in the UK & Day Trip to Liverpool from London

If you found this post useful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

Images: personal collection and Depositphotos.com. Additional credits: ewelinas85/Depositphotos.com// cowardlion/Depositphotos.com// dvrcan/Depositphotos.com.

More 1-day itineraries for some of the nicest European cities:

• 1 Day in Amsterdam (Netherlands)
• 1 Day in Barcelona (Spain)
• 1 Day in Edinburgh (UK)
• 1 Day in Florence (Italy)
• 1 Day in Glasgow (UK)
• 1 Day in Lisbon (Portugal)
• 1 Day in Madrid (Spain)
• 1 Day in Milan (Italy)
• 1 Day in Manchester (UK)
• 1 Day in Naples (Italy)
• 1 Day in Paris (France)
• 1 Day in Rome (Italy)
• 1 Day in Salzburg (Austria)
• 1 Day in Venice (Italy)
• Read also our top tips for planning a trip to Europe .

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Nichole Walz

Monday 19th of February 2024

Thank you for this amazing itinerary! It's incredible helpful for our upcoming trip in May! XOXO

Tuesday 2nd of April 2024

@Jurga, I am also going in May and this is a great help thank you we will be starting in Barcelona then and 11 night cruise ending in Southampton and staying a couple days in Soho

Glad to help, Nichole. Have a great time in London!

Thursday 4th of January 2024

Literally hitting all the places I want to see! THANK YOU for this.. it's almost too perfect! Curious what the ideal to start this in order to hit all these sites.

Monday 8th of January 2024

Hi Ali, it depends a bit on the season when you travel, but mostly on your interests (that is, which places if any you decide to visit). If you start around 9-10, you could probably watch the Changing of the Guard at the Horse Guards Parade (10-11 am depending on the day), but that's really up to you. That way, you could also be at Leicester Square/Covent Garden at around lunchtime. On the other hand, if you want to go up the London Eye and also visit either Westminster Abbey or The Tower of London, then I would start earlier. So first decide which attractions you absolutely want to visit, read our tips for how much time you need, and that will help you figure out when to start your day. You'll also need to prebook timed entry tickets. Hope this helps. Enjoy London!

Monday 7th of August 2023

Hello, thank you so much. I used this post for a day in London and it was so wonderful! Thanks again

Tuesday 8th of August 2023

Glad to hear that you enjoyed your short visit to London, Susan. Happy travels!

Snehalata Tawade

Saturday 5th of August 2023

Thank you for your wonderful blog. I missed my flight connection and was in London just for a day and could enjoy the day perfectly visiting all the places you mentioned. Thank you, thank you, thank you so much. Keep it up. All the best wishes for your future endeavors.

Sunday 6th of August 2023

Glad to help, Snehalata. It's great that you could turn a travel mishap into a fun day in London!

Home » Travel » Destinations » 4 Days in London: Itinerary + Local’s Guide (2024)

4 Days in London: Itinerary + Local’s Guide (2024)

I created this 4 day London itinerary to celebrate my one year anniversary of moving to The Big Smoke. Since then, I’ve spent countless hours exploring the city on my own and playing travel guide for visiting family. And now, I’m sharing my updated guide for spending 4 days in London–along with some insider tips!

From culture to architecture, London beautifully mixes old and new. You can have a traditional afternoon tea in a skyscraper with panoramic views. There are quiet, overgrown ruins surrounded by bustling office buildings.

Even the Changing of the Guard still happens with all the pomp and circumstance of Queen Victoria’s time.

Though you can’t see everything in London in 4 days, this efficient itinerary covers as much ground as possible. It includes the typical touristy stuff along with a few hidden gems to make your visit extra special.

Most of the days are designed as walking tours, so bring your comfiest shoes!

Heads up: this itinerary is detailed and long! Save it now so that you can refer back to it on your trip.

RELATED: A Beautiful Road Trip Itinerary from London to Edinburgh

This post contains affiliate links. For more information, click here .

Table of Contents

4 Days in London: Know Before You Go

Where to stay in london, the best time to do this 4 day london itinerary, is 4 days in london enough.

• Day 1: Belgravia, Mayfair, Westminster, & Embankment
• Day 2: City of London & Southwark
• Day 3: Notting Hill, Kensington, & Regent’s Park
• Day 4: Hampstead, St Pancras, Bloomsbury, & Covent Garden

Other Ideas for Your 4 Day London Itinerary

Budget-friendly things to do in london, 4 day london itinerary map, where to go next.

FYI, I have an entire guide on London travel tips that covers everything from transport to pub etiquette. But you can find the cliff notes version below.

Estimated Budget for London in 4 Days (excluding transport and accommodation): £300 / $365

England uses the British Pound Sterling (GBP, £), a.k.a. “pounds” or “quid”. Aside from a few sidewalk food carts, I’ve never encountered a place in London that’s cash only. In fact, a growing number of places are becoming cashless.

However, it’s always good to have pounds on hand for leaving tips (just a couple quid will do), as service is not always included in bills. Paper bills don’t start until £5, so it’s best to bring a coin purse for carrying change.

London is a notoriously expensive city, not unlike Paris or NYC. Though there are ways to save money in London (more on that later), expect to pay a premium for hotels, restaurants, and alcohol.

The nice thing about buying stuff in London is that tax is already included. What you see on the tag/menu is what you’ll pay.

Despite the complaints you’ll hear from Londoners, the Underground (a.k.a. “the tube”) is usually a very efficient way to get across the city. Between buses, overground trains, and the tube, you’ll be using public transit a fair amount during this 4 day London itinerary.

While it used to be essential to buy an Oystercard when you first arrived in London, there’s a good chance you can pay for public transit using your own contactless-enabled banking card.

That being said, there’s nothing more awkward (or irritating) than trying to pass through the train/tube gates or boarding the bus with a card that doesn’t work.

For this reason, I suggest getting an Oystercard when you arrive and loading a small amount onto it. That way, you have a fallback plan in case your country’s bank card doesn’t play nice with the Transport for London payment network.

These contactless cards make riding transit a breeze. Simply add money to the card, and tap it on the round yellow readers to pay for your journey. You tap in and out at gates for trains and the tube, but only tap in for buses.

Every London airport, train station, and tube station has an Oyster machine where you can buy a card. The airports have them outside the escalators/elevators to access the underground. Some machines are cash-only, but most accept debit and credit card payments.

When on the tube, please respect the handicap seats nearest the doors. It’s okay to sit here, but if someone who’s handicapped, elderly, or pregnant enters the car, you need to offer up your seat.

A Note About Rush Hour:  From 7-9am and 4-6:30pm, most tube lines are packed with commuters. Riding the tube during rush hour is unpleasant, particular if you’re claustrophobic or new to public transit. Expect there to be standing room only. If you’re hauling a large bag or suitcase, avoid riding the tube during these times.

Also, you should absolutely download the Citymapper app before setting off on your 4 days in London itinerary. It’s great for finding the best public transit routes from point A to B. And it’s updated in real time, so you won’t get caught off guard by delays or closures.

There isn’t one perfect answer to the question of where to stay in London. This itinerary covers a large portion of the city, so the most important thing is to consider your budget.

The city is well-connected by tube, so you don’t need to splurge on a hotel near Buckingham Palace. But you do want to be within a 5-7 minute walk of a decent tube station. Here are a few areas I recommend:

• Notting Hill : If you’re looking for a quiet place to stay, grab a hotel or serviced flat in this neighborhood famous for its colorful homes.
• Paddington : There are tons of hotel options near Paddington Station that will fit any budget.
• South Kensington : This posh area has excellent shops and restaurants, and is on the tube lines for Heathrow Airport and central London.
• Southwark : Located across the river from the Tower of London, Southwark has quality accommodation for reasonable prices.
• Wombat’s City Hostel : This highly-review hostel chain has a great Whitechapel location and fills up fast.

Additionally, there are tons of lovely VRBO apartment options across the capital . They’re the perfect way to get that authentic London life experience (and save some money on dining out)!

From summer blooms to Christmas lights, London is a gorgeous city no matter the season. Here’s a quick summary to help you choose the best time of year to visit London:

• December – February: Christmas cheer and mulled wine in December makes London a popular winter city break in Europe . Temperatures stay around 9°C/48°F. January is dreary, but perfect for those looking to avoid crowds. And February sees London’s shops decked out in elaborate floral displays for Valentine’s Day.
• March – May: Spring is definitely the best time to visit London weather wise, with temperatures around 16°C/60°F. Flowering trees decorate the sidewalks and parks, and the crowds aren’t too bad (aside from the first and last Mondays in May, which are bank holidays).
• June – August: Summer is the worst time to visit London. The weather may be warm (around 23°C/75°F), but the city is packed with tourists. August is especially crowded, being the most popular time for Europeans to take holidays.
• September – November: Visiting London in autumn is an excellent idea. Crowds thin out starting in late September, and autumn leaves arrive in October. Temperatures range from 20°C/68°F to 12°C/53°F, perfect for long walks around the city.

A Note on London’s Weather: London has a reputation for being cold and rainy. But in reality, temperatures are quite pleasant most of the year. And though the rain can be unpredictable, it’s not enough to need rain boots. Opt for a light rain jacket instead of an umbrella, which is very hard to hold when walking down crowded London streets.

If you’re wondering how many days to spend in London, the answer is: as many as possible! I’ve lived here a year and have barely scratched the surface–this city is packed with UK bucket list experiences .

4 days in London is not enough to experience everything the city has to offer. However, you can cover most of the major sights and still get off the beaten path.

This London itinerary is packed full of excursions, but is highly efficient. So, you’ll have time to explore each place without feeling too rushed.

My Favorite London Travel Planning Books

These books win my travel blogger Seal of Approval for vacation planning:

• The Rough Guide to London
• Rick Steves Pocket London
• Fodor’s Essential Great Britain: with the Best of England, Scotland & Wales

Save me for later!

4 Day London Itinerary

Day 1: belgravia, mayfair, westminster, & embankment.

After a long and likely crowded journey into the city, you won’t want to dive right into crowded tourist spots. Instead, you’ll start your 4 day London itinerary in beautiful Belgravia.

Located just west of Victoria Station, Belgravia is one of the prettiest neighborhoods in London. It’s also one of the places to find the best gifts from London .

If you follow me on Instagram , you’ll recognize the area’s quintissential London row homes and stunning floral displays.

The best way to get here is via Victoria Station . After arriving by train or tube, use the western exit towards Grosvenor Gardens.

There are no real sightseeing spots here, but there are several places you won’t want to miss on your Belgravia walking tour:

• Peggy Porschen’s pink, flowery facade   is probably the most Instagrammed spot in London. If you were hoping to try their famous treats, expect a long line.
• Moyses Stevens Flowers is beautifully decorated inside and out. Every few months, they update their door display with eye-popping flowers.
• Halkin Mews looks lovely year round, but spring and summer blooms make this street pop. Please be quiet and respectful of the residents when you visit.
• Orange Square  is the heart of the neighborhood, with weekly markets and locally owned shops.
• Wilton Crescent is a curving row of stately homes that’s very similar to the Royal Crescent in Bath.

Once you’ve finished exploring Belgravia, walk north to Hyde Park.

Hyde Park is a massive green space in the heart of London. Here, you’ll find families having picnics, horses trotting along the trails, and pedal boats drifting along the Serpentine.

Don’t try to see the entire park, because you won’t have enough time. Instead, stick to the eastern half, which includes the unique Princess Diana Memorial Fountain .

If you’re visiting London in winter, Hyde Park will be a very different place. December sees the place transformed into Winter Wonderland, complete with an ice rink and carnival rides.

After your stroll, head east through the Wellington Arch towards Buckingham Palace.

Buckingham Palace

After a laid back taste of London life, it’s time to visit the most tourist-heavy place in the city.

For most of the year, Buckingham Palace is closed to the public. So, this stop on the London itinerary is mostly just to see the outside and snap a few photos.

However, from late July through September, Buckingham Palace opens its doors. Tickets must be booked in advance for a designated time slot. Prices start at £30 for the general tour, and £56 for the more extensive “Royal Day Out”.

You can book your tickets online and have them delivered to you. Or, you can print your ticket voucher and exchange them onsite. However, using the voucher method means waiting in a (sometimes) long queue, which steals valuable time out of your 4 days in London.

If you do decide to tour Buckingham Palace, you’ll need at least 90 minutes. Consider skipping one of the parks on today’s itinerary to make up on time.

Changing of the Guard: If you want to catch the ceremony, you’ll need to tweak this itinerary. Due to the timing, you’ll want to visit Buckingham Palace before Hyde Park. Get to the golden Victoria Memorial by 10:30am for the best view of the parade and the changing of the old guard to the new. Then, climb the monument steps so you can see over the crowds.

St. James’s Park

Just opposite of Buckingham Palace is the regal St. James’s Park. Follow east along the lake path, where hundreds of ducks, geese, and swans hang out in the flowers and foliage.

Don’t miss the ultra-charming Duck Island Cottage and view towards 10 Downing Street (the Prime Minister’s residence) before exiting toward the Horse Guards Parade. Most tourists miss this lovely piece of architecture, which houses the Royal Horse Guard.

Walk though the open parade grounds and towards Whitehall Street, and turn left to reach Trafalgar Square.

Trafalgar Square & The National Gallery

No matter the time of day, Trafalgar Square pulses with energy. You’ll find people resting on the steps of the National Gallery , meeting friends by the fountains, and passing through to reach Charing Cross station.

Don’t sleep on the National Gallery–it’s home to jaw-dropping paintings and organized by period, so you can quickly navigate to the Dutch masters, Impressionists, or any other style that speaks to your sensibilities.

Enjoy the monuments on your way out before heading south to Westminster Abbey.

Westminster Abbey & Big Ben

Whether you’re an architecture lover, history buff, or literature fan, Westminster Abbey is a must see. This Gothic masterpiece has been hosting England’s coronations and royal weddings for nearly 1,000 years.

And it’s also the final resting place of the country’s most famous figures, including Elizabeth I, Sir Isaac Newton, and Charles Dickens.

Because of long queue times, I highly suggest buying advance tickets online .

However, if you’re starting this London itinerary on a Wednesday, you can score a “Wednesday Lates” admission for £13 from 4:30-7pm in person (last entry is at 6pm).

Just next to the abbey sit the Houses of Parliament, known officially as the Palace of Westminster. This ornate building is the oldest royal palace in London, and it’s clock tower (now named Elizabeth Tower) houses the much-beloved and world-famous Big Ben clock.

While it’s possible to tour the Houses of Parliament on certain days, there’s not much time to squeeze it into this 4 day London itinerary. Instead, we’ll admire the buildings from the outside and possibly experience the chiming of the bells.

Embankment & The London Eye

Wrap up your first of four days in London with an evening stroll along the Thames and a birds-eye view of the city.

From the north side of Embankment, you’ll have great views of the London Eye and other parts of the London skyline. You can walk as far as you’d like, as there are numerous tube and train stations along the way.

Depending on the time, you could also pop over to the outdoor Southbank Centre Book Market to pick up some books set in London .

Crossing over the Thames via the Golden Jubilee footbridge will bring you to the iconic London Eye. I used to think a ride on the Eye was a touristy gimmick, but after experiencing it myself, I now believe it’s a fun experience and a cool way to see the city’s famous landmarks.

I strongly recommend booking your London Eye tickets in advance , as this gives you an exact timeslot that you can change online for free (once). The queues for same-day tickets are always long, so you’ll waste precious time if you don’t buy them online.

And when you get hungry for dinner, there are great pubs and restaurants near Waterloo Station. I highly recommend OK AN if you like Japanese food.

Day 2: City of London & Southwark

Leadenhall market.

Harry Potter fans will recognize Leadenhall Market as a filming location for Diagon Alley.

Walking through this covered Victorian market is like stepping through time. One look around, and you’ll realize that coming here is one of the best non touristy things to do in London .

Though the architecture is old, Leadenhall Market’s shops are a mix of modern and historic. Most places don’t open until after 10am, but a morning visit makes photographing the area much easier.

Exit the market east towards Fenchurch Ave, and look on your right for the sleek modern entrance to The Garden at 120.

The Garden at 120

First opened in February 2019, the Garden at 120 is London’s newest public rooftop with a view. Unlike the Sky Garden, you don’t need a reservation for these amazing and free panoramic views of London.

Visiting hours start at 10am, and you’ll need to pass through security before heading up the elevator.

Currently, there’s nothing on the roof but benches and plants, but there are future plans to open a bar and restaurant. However, it’s still an essential stop on your 4 days in London itinerary thanks to the unique views of the city’s famous landmarks.

From here, head back down the elevator and walk south to reach the Tower of London.

Tower of London and Tower Bridge

I’ll be honest: the Tower of London is one step removed from a tourist trap. Even the yeoman warders aren’t afraid to admit it. And yet, despite the cost and the crowds and the guided tours (which I usually hate), the Tower of London is pretty fantastic.

While you can explore the place yourself, I think the free Yeoman Warder tours are excellent.

These folks are more than tour guides: they actively served in the British military before being awarded a post at the Tower. And if you’re lucky enough to get Billy, you’ll get a dose of history mixed with plenty of sarcastic English humor.

If you buy tickets in advance online , you can skip the long line and head straight for the ticket exchange counter. The queue for buying tickets at the gate can get extremely long!

After touring the Tower, head south and cross the Thames via the epic Tower Bridge. Once across, there’s a waterside pedestrian path that leads west towards the Globe Theatre.

Shakespeare’s Globe

It would be crazy to visit London without at least walking past Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre. Though the original burned down a long time ago, this authentic replica is a must see.

If you do opt for a tour, it’s best to book ahead online . It takes about 30 minutes for the guided tour, and another 45 minutes to see the exhibition.

Borough Market

Foodies will rejoice at Borough Market, where local vendors sell everything from artisanal truffles to exotic spices. There are restaurants all along the outside, with food stalls mixed throughout the space. I highly recommend the paella and the pie stand.

Many places are cash only, so bring plenty of quid if you want to eat and shop. The market is open every day except Sundays, though some stalls are closed Mondays and Tuesdays.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s is my favorite place in all of London. It miraculously survived the WWII bombings, and stands as a symbol of hope and resilience.

The building is gorgeous inside and out, with ceiling frescoes, golden accents, and ornate doors. It’s also the final resting place of Lord Nelson, the Duke of Wellington, and Sir Christopher Wren, the famous London architect.

One thing not many tourists realize is that you can actually climb the dome for stunning views over London. It’s over 500 steps to the top, but there are a few stopping points along the way, including a Whispering Gallery.

St. Paul’s last entry time is 4pm, so don’t wait too late for your visit.

You can buy advanced tickets online and save £3 off the £20 door price. Online tickets also give you fast track entry, and you can enter any time during the day.

Also, photography inside the building is forbidden.

One New Change

One New Change is the perfect example of London’s blend of old and new.

Sitting just across from St. Paul’s, the building’s glass walls beautifully reflect the cathedral. And for more lovely city views, head up the elevator to the public rooftop. It’s an incredible place to watch the sunset–free of charge!

One New Change and the surrounding area is packed with shops and restaurants, so you won’t have any trouble finding dinner here. If you’re keen to splurge, I suggest Enoteca da Luca–they have two locations nearby.

Day 3: Notting Hill, Kensington, & Regent’s Park

Notting hill.

Thanks to the eponymous film and Instagram, exploring Notting Hill is one of the most popular things to do in London for first timers.

Most people come here for the brightly colored row homes and famous Portobello Road market. But there’s more to see if you know where to look.

Starting from Ladbroke Grove tube station, here are some highlights and hidden gems to see on your walking tour of Notting Hill:

• St. Luke’s Mews might be the prettiest residences in all of London, with pastel painted homes and cobblestone pavers.
• Lancaster Road is home to the iconic row of bold, colorful houses you often see in photos of Notting Hill.
• Ladbroke Walk is one vibrant strip of cute homes that hasn’t been overrun by Instagrammers (yet).
• Portobello Road Market is the world’s largest antique market, with stalls and brick-and-mortar shops lining both sides of the road. On Fridays and Saturdays, international food stalls sell everything from Peruvian sandwiches to Jamaican jerk chicken.
• The Prince Edward pub caters to locals and tourists alike, with tasty food and fun bookshelf print wallpaper.
• The Churchill Arms knows how to show off: this pub’s facade is always decked out in florals, and boasts dozens of tiny Christmas trees in December.

Photography in Notting Hill: When taking photos of Notting Hill’s colorful streets, please be respectful. At no point should you trespass on someone’s property (i.e. go on their porch, sit on the steps, etc.).

Once you’ve finished exploring the area, head to Notting Hill Gate station and take the Circle line to South Kensington station.

Exhibition Road

Perhaps the greatest thing about London is the collection of amazing, free admission museums. And the three best ones are all right next to one another!

• The Natural History Musuem –a.k.a. “the cathedral to nature”–has everything from animatronic dinosaurs to massive diamonds.
• The Science Museum is very hands-on, with exhibits ranging from the human body to space flight.
• The Victoria & Albert Museum showcases global international design, including jewelry, furniture, and even appliances.

Once you’ve had your fill of culture, head back to South Kensington station. Take the Picadilly Line towards Cockfosters. Then, change for the northbound Bakerloo Line at Picadilly Circus Station. You’ll get off at Regent’s Park Station.

Regent’s Park

After the long day, you’ll be ready to relax in Regent’s Park. This regal spot is lovely year round, but really shines in summer when Queen Mary’s rose garden is in full bloom.

If somehow you’re not utterly exhausted, you can walk up to Primrose Hill for stunning views of the London skyline.

Day 4: Hampstead, St Pancras, Bloomsbury, & Covent Garden

Hampstead village.

Before your four days in London are up, you should get a taste of village life. Hampstead is so charming, you’ll wonder if you’re still in the city.

Much like Belgravia, there’s no specific sightseeing to be done here. Instead, take a leisurely stroll through the alleys and up the high street.

Here are a few must see places for your Hampstead walking tour:

• Visit  Kape Barako for coffee served from a converted red telephone booth.
• Head down photo-worthy  Perrin’s Lane and Flask Walk for picturesque storefronts and cafes.
• Take in the garden views and Edwardian charm of  Burgh House , which also serves as the Hampstead museum.

When you’ve had your fill of village charm, walk north along the stately Downshire Hill to reach Hampstead Heath.

Hampsted Heath

Hampstead Heath is one of London’s biggest green spaces. Walking trails wind through forests and fields, and residents use the public bathing ponds year-round.

Dracula fans may recognize Hampstead Heath as one of the places where Lucy did her “hunting”. It’s a must visit if you’re traveling to London in the fall–even if you care more for foilage than vampires.

Don’t miss the Parliament Hill viewpoint for sweeping views over London.

After your walk, check Google Maps/Citymapper for the optimal route to the British Library. Depending on where you come out of Hampstead Heath, a bus might be the best option.

British Library

If you love literature, you will be elated to see the British Library’s Treasure Room. It’s home to a Gutenberg Bible, an original Shakespeare folio, and personal diaries of celebrated authors like Jane Austen.

There are also ancient copies of the Quran, Japanese scrolls, and handwritten notes from famous composers.

Once you’ve finished, cross the street and head south along Cartwright Gardens. Turn right on Bernard Street and follow it along Russel Square to reach the British Museum.

British Museum

Exploring the British Museum’s first floor is like being in a rich old man’s library. The original exhibition space is packed floor to ceiling with artifacts, sculptures, preserved creatures… It’s truly a marvel to behold.

This place is utterly massive, with exhibits organized by continent. You cannot hope to see it all in one afternoon, so don’t bother trying. Admission is free, so just visit the regions you find most interesting.

When you’re done exploring, head south along Museum Street until you enter the neighborhood of Covent Garden.

Covent Garden

Covent Garden is a vibrant area packed to the brim with stores and restaurants. Frankly, you could spend all day here and still not see everything.

Even if you’re not a big spender, there’s plenty to see and do. Here are some of the area’s highlights:

• Check out the 7 radiating streets of  Seven Dials, which looks extra festive at Christmas.
• Neal’s Yard is an ultra-colorful courtyard of hip shops and restaurants.
• Covent Garden’s covered market is beautiful all year, but it becomes the most stunning place in London in December (see above photo)
• Architecture fans will enjoy  The Royal Opera House’s menagerie-looking glass entrance.
• Rules is one of London’s swankiest and oldest restaurants, complete with candlelit tables and pricey British fare.
• Grab a drink at the  Lamb & Flag, an 18th century pub frequented by Charles Dickens.

If you couldn’t tell from the pictures, Covent Garden really comes alive during the holiday season. From early November through December, you’ll find the shops, restaurants, and market area decked out in Christmas finery.

Although this itinerary covers loads of London’s highlights and hidden gems, there may be a few spots that aren’t to your taste. No worries!

Here are some other excellent ways to spend your 4 days in London:

Department Stores

Even if you aren’t flush with cash, (window) shopping at London’s posh department stores is still a fun experience.

Most people know about Harrod’s with its marble floors and ultra-rich clientiele. Selfridges is another snazzy spot (though a bit less touristy than the former).

But I’ve recently fallen in love with Mayfair’s Liberty London. The building itself is gorgeous, with a half-timbered facade and an airy, wooden interior built around a central atrium. While most of their wares are on the pricey side, it’s an absolute wonderland if you’re into interior design and homewares.

Kew Gardens

Fans of gardening, flowers, or nature in general will have a blast a Kew Gardens.

At more than 300 acres, it has everything from multi-story glass greenhouses to an 18th century cottage plucked straight from a fairytale. Every season has something special on offer, from the spring bluebell fields to the brilliant autumn foliage at the Japanese garden.

Hampton Court Palace

If you’re into palaces, British History, or Bridgerton , a visit to Hampton Court is a must. Built in the 1500s, it served as home to Henry VIII and his many ill-fated wives and was continually expanded by future royals to become the grand location we see today.

Its Great Hall, Chapel, and Fountain Court are the major highlights, along with the manicured grounds complete with water features and conical trees.

I always book my tickets in advance to save time at entry, as Hampton Court is very popular with tourists and school groups alike.

London Cable Car

The London Eye isn’t the only place to get a moving birds-eye view of the city. You can criss-cross the Thames for cheap via the London Cable Car gondola, which is now sponsored by IFS Cloud.

The line connects the Royal Docks to Greenwich Peninsula, and you can hop on with a tap of your Oyster or contactless card. While it is a bit out of the way from the rest of this itinerary’s activities, it’s much faster to reach thanks to the new Elizabeth Line (or you can take the Thames Clipper from central London).

Plays and Performances

London is positively brimming with opportunities to catch performances of all sorts. Whether you’re after a play at Victoria Palace, a symphony at the Royal Albert Hall, or a rock concert at a small basement venue in Islington, you’re spoilt for choice any day of the week.

Summertime visitors who like classical music should absolutely look into The Proms, which is a century-old tradition of performances running from mid-July to early September. It’s a great time to catch a world-class performance of beloved works.

Afternoon Tea & Sunday Roast

If London is your only stop in the UK, make an effort to try one of the country’s two classic meals: afternoon tea or Sunday roast.

Afternoon tea is traditionally comprised of finger sandwiches (and perhaps a few other savory items), a few bite-sized sweet pastries, scones with jam and clotted cream, and your choice of tea.

Some venues have add-ons like champagne or a larger savory dish, while other places have full-on themed menus like the Charlie & The Chocolate Factory tea at One Aldwych (this was a hit with our young nephews).

There are loads of places to get afternoon tea in London, but if you want a quality experience without a hefty pricetag, I recommend booking tea at a nice hotel. My favorite so far has been the Haymarket Hotel , which is about 40% cheaper per person than the famous spots like Fortnum & Mason or The Savoy.

If your four days in London coincide with a Sunday, try booking in at a local pub for Sunday roast. A heaping pile of roasted veggies and meats (or vegan-friendly bakes) served alongside crisp Yorkshire pudding and gravy… What more can you ask for?

If you’re traveling to London on a budget, you’re in luck! There are plenty of fun free things to do in London that you can substitute for this itinerary’s paid activities. Here are some suggestions for how to save money in London as a tourist:

• Take advantage of more amazing free museums. Some of my favorites include the National Gallery , Tate Britain , and National Maritime Museum .
• Know where to get delicious budget-friendly restaurants in London , from Pret A Manger sandwiches to Indian curry.
• Find free events and festivals to attend around the city.
• Check out the unique skyline and street art of Shoreditch, one of London’s trendiest neighborhoods.
• Explore the stunning grounds of Richmond Park, where wild deer roam free.
• Skip the high street boutiques and do your shopping at London’s thrift markets, from vintage find at Portobello Road to bohemian Brick Lane.

Click here to access the full interactive map!

• Check out this list of 21 day trips from London by train for tons of easy excursions from the city!
• Stonehenge: This ancient wonder of the world is just outside of London, and you can use my guide to see Stonehenge for free !
• Cotswolds: Home to England’s most picturesque villages, it’s easy to take a day trip to the Cotswolds from London.
• Lake District: Swap the bustling city for stunning natural landscapes, from a scenic hike in Latrigg to a romantic break in Buttermere .
• Edinburgh: Take a 90 minute flight or overnight train from London to Edinburgh, where you can spend 2 days exploring castles and cobblestone streets.

19 thoughts on “4 Days in London: Itinerary + Local’s Guide (2024)”

One place our friends, family and other visitors love is Camden Market. That can easily become a full day trip!

After moving to the UK in 2004, we live about an hour and a half from London by car & train, and visit often (one daughter lived there for 7 years), but we still have only scratched the surface of London.

Thanks for the recommendation, Jerry! Camden Market was one of the first places we visited in London, and you’re right that there’s so much to see, do, and eat there. I especially loved the crepe cart.

As a Brit (though a Northerner) I have visited London many times, but still not seen half the things on your comprehensive itinerary. I’ll just have to go again!

Thanks Alizon! I hope you can come back for a visit, especially now that spring blooms are filling the sidewalks.

I loved London and am hoping to visit again soon. I went in March and though it was raining, it was a great time to go. I’d love to see the wisteria bloom next time!

I am eagerly awaiting wisteria season! There are so many brunch spots and houses with beautiful hanging vines.

This is an incredible itinerary – don’t think I could come up with a better one myself, haha! I’ve never been to Hampstead so I’ll have to check that out, it looks lovely. Hampstead Heath and Primrose Hill are both supposed to have great views of London, and I haven’t been to either! I need to get myself back to Portobello Road too, it’s been a long time since I’ve been there. Btw I am in LOVE with your photo of St Paul’s!

Thanks so much! You’re right that both Hampstead Heath and Primrose Hill offer beautiful views of the London skyline, especially at sunrise and sunset. I love how One New Change reflects St. Paul’s dome 🙂

Thanks, Chelsea I enjoyed your content very much. When I was on my trip to London, I visited first to the convent and then Camden both are near to my Best Western hotel London. There are many things to do and it is the most amazing place to visit.

Thank you James! London is the city that keeps on giving. There are endless things to see and do, and I hope you get to come back soon for more adventure.

Hello Chelsea, Thanks a lot for sharing such an informative post. Last year on the month of December I visited London with my family and I can definitely say London is one of the best places I would love to visit again and again. Thanks a lot again.

Hi portable wife, ? In less than 20 hours we will start our 4-days-trip to London. Not our first one but it is plenty of years ago. Thank you for all the wonderful places you recommend. After our trip I will let you know what we could manage to see. I copied all your writing and hope we can see and enjoy as much as possible. Thanks again we are looking forward. You‘ve done a great job. Fridi and Eric from Switzerland

Thanks so much Fridi and Eric! I hope you had a wonderful visit to London. Christmas and NYE is always a fun time to be in the city.

Thanks so much for this! I’m headed to London for 4 days and Paris for 3 this May. So excited but overwhelmed, I’m finding a ton of useful information in your posts 😊

I’m happy I could help, Laura! London and Paris in the spring are both lovely. I hope you have a great trip!

Wow just wonderful travelling by myself so helpful thank you

This was amazing! Thank you sooooo much!! You have made my life so much easier with this itinerary! Bless you!

Thank you for your post. Taking hubby and youngest two (of four) 25 yr old adult children…and a bit overwhelmed as my mode of travel has gone from hostelling and backpacking alone to trying to meet demands of a less flexible group on a budget!! Your guide will keep me focused and sane! Thank you, Lynda

Thanks Lynda, I hope you all have a wonderful time!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

The PERFECT 3 Days in London Itinerary [2024 Guide]

• Last Updated: February 5, 2024

If you’re planning a trip to the United Kingdom, this post is chock full of the best things to add to your 3 days in London itinerary.

Welcome to one of the world’s most important and influential cities.

At the height of the British Empire, 25% of the world was controlled by London.

Decisions made in the British capital have shaped history and created the world we know today.

For many London is the world’s most cosmopolitan city (sorry NYC ). It’s history a centre of economics, politics and the arts give the city a dollop of history and culture to which few other cities can even come close.

Founded as the Roman city of Londinium in AD 43, it was the Great Fire of London the gave us the city we see now.

And in more recent history, as the British Empire grew so did London’s power and prestige.

London’s rich history is present everywhere. From the city’s many excellent museums to the stories and tales that have been handed down from generation to generation.

Between museums, the arts, sporting events, parks, great food and plenty of pubs there is more than enough to keep you busy for 3 days.

In truth, you could be here for much longer as London is packed full of stuff to do.

However, our 3 days in London itinerary will give you all the best bits to see, do and eat in the UK’s cosmopolitan capital.

Table of Contents

Westminster Bridge 

Houses of parliament and big ben , westminster abbey , 10 downing street , horse guards and the household cavalry , the mall and st james’s park , buckingham palace, green park , fortnum and mason, piccadilly circus , trafalgar square and the national gallery, take a load off in leicester square and covent garden, take an early morning trip to tower bridge , admire one of the world’s most impressive historical collections at the british museum, the victoria and albert museum (v and a) and the natural history museum , enjoy a spot of afternoon tea , take a wander along the southbank, finish up in a proper british pub , st pauls cathedral , explore the guildhall, take a jack the ripper walking tour , get some shopping done at spitalfields market , take in some street art around shoreditch and brick lane, get a feel for music around camden, best budget accommodation in london – wombats city hostel, best mid-range accommodation in london – best western wembley , best luxury accommodation in london – blackbird, getting around london, fish and chips , markets/gourmet produce , pie and mash, how to spend a perfect 3 days in london itinerary.

Our 3 days in London itinerary is going to take you to many of the city’s most well-known sites and areas.

Charge your cameras and get your most comfortable shoes ready because it’s going to be a jam-packed 3 days!

Day 1 – London Must-See Buildings and Architecture

Our first day starts out at Westminster station and finishes at either Leicester Square, Holborn or Covent Garden tube stations.

This depends on which station is best for you to head back to your accommodation as they are all in the same area. 

You can think of this first day as one long walking tour.

Take as much or as little time as you want at each point of interest, but this a great introduction to London as a political and cultural centre.  

Head out of Westminster Station and take a short walk to Westminster Bridge for some lovely views along the Thames.

These will necessarily include some excellent views of the Houses of Parliament. 

Get here early though. From about 10 am the bridge becomes jam-packed with tourists, hawkers and people trying to commute. 

• Nearest Tube Station : Westminster 

As of 2019 Big Ben is undergoing a rather major refit, so sadly you won’t get to see the famous clock in all its glory. 

The Houses of Parliament , on the other hand, is construction free at present.

The best views are from either Westminster Bridge or from Parliament Square. 

• Nearest Tube Station : Westminster

This huge cathedral is just off Parliament. It became most famous as the location of Prince William and Kate Middleton’s marriage back in 2011.

Built-in 929 AD, this stunning piece of architecture is a reminder of the importance of Christianity in England. 

Make sure you buy your pass for entrance into the Abbey .

• Address : 20 Deans Yd, Westminster, London SW1P 3PA
• Opening Hours : 9:30 am – 3:30 pm Mon, Tues, Thurs, Fri and Sat. 9:30 – 6:00 pm on Weds. Closed on Sundays.
• Cost : 16 GBP. However, at 5 pm, you can go to the evensong for free.

From Westminster Abbey pull a bit of u-turn to walk past 10 Downing Street, the home of the British Prime Minister.

The architecture in this part of London is particularly lovely. But do remember that you cannot go right up the house for obvious reasons. 

• Address : 10 Downing Street, London
• Opening Hours : 24 hours, however, you will only be able to see the street entrance.
• Cost : Free

Beyond 10 Downing Street, you will find the home of the Household Cavalry.

Cue the mandatory photos with a member of the Household Cavalry at their post. 

But do not get in their way. Although they perform mainly ceremonial duties, they are members of the British army.

Those that cross the line will be politely reminded of that fact. 

If you get here at the right time, you will be able to see the changing of the guard, which is well worth checking out.

If you are lucky enough you can catch the changing of the guard ceremony.

This ceremony begins here and then goes all the way up to Buckingham Palace , the sight of one of London’s most famous demonstrations of pomp and tradition. 

Book a tour with a guide to make sure you don’t miss it.

• Address : Whitehall, London, SW1A 2AX
• Opening Hours : You can walk through at any time, however times for the changing of the guard can be found through the link above.
• Nearest Tube Station : Westminster or St James’s Park.

Passing through the Horse Guards brings you out into the gorgeous St James’s Park.

If you’re lucky enough you will spot a pelican on the pond as you head towards the Mall , the finish of the London marathon.

This straight road leads directly to Buckingham Palace. 

The entrance of the Mall from just North of the Horse Guards offers some stunning architecture, which is well worth checking out!

• Opening Hours: 5 am – 12 am
• Nearest Tube Station: St James’s Park.

Any itinerary for 3 days in London will include a visit to Buckingham Palance.

One of the most famous sights in the United Kingdom is the Queen’s main place of residence.

To be fair, Queen Elizabeth II has a fair few other palaces, castles and stately homes dotted across the land. But this is the most famous. 

The highlight of any visit to Buckingham Palace is the changing of the guard .

As the procession moves from the Horse Guards to Buckingham Palace you will see the crowds getting ever larger.

Plan on getting to Buckingham Palace at least 30 minutes before the changing of the guard ceremony if you want the best views.

As a warning, it can be rather busy! 

If you’re not to fussed with pomp and ceremony then you can skip the changing of the guard.

Next to Buckingham Palace, you can find the Queen’s gallery which is home to some fantastic permanent exhibits with regular special exhibits throughout the year.

• Address : Buckingham Palace London SW1A 1AA
• Opening Hours: 24 hours to view from the outside. Changing of the guard usually takes place at 11 am.
• Nearest Tube Station : Green Park

Over the road from Buckingham Palace, you will find Green Park.

This park was originally an extension of St James’s Park and a rather unusual story surrounding its name.

Supposedly Queen Catherine, the wife of Charles II, caught her husband picking flowers in Green Park for his mistress.

Enraged at his betrayal she ordered all of the flowers in the park to be removed.

Before that, it was also apparently used as a burial ground for lepers. 

History aside this is one of London’s most popular parks during the summer months.

At lunch and dinnertime, the park swells with picnickers. 

• Opening Hours : 5 am – 12 am

Any 3 days in London itinerary usually includes a trip to Harrods, London’s most famous and ludicrously expensive department store.

A short walk from Green Park is the less well known (but certainly no less fancy) Fortnum and Mason .

The surrounding area is full of swanky shops so feel free to explore if this tickles your fancy. 

• Address : 181 Piccadilly London W1A 1ER
• Opening Hours : Monday to Saturday – 10 am – 9 pm. Sunday 12 pm – 6pm

Keep walking east from Fortnum and Mason and you will walk straight into Piccadilly Circus.

Whilst certainly not have the glitz, glamour or size of New York’s Time Square, this is one of London’s most iconic locations. 

There are plenty of pubs, restaurants and swanky shops in the vicinity with the close proximity of Bond Street, Oxford Circus, Leicester Squar e, and Covent Garden .

Get ready to get lost in the winding alleys and streets as you find your own little piece of London.

• Opening Hours : 24 hours. Restaurants and shops in the surrounding area
• Nearest Tube Station : Picadilly Circus

Take a slight detour here and head down towards another iconic London location – Trafalgar Square.

For many years this stunning square was mainly famous for its pigeons.

Tourists delighted in feeding them, whereas the feelings amongst the locals were far less exuberant. 

Just behind Trafalgar Square is the National Gallery .

Like with many of London’s best museums and galleries it’s free to enter.

So take the opportunity to check off some of history’s most stunning pieces of artwork.

Alternatively, you can head before going to St James’ Park and Buckingham Palace as it’s right next to the Household Cavalry.

• Address : The National Gallery Trafalgar Square London WC2N 5DN
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 6 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 9 pm.
• Nearest Tube Station : Charing Cross

After a long day of sightseeing and walking through central London it’s time to put your feet up with a beer or two in the Leicester Square/Convent Garden area.

Those areas sort of roll into one. The Tube advises travellers to get off at Leicester Square, as opposed to Covent Garden, as the latter can get so crowded. 

But both areas are chock full of pubs, clubs and restaurants. So let your hair down in this rather happening area of London. 

The area also has lots of theatres. So if you fancy catching a show in the west end then this is the place to do it.

Incidentally, there are a number of ticket offices on the edge of Leicester that sometimes have some amazingly cheap deals on offer. 

• Opening Hours : This is a 24-hour area, with restaurants, bars, live music venues, and comedy clubs jam-packed into this happening area.
• Cost : As much or as little as you want.
• Nearest Tube Station : Leicester Square, Convent Garden and Holborn.

Day 2 – Museums and Parks

Our second day will be a bit more of a relaxed affair as we check out some of London’s incredible museums.

One of the best things about London’s museums is that they are free – which is a welcome relief for anyone who has ever visited museums in New York. 

We can start the day off with a visit to Tower Bridge. This is one of London’s most iconic sights, so it can be a little busy sometimes.

However, getting there early in the morning will give you some great photo opportunities of both Tower Bridge and the Tower of London (one of the few museums in London that isn’t free).

In addition, there will be some great views of the City of London’s more modern architectural wonders including the gherkin, the walkie talkie and the cheese grater . 

Book your ‘ Skip the Line’ ticket for the Tower of London here.

• Opening Hours : 24 hours.
• Cost : Free unless you want to go up into the towers.
• Nearest Tube Station : Tower Hill.

Welcome to what many believe is the best museum in London.

The sheer size of the British museum is mind-boggling. You could be here for days and not see everything.

There is something for everyone here, so get stuck into this incredible museum.

• Address : Great Russell St, Bloomsbury, London WC1B 3DG
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 5:30 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 8:30 pm.
• Nearest Tube Station : Russell Square

If the British Museum doesn’t tickle your fancy then head down to South Kensington and check out either the Victoria and Albert Museum (affectionately known as the V and A) or the National History Museum. 

Both museums offer extensive collections with the Natural History Museum being the more family-friendly option.

If you’re into architecture then make sure you at least check out the Natural History Museum. It is a particularly lovely building. 

Incidentally, if you are in London on the last Friday of the month they hold a phenomenal silent disco which is a must! 

• Address : Victoria and Albert Museum, Cromwell Road, London SW7 2RL
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 5:45 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 10:00 pm.
• Nearest Tube Station : South Kensington

READ MORE: Plan a road trip around Ireland .

Hyde Park is probably London’s most famous park. This huge expanse of land is a world away from the chaos of central London.

At its centre is the Serpentine , a large body of water where rowboats can be rented to enjoy a summer afternoon.

Visit the iconic speaker’s corner, a site for speeches and debates since the 1800s when protests and demonstrations took place in Hyde Park. 

On Sunday mornings speakers come to share their views and follow in the footsteps of Karl Marx, George Orwell and Vladimir Lenin. 

• Opening Hours : 5 am -12:00 am daily.
• Nearest Tube Station : Hyde Park Corner

London in 3 days is certainly a squeeze. However, be sure to make time to enjoy afternoon tea at one of the many establishments offering such a service in London.

The most famous is The Ritz , very close to Green Park tube station.

However you will need to book in advance, and you will need to be smartly dressed. Jeans, trainers and t-shirts are a no go! 

The central piece of afternoon tea is scones with clotted cream and jam.

However, the debate about the order is rife.

Devon and Cornwall, two counties in the south-west of the United Kingdom are central to this debate.

In Devon, the clotted cream is spread first followed by a dollop of jam on top, whereas it’s the other way round in Cornwall.

I personally prefer the Devon way. 

This lovely section of the Thames stretching east from Waterloo offers some stunning evening views of London.

Weekend daytimes are filled with people selling books and paintings, locals going for a jog and some very talented skateboarders. 

You can follow this path all the way to the Tate Modern , which is also free!

• Opening Hours : 24 hours
• Nearest Tube Station : Waterloo

Sipping an ale in a pub is a quintessentially British activity that can be enjoyed from the moment the pub opens its doors.

Pubs start serving alcohol from 11:00 am and will usually finish up between 11:00 pm and 12:00 am. 

With 3 days in London you should have enough to check into a couple of pubs for a uniquely British experience.

There are a number of excellent old pubs in London that are well worth checking out.

The Mayflower near Rotherhithe overground station, the Cittie of York next to Chancery Lane tube station and the Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese near Blackfriars tube station are 3 of the best, and oldest pubs in London.

The Mayflower sits right on the edge of the Thames and offers great food and some lovely sunset views.

Day 3 – London City Centre

Today we will head into the City of London.

Also known as the “Square Mile,” this is the financial heart of the United Kingdom. And, for a couple of hundred years, it was the world’s financial centre until New York City knocked London off top spot after World War I. 

The City of London also has a rather more gruesome history. It is here where Jack the Ripper operated uneducated in 1888.

There a number of excellent Jack the Ripper walking tours operating in this part of London. 

After the Great Fire of London in 1666 London lay in ruins. The renowned architect Sir Christopher Wren was charged with the re-building of the city.

Central to this was St Pauls Cathedral. 

This stunning Cathedral is truly breathtaking, and amazingly escaped severe damage from German bombs during World War II.

However, one of the clocks was destroyed and never replaced as a reminder of the horrors suffered. 

For amazing views of St Pauls and the surrounding area head to the shopping mall behind the cathedral and go to the top floor.

This will bring out onto an open-air platform where you can snap away to your heart’s content. 

Book your ‘ Skip the Line’ ticket online here .

• Address : St. Paul’s Churchyard, London EC4M 8AD
• Opening Hours : 8:30 am – 4:30 pm from Monday to Saturday. The cathedral is open for worship on Sundays.
• Cost : 20 GBP per adult
• Nearest Tube Station : St Pauls

This is an undiscovered gem in London. This stunning piece of architecture is a stone’s throw from St Pauls and is home to the ruins of a Roman amphitheatre.

Yes, you read that right a Roman amphitheatre in the heart of London!

Head inside and head downstairs and you will see it in all it’s glory. 

The Guildhall itself is home to a lovely museum and is well worth checking out if you have the time.  

• Address : Basinghall St, London EC2V 7HH
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 4:30 pm daily
• Nearest Tube Station : St Pauls, Moorgate or Bank

Jack the Ripper was an infamous and unidentified serial killer who terrorized London in the late 1800s.

Due to the fact the killer was never identified and captured, legend and lore have grown over the years.

There are a number of excellent Jack the Ripper walks on offer in this part of London well worth checking out.

Sharing some of London’s most interesting stories these walks an awesome addition to 3 perfect days in London.

This huge market is home to almost everything and anything it seems.

It sits alongside Petticoat Lane , which is home to one of London’s largest clothing markets.

There is plenty to keep you occupied around here with a number of great food outlets inside Spitalfields Market itself. 

• Address : 56 Brushfield St, Spitalfields, London E1 6AA
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 8 pm from Monday to Friday. 10 am – 5 pm on Saturdays and 10 am to 4 pm on Sundays.
• Nearest Tube Station : Liverpool Street

READ MORE: Plan the perfect 3 days in New York City

One of London’s most famous streets is the graffiti-laden area that is Brick Lane.

Expect to find plenty of other visitors embarking on walking tours and snapping photos of some of the funky artwork. 

The street is famous for curries, and amazingly every single one seems to be the best curry on Brick Lane, according to TripAdvisor. To be honest the curry here is average at best.

Your best off heading to the amazing bagel shop at the end of the street for one of the best bargains in London. 

• Opening Hours : 24 hours. Sundays market can be especially busy
• Nearest Tube Station : Shoreditch High Street (Overground)

If you still have the energy after a jam-packed three days then head on up the hedonistic area of Camden.

Expect the pubs to be packed and the music to be loud. 

There are some great live music venues around here offering up the latest unsigned wonders.

If you’re around Camden Locks on the weekend it is especially busy, but it’s a great atmosphere. 

Personally, I recommend booking into a pub crawl of Camden .

• Opening Hours : Another 24-hour area where the party goes on well into the early hours
• Cost : As much or as little as you want
• Nearest Tube Station : Camden Town

London Travel Guide

Now that you know what to do for your 3 days in London itinerary, we want to help you make your other plans as well by sharing the best accommodations and places to eat in the city.

Accommodation in London

Accommodation in London is certainly not at the budget end of the scale.

However, there are some bargains to be found and with London’s excellent transport network as long as your close to a tube station you have easy access to all of London’s best bits. 

London is divided into concentric zones, ranging from zones 1 to 9 with zone 1 at the centre.

Zones 1, 2, 3 will be the most convenient areas for transport.

Naturally, zone 1 is often the most expensive. 

This awesome hostel is located a short walk from Tower Hill tube station, the Tower of London and Tower Bridge.

With a plethora of awesome stuff to do right on your doorstep, it’s understandable why so many travellers rave about this place. 

Dorms are very reasonably priced however the private rooms are certainly not in that category.

In addition, it’s only a short walk from the north bank of the Thames, a great location for an evening stroll.

It’s close proximity to the city centre, affordable dorms and excellent service make this a winner! 

In London, many of the best mid-range options are like this one, a major hotel chain.

Based up in North London it’s a little further away from things than the other two hotels listed.

However central London is still just a short tube ride away. 

Being up in North London gives you easy access to Camden and the chance to check out Highgate Cemetery.  

This luxury offering based in South Kensington , one of London’s swankiest districts, has all the pomp and ceremony you would expect from a top London hotel. 

It’s full English breakfast gets rave reviews and it’s a hop skip and a jump over to South Kensington’s highlights including the V and A, Natural History Museum, Kensington Gardens, and Hyde Park.

It’s also a short walk to both Earls Court, Gloucester Road, and South Kensington Tube stations, facilitating excellent transport links all over the city. 

London’s transport network is exceptional.

Pick up an oyster card at tube and rail stations which can be used to swipe on and swipe off the tube, overground, DLR and buses.

Best of all, there is a cap on the maximum you can pay.

• Zones 1-4: 10.10 GBP
• Zones 1-5: 12.00 GBP
• Zones 1-6: 12.80 GBP

Everything in our itinerary is within Zones 1-4. 

But the tube can be quite confusing.

Download Citymapper to help you plan your trip appropriately.

Citymapper also provides live updates as to the current status of London’s underground lines, this can be an absolute lifesaver.

Fortunately, you do not have to deal with local and express services as you do in New York and Tokyo, for example.

However, sometimes trains will not go to the end of the line so just pay attention to their final destination. 

Get your 1-day unlimited travel card today on Get Your Guide .

Finally, stand on the right and walk on the left on all escalators.

Failure to follow this will lead to some very angry commuters who will not be shy about making their feelings known. 

Although London is a huge city it is a very walkable city within Zone 1, the very centre of the city.

Half the pleasure of any visit to London is getting lost exploring the many hidden gems the city has to offer. 

Alternatively, ride the famous hop-on-hop-off bus around the city .

Best Places to Eat in London

London is chock full of great eateries from the eye wateringly expensive to the pleasantly affordable.

Here are a few of my personal favourites that will hopefully tick a few boxes! 

Do not get a curry on Brick Lane unless you want overpriced, average Indian food. Incredibly every single restaurant claims to be the number 1 on trip advisor. 

Head up to Ravi Shankars on Drummond Street close to Warren Street Tube Station for some no-frills but awesome south Indian cuisine. 

The Bull Steak Expert on Red Lion street serves up amazing Argentinian steaks at a hefty price. But it is absolutely worth it. 

Good old pub grub is a hallmark of any visit to London. Your accommodation will probably be able to recommend a local one close by.

However, my favourite pub grub in London is served up at the Mayflower in Rotherhithe.

One of the oldest pubs in London it was from this location the Mayflower set sail for the New World in 1620, hence it’s named. 

The quintessential British dish. Any 3 days in London itinerary must include fish and chips somewhere.

The excellent Poppies near Shoreditch gets rave reviews. However this location is certainly not a secret, so be prepared for a wait. 

Head to the awesome Borough Market close to Tower Bridge for all manner of awesome options.

As with Poppies, you should expect it to be rather busy. 

Alternatively, if you’re in town on Saturday head Maltby Street market .

You will need to take a bus to get here. But it’s very rarely visited by tourists, much to the happiness of the locals.

Maureen’s Pie and Mash , up in Poplar is a huge hit.

If you’re not sure, this is pretty much exactly what it says on the tin, meat pies and mashed potato. A perfect winter warmer.

DISCLAIMER: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, which means if you book accommodation, tours or buy a product, we will receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. These commissions help us keep creating more free travel content to help people plan their holidays and adventures. We only recommend the best accommodations, tours and products that ourselves or our fantastic editorial team have personally experienced, and regularly review these. Thanks for your support, kind friend!

Richard Barnes

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter for the best travel tips, ideas and deals!

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

READ MORE...

Whanganui Journey in New Zealand – The Ultimate Guide [2024]

The ultimate guide to new zealand’s south island in winter, 5 best adventure activities in taranaki, new zealand, related posts, 17 awesome things to do in wanaka (epic 2024 guide), leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Savvy Travel Advice

London Itinerary: 6 Days in London

Last updated: April 13, 2024 - Written by Jessica Norah 90 Comments

London is one of the world’s most famous capital cities and England’s largest city, offering an endless number of attractions, museums, historical buildings, and entertainment options. London can be an overwhelming city for many travelers, especially those visiting for the first time.

We’ve put together a recommended 6-day London itinerary that will help you see the highlights if you have at least 6 days in London.

It includes all the major attractions (e.g., Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, and the National Gallery), but also includes several lesser-known sites and encourages you to explore several of London’s diverse neighborhoods including Westminster, Greenwich, Kensington, and Camden.

We suggest using this itinerary as a starting point for planning your 6 days in London, not as a definitive itinerary, and you can edit it to put together your own personal itinerary that reflects your own needs and interests.

In addition to the 6 day itinerary, we also provide tips on how to get around London, maps of each day’s suggested attractions, and how to save money during your 6 days in London.

Table of Contents:

Planning for 6 Days in London

Before we share the day-to-day itinerary, here is some essential planning information on getting to London, getting around London, tips for saving money, how to find accommodation, and further resources for planning and making the most of your 6 days in London.

Getting to London

London is easy to reach by plane, train, or car. London has six main airports: Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, Luton, Southend, and London City, and these airports collectively serve just about every region of the world. If you are arriving from an international location outside Europe, busy  Heathrow is likely to be your arrival airport. See this airport guide for getting to and from each of the airports in London.

If you are arriving by train, London is well-connected to train routes throughout the UK and Europe with a number of train stations in and around central London. Those arriving from Scotland might want to consider an overnight sleeper train . If you are arriving from continental Europe by train or car, you’ll need to travel across the English Channel on EuroStar or take a ferry.

Getting around London

London is best explored either on foot or by public transportation. Cabs and bike hires are also good options. If you need to book a cab, you can use  minicabit to compare prices.

I would not recommend driving in London unless you are planning to stay on the outskirts of the city as driving and finding parking in central busy locations can be a nightmare and parking can be expensive. If you are driving to London, I’d park your car when you arrive in the city and then use public transport until you leave.

London’s has a great public transportation network and most visitors spend at least some time traveling on it. This includes public bus, tram, and rail services (including “the Tube”) within the city. You can buy individual tickets for each ride, but many visitors get an Oyster Card  which allows you to travel on almost all the city’s public transit options and can save you time and money.

If you are considering an Oyster Card, you can read our full review of it here .  For more information and tips on getting around London, check out our detailed  Guide To Transportation Options in London .

Where to Stay for 6 Days in London

Accommodation wise, London has about every lodging option you can imagine, from inexpensive hostels to self-catering apartments to pricey 5-star luxury hotels . London is home to some really iconic classic luxury hotels like The Ritz , The Dorchester , Brown’s , and The Savoy .

But it also has a number of mid-range and budget friendly chains like Holiday Inn Express , Travelodge ,  Best Western ,   Premier Inn , Ibis , and Point.a Hotels . If you are spending a full week in London, you can often save money by booking an apartment at a weekly versus daily rate.

To find the best rates on hotels in London, we recommend searching on Booking.com  or Hotels.com  as in our experience these two sites tend to have the best prices and widest choice on both hotels and a range of apartments.

If you are looking for self-catering apartments or rooms, we recommend checking out Plum Guide . We’ve tried many of the apartment rental sites, and have usually had the best experiences with Plum Guide. Of course, there are also loads of Airbnb alternative booking sites you can check.

Based on our various trips to London, we’ve put together few suggestions across budgets to give you some ideas for where to stay in the city, which are sorted from lowest to highest price:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel – This is a well reviewed and centrally located hostel, found only a 15 minute walk from Parliament Square and the Palace of Westminster (Big Ben).
• SoHostel  – Another well-reviewed hostel located just at the edge of Westminster, only a 15 minute walk from Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.
• Point A Hotel – This hotel is located within Westminster and is within the well-priced Point A hotel range. It’s a 17 minute walk to Parliament Square and Westminster Abbey. We’ve stayed here; rooms are tiny but clean and a great budget option.
• Premier Inn – This well-rated mid-range 3-star option is located near to Borough Market and London Bridge.
• Hilton Tower Bridge – This well-rated hotel offers good value for this class of hotel and is located within a short walk of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market.
• Resident Victoria Hotel  – A centrally located 4-star hotel offering excellent value for money located near Buckingham Palace. We’ve stayed here; the lower priced rooms are small but the hotel is very well-located.
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• Brown’s  – If you are looking for a classic 5-star London luxury hotel, you can’t go wrong with Brown’s which provides intimate boutique luxury. It is the oldest hotel in London and is located in Mayfair within a 12 minute walk from Buckingham Palace.
• The Savoy  – Another classic 5-star luxury hotel, this one much larger, located in central London. Less than 10 minute walk to Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.

For many more options, see our complete guide to where to stay in London , which also has tips on what to look for and the different neighbourhoods in the city.

Saving Money on London Attractions

It is hard to deny that London is a fairly expensive travel destination and attraction entrance fee costs can really add up. Luckily, there are a number of London discount passes you can purchase which can help you save money if you plan to visit a number of London’s museums and attractions.

Our favorite is the London Pass which allows free entry into over 60 of London’s top attractions, and also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket and additional discounts on food, shopping, and tours.

We’ve used the London Pass on a number of visits and have written a full review of the London Pass which you can read to help determine if it is a good fit for your trip. Also be sure to check out all the free attractions in London which include top-notch museums, parks, historic sites, special events, and festivals. 

Another discount card option is the GoCity London Explorer Pass where you can choose up to 7 attractions you want to visit (out of 50+) where you can get free entry into all these attractions (including Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower of London). See a full list of possible attractions here .

This GoCity London Explorer Pass doesn’t work as well with our suggested itinerary but may be more appealing to some, especially families, as it includes more attractions geared to families that are not included on the London Pass.

Buying Tickets for London Attractions

When you are planning on buying tickets for attractions in London, you have two main options. You can book online in advance, or for some attractions, you can buy tickets in person.

For most attractions we would recommend booking online in advance, as this means you can skip the in-person ticket lines. Many attractions also now operate a timed entry system, so turning up on the day might lead to disappointment.

Booking online in advance is usually the best option, and it also often results in slightly better value tickets compared to on-the-door prices.

You then have the option for most attractions of buying direct, or buying via a third-party site like GetYourGuide , Viator or Tiqets .

It is always worth comparing prices across the different options, as well as the cancellation policies. Generally our preferred option is GetYourGuide because they normally offer a full refund up to 24 hours in advance of your visit to most attractions. The prices are nearly always the same as the official site as well.

Of course, you will need to check each attraction’s policy and compare, but for peace of mind this policy can be very helpful.

Walking Tours in London

When visiting a new city, or when we just want to get a bit more local insight into somewhere we’ve been before, we’ll often take a walking tour. These offer a couple of advantages as they help orientate you to a new place plus you can get insider tips from a local on the best places to visit and eat.

We’ve taken a number of walking tours in London, and I did this full day London walking tour on my very first visit to London which covered all the central highlights and includes a visit to the Tower of London , the Changing of the Guard, a short Thames cruise, and a view of all the main sites in Westminster. I did this tour on my very first visit to London and really enjoyed it!

Our favorite walking tour company is Take Walks , who are behind the popular Walks of Italy walking tour company. They now offer a number of tours in London, and we can highly recommend them if you are looking for a walking tour in the city. See all their London tours here .

You can also find a number of popular London walking tours over on GetYourGuide from Harry Potter walking tours to WW2 related walking tours to Royal London tours to food tours to Jack the Ripper tours .

If you are looking for a private walking tour of London, we recommend checking out the London tours offered by Context Travel. They can personalize private tours, adapt to special needs, and can add a car service if needed.

Popular London Day Trips

If you have 6 days or more in London, then you may be wanting to do a day trip on one or two of those days and see some of the other towns and attractions in southern England.

Below are seven popular London day trip options to consider:

• Stonehenge – Stonehenge is an ancient and mysterious stone circle and this site is one of the most popular day trips from London. It is probably best done as a bus day trip, but you can also do it via public transit (train plus shuttle), by car, or via a private transfer. You can read about our Stonehenge day trip experience here , which was a version of this tour of Stonehenge and Bath . A couple other suggestions for guided tours are this express half-day trip to Stonehenge, this tour which include Windsor Castle, lunch and Lacock as well, or this full day trip which includes inner stone access at Stonehenge and Bath.
• Stratford-upon-Avon  – Stratford-upon-Avon is a picturesque medieval market town located along the River Avon in the West Midlands. It is best known as the birthplace of William Shakespeare and for its well-preserved Tudor buildings. Best ways to get here is by car, train, or by joining a tour. Here is a  guided tour option that includes a visit to Stratford-upon-Avon and three Cotswolds villages. See our guide to things to do in Stratford Upon Avon for more information.
• WB Harry Potter Studio – If you love Harry Potter, you may want to make time to visit the Warner Brothers Studio filming studio. The Studio Tour  includes original film sets, clothing, props, interactive visitor experiences, and a huge gift shop. Tickets must be booked in advance. You can get here via public transit (train plus shuttle) or by booking a tour or private transfer. You can book a tour  from central London that includes your transportation so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. If you want to take a walking tour of the Harry Potter London filming locations consider this tour .
• Oxford – Oxford is a scenic historical city that is home to Oxford University, England’s oldest university. Read our post about things to do in Oxford and how to plan your own Oxford day trip from London . Oxford is easy to reach by train, although car and bus are also options. If you are interested in a guided tour, you might consider this tour which visits Oxford as well as the Cotswolds.
• Highclere Castle & Downton Abbey Sites – Highclere Castle is a country house best known for being a prime filming location in the British TV series Downton Abbey. Easiest ways to get here is by car or by joining a tour. Here is a suggested guided tour option that includes a visit to Highclere Castle, the castle gardens, Bampton (Downton village), and other Downton Abbey filming locations. Highclere Castle is open seasonally so check opening dates before planning a visit.
• Portsmouth  – Portsmouth is a port city and naval base where you can discover over 500 years of naval history. You can visit a number of boats dating back to Tudor times, museums, and other attractions along the historic dock. From London, you can get there via public transit (train is best) or by taking a guided tour. If you visit on your own, we recommend checking out the Portsmouth Historic Dockyard Attraction Ticket . If you are looking for a guided visit, you might consider this full day private one which includes transport from London. See our guide to things to do in Portsmouth for more information,
• Cambridge  – Cambridge, like Oxford, is a historic scenic university town. Cambridge University was founded in 1209 and is the second oldest university in the English-speaking world. There are a number of historical attractions and museums here, and you can check out our guide to things to do in Cambridge . You can get here by public transit (train or bus), car, or by joining a tour. If looking for a tour from London, you might check out this guided tour or this small group tour to Cambridge and Ely Cathedral.

Other Resources for Planning 6 Days in London

If you are looking for packing tips, check out our suggested London packing list .

If you have less than 6 days in London, we have also written a suggested guide to spending one day in London ,  two days in London , and  three days in London . We also have a post about seeing the best of the city and its royal sites in a one day London walking tour .

We have written a ton of content about London, so you can check out our London articles on Finding the Universe and our London articles on this blog for more info and to see where we’ve been. For additional planning resources, the  Visit London  and  Visit Great Britain  websites also offer tons of helpful information for visitors. If your travels are taking you beyond London, you can check out Laurence’s suggested 2-week UK itinerary to get you started.

A 6 Day London Itinerary: How to Spend 6 Days in London

London is one of those cities that has an endless amount of attractions, museums, shows, and potential things to do. This can be overwhelming for many visitors so we’ve put together our suggested 6 day itinerary that takes in London’s most popular attractions as well as several of London’s best neighborhoods. I’ve also tried to arrange them in a logical order so you spend less time traveling around the city.

Use this as a guide and starting point for planning your 6 days in London, not as a definitive itinerary, to put together your own personalized itinerary that reflects your own needs and interests. Be sure to check on admission days and hours for any must-see attractions before you set out as many attractions close for one day per week, or may be closed due to a special event or renovation. 

For all attractions with an admission fee, we’ve noted there is an entry fee by writing “(fee)” next to them. Note that since many people use the London Pass , the attractions that are included on the London Pass are starred (*) denoting that passholders receive free entry so they have “(fee*)” next to them.

We do our best to provide the most updated information, but things change so you may want to double-check fees and London Pass inclusions before your trip.

London Itinerary Day 1 – Westminster

On your first full day in London, I’d head to Westminster. Westminster is a great place to start your exploration of London as it is the political, cultural, and geographical center of the city. It is also where you’ll find some of London’s most iconic and famous buildings. The itinerary starts and stops near Parliament Square but can begin it at any point along the route. 

First, you might consider taking a tour to get oriented to the city. If you are the kind of person who likes to get a good overview of a city before striking out on your own, a sightseeing bus tour, bike tour, Thames river cruise, or city walking tour is a great way to get oriented.

You have loads of options in terms of companies and London Pass holders have access to a free sightseeing hop-on hop-off bus tour , bike tour, and a Thames cruise which all cover the Westminster area. If this sounds appealing, I’d probably recommend either a walking or bus tour for your first day.

If you choose a walking tour, most need to be booked in advance, and you can read about one of the guided  walking tours of Westminster we did on my very first trip to London to get an idea of what you can cover on foot in the area.

As mentioned earlier in the post, we also often use and can recommend walking company Take Walks . They have a number of London walking tours to get you acquainted with London.

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey  (fee*) is definitely one of the most impressive and historical churches in England. The church (and its Norman predecessor) has been the site of all English and British coronations since William the Conqueror in 1066 as well as the site of over a dozen royal weddings, including Prince William and Catherine Middleton in 2011.

The current church dates from 1245, being built mainly from the 13th century to 16th century, and was mostly built in the Gothic style. The church is a coveted burial spot and includes the tombs of British royals as well as Prime Ministers, famous artists, writers, and scientists, and other famous people from the past 1,000 years!

This is a popular place so be sure to leave some time to get in and explore. The included audio guide helps give you a lot of background on the church and points out all the highlights. Guide-led tours are also possible for a small extra fee (currently £5/person), check at arrival or on the Abbey website for tour times.

In June 2018, the  Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries opened. The galleries, which are reached by the newly build Weston Tower, house historical exhibit and treasures owned by the Abbey. Admission to the Galleries is currently an extra £5.00 and requires a timed ticket as space is limited. You can buy your tickets online in advance here .

St. James’s Park

For a breath of fresh air, take a walk through St. James’s Park en-route to Buckingham Palace. The park is one of eight of the city’s Royal Parks and has over 50 acres of green spaces, flower beds, and even a lake that contains some famous resident pelicans.

There is a small café here and it is a great place to take a short break. Also for those interested in the Guards regiments of the British Army, you can make a stop at The Guards Museum (fee*) which is just across from St. James’s Park, next to the Wellington Barracks.

Buckingham Palace 

Buckingham Palace is probably the most famous palace in the UK and it serves as the primary London workplace and residence for the reigning sovereign of the United Kingdom. It was originally built as a private residence by the Duke of Buckingham (hence the name) in the early 18th century, but was later acquired by British royalty and expanded over time.

The public can tour Buckingham Palace (fee, book tickets in advance) but only for about 8 weeks per year (generally August and September). However, you can get a good view of the palace from outside the gates year-round and you can walk up to see the marble and bronze Victoria Memorial that stands in front of the palace at the end of The Mall.

Depending on the day of you visit (as well as weather and security conditions), you may get a chance to see the Changing of the Queen’s Guard ceremony at the forecourt of Buckingham Palace which often takes place around 11am. The full ceremony lasts about 45 minutes. If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, check the schedule online in advance and show up early to get a good viewing spot.

If you don’t want to stand in the crowds, you can try going to Friary Court in front of St. James Palace for the ceremony (the Old Guard normally lines up and starts here) or watching the Changing The Queen’s Lifeguard (horse guards) at the Horse Guards Parade as both spots attract fewer visitors.

Even if you can’t visit the State Rooms of Buckingham Place, there are places to visit on the palace grounds year round. You can visit the  Royal Mews (fee) which showcases the royal collection of historic carriages and coaches, including the Diamond Jubilee State Coach. Art lovers will want to stop at the Queen’s Gallery (fee*) which displays regularly changing exhibitions of art from the royal collection. 

St. James’s Palace

St James’s Palace is the most senior royal palace in the United Kingdom, having been built during the reign of King Henry VIII in the 16th century. Although it is no longer the residence of the monarch, it is the meeting place and London residence of members of the British royal family.

The palace is not open to the public but as noted above you can see the start of the Changing of the Guard ceremony from Friary Court in front of the palace.

Piccadilly Circus

Piccadilly Circus is a famous road junction and a popular public meeting spot in London. The area is famous for its large neon signs and video advertising as well as the Shaftesbury Memorial with its statue of Anteros.

The spot is well-located for an easy walk to the West End theaters and Regent Street, one of London’s major shopping streets. It’s also going to be familiar to Harry Potter fans as it was one of the Harry Potter filming locations in London .

Trafalgar Square

Trafalgar Square is a popular public square in central London known for its monuments, architecture, street artists, and surrounding museums. The square itself is home to Nelson’s Column (a monument commemorating Admiral Horatio Nelson, who died in the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805), the famous stone lion statues, and the featured contemporary art on the Fourth Plinth.

Around the square you’ll also find two of London’s top art museums, the National Gallery and the National Portrait Gallery . Both are highly recommended for art lovers and include works by some of the world’s most famous artists from Turner to Monet.

Also nearby (hidden underground in St. Martin-in-the-Fields!) you can visit the London Brass Rubbing Centre (fee) to learn about and create a brass rubbing to take home. A great activity for families (we had fun too!). Note that this isn’t always available, check the website for when you can do it.

Whitehall & Downing Street

Whitehall is the main street running south from Trafalgar Square towards Parliament Square. This area was once home to the Palace of Whitehall, a sprawling royal palace complex and the largest palace in the world until it burned in 1698. However, today visitors can still see one remaining section of the palace complex, the Banqueting Hall (fee) designed by famous architect Inigo Jones with a ceiling painted by Peter Paul Reubens.

Today Whitehall is the center of the Government of the United Kingdom and you’ll pass a number of buildings home to various departments and ministries, including the Ministry of Defense and the Cabinet Office. Along this street you’ll also find The Household Calvary Museum (fee*), located in the 18th century stables of the Horse Guards, which gives information on the history of the Household Cavalry and displays a small collection of uniforms and weapons.

Past the Banqueting Hall and Household Cavalry Museum, you’ll pass the entrance to Downing Street. The street is gated and guarded, but you can peek through and should be able to see the door to 10 Downing Street, which is the headquarters of the UK government and official residence of the Prime Minister. There are a lot of statues and memorials along the street, including  The Cenotaph , which has been designated as the United Kingdom’s official national war memorial. As you continue down Whitehall, you’ll end in Parliament Square.

Parliament Square & Houses of Parliament

Parliament Square is a public square where you’ll find a number of statues of famous people, including Winston Churchill, David Lloyd George, Abraham Lincoln, and Nelson Mandela. The square is surrounded by famous buildings, including Westminster Abbey and St. Margaret’s Church, the parish church of the Palace of Westminster.

On one side of the square you’ll see the iconic Palace of Westminster, better known as the Houses of Parliament, with the iconic Elizabethan Tower which contains the famous Big Ben bell. The building is named after the former medieval palace that once stood here, and you can actually visit a section of the old palace, the 14th century Jewel Tower (fee*), if you want a sense of what the original Palace of Westminster was like.

The public can visit the Houses of Parliament  on certain dates, and debates are free for the public to watch. But if you want to actually tour the building, tours are available on certain days of the week and the tours include a number of rooms, including Westminster Hall, St. Stephens Hall, Commons Chamber, and the Lords Chamber. UK residents can contact their local MP or a Member of the House of Lords to request and arrange a free tour. Otherwise, you can book a tour ticket online for a self-guided audio tour or guided tour.

The tour here is well worth it if you have the chance to do it during your visit. We did a guided tour plus a Thames-side afternoon tea here and really enjoyed seeing the inside of this iconic building!

Westminster Bridge

After you have visited all the spots you want to in and around Parliament Square, walk onto Westminster Bridge and look back for a great view of the House of Parliament and the River Thames. You can then take a walk along the Thames or head off to dinner. Tomorrow the itinerary will bring us back to the Thames to further explore more of London’s iconic sites.

London Itinerary Day 2 – Along the River Thames

Today we’d suggest heading back into central London and focusing on sites located along the famous River Thames, London’s main river and the longest river in England. The Day 2 itinerary takes you to more of London’s most historic and iconic sites and attractions. It starts at the Tower of London and ends either at the Churchill War Rooms or the London Eye , depending on your time, energy, and interests.

The first part of the itinerary is walkable but you’ll probably want to use the Thames river boat or public transit to get from the bridges to the Churchill War Rooms. If you want to do a Thames river cruise (fee*), this is a good day for it.

Tower of London

The  Tower of London  (fee*) is a UNESCO world heritage site that has served as a fortress, prison, armory, Royal Mint, and place of execution among other uses during its long history. It is famous for serving as a prison and execution site of famous people like Queen Anne Boleyn and for housing the Crown Jewels.

There is a lot packed in here and highlights include the Crown Jewels, White Tower, Tower Green, and tours given by the Yeomen Warders (Beefeaters). This is a popular place so we’d strongly recommend trying to get here around opening, head to the Crown Jewels first, and plan to spend at least 2 hours visiting here.

One of our favorite attractions in central London but also one of the most crowded so do try to get here early.

You can buy a ticket online in advance here .

We also recommend checking prices on Tiqets here , and on the official website  here , where you can also see opening times.

For more on visiting, see our complete guide to the Tower of London .

Thames Cruise

Today is a good day to do a sightseeing boat cruise of the River Thames, as all the suggested locations today are alongside the river. There is a City Cruises (fee) dock just a short walk from the Tower of London and you can use the cruise to see the city from the Thames and get to the next location with a 24 hour hop on, hop off cruise ticket.

Another option is to get a River Roamer pass (fee*) for the Thames Clipper , a commuter boat service, or just buy a single ticket for a one time ride. Of course, you can also just walk to each attraction or take public transit.

HMS Belfast 

Next suggested stop is  HMS Belfast (fee), which is permanently moored on the Thames a short walk from Tower Bridge on the south bank. This historic warship, operated today by Imperial War Museums, will definitely be of interest to military buffs, or anyone with an interest in boats. Launched just before the outbreak of World War 2, this Royal Navy Light Cruiser saw action in both World War 2 and the Korean War, before being decommissioned in 1963.

Since 1971 she’s been a popular London tourist attraction, and you can spend a good deal of time learning all about operational life on board this historic warship.

There is a small café next to the visitor entrance to the ship which serves fresh sandwiches, salads, pastries, and coffee if you need a bite to eat.

Tower Bridge and London Bridge

Next I would take some time to appreciate two of London’s most famous bridges, the London Bridge and Tower Bridge. Both bridges have exhibitions you can visit, although in terms of time I would choose to visit only one exhibition or just admire them both from the outside. 

London Bridge is famous for being the subject of the nursery rhyme “London Bridge Is Falling Down” and there has been a London Bridge since Roman times with the current one dating only to the 1970’s.   The London Bridge Experience  (fee*) is an interactive educational and amusement attraction geared towards families with children and young adults that don’t mind a bit of a scare. 

The bridge in London which you are probably more familiar with in terms of photos is Tower Bridge, often mistakenly called London Bridge by tourists. This iconic bridge opened in 1894 and is currently painted white and blue.

If you want to learn more about the bridge, then you should visit the  Tower Bridge Exhibition (fee*). Here you can learn about the history of the bridge, including how it was built and how the lifting mechanism works to allow ships through. You can also walk the glass floor walkway across the bridge, a 138 feet high walkway that will definitely test any fear of heights you may have!

Alternatives  (or additional spots) in the area to the above attractions: Southwark Cathedral , Borough Market (one of London’s most famous food markets),  The Old Operating Theatre Museum (fee*), The Monument (fee*), and The View from the Shard (fee*).

Churchill War Rooms 

Now, we are going to head back to Westminster to visit the Churchill War Rooms which are not too far from where you were yesterday. You’ll likely want to hop on the Thames boat to Westminster Pier or take public transit here.

The Churchill War Rooms (fee) are run by the Imperial War Museums (those with a military history interest will also want to visit the Imperial War Museum in London) and allow the public to visit the huge underground secret bunker where the majority of the war effort during World War 2 was directed from August 1939 to August 1945.

The visit essentially includes two places: the Cabinet War Rooms and the Churchill Museum. You get to visit an interesting maze of rooms to see where communications and strategizing happened as well as where people ate, slept, and cooked during WW2. Then a separate large museum room is devoted to the life of Winston Churchill and his legacy. It has the best collection of information and exhibits on Churchill that I have visited, and it covers his life from birth to death, not just the war years.

There is an excellent audio guide included with the tour that covers the Cabinet War Rooms, For those with an interest in Churchill, we recommend checking out this article about visiting some of the top Winston Churchill sites .

For those with an interest in Churchill and the London Blitz, we can also recommend the London Churchill War Room tour by Context Travel which includes a guided visit to the Churchill War Rooms as well as a guided tour of parts of London related to the Blitz. We love Context Travel tours, which are geared to the intellectually curious travelers, and if you book this tour or any other tour with Context Travel, using the link above you’ll receive 10% off any Context Travel tour anywhere in the world. Be sure to book in advance of your trip.

London Dungeon

If you still have time and energy you might want to continue on across the Westminster Bridge to where you’ll find more attractions, including the London Dungeon and the London Eye.

The London Dungeon (fee*) is an interactive attraction that uses costumed actors, rides, special effects, and staging to tell London’s more sinister history while offering up a bit of fun and scares. I wouldn’t come here for a history lesson but if you enjoy haunted houses and amusement parks, you’ll probably enjoy this. Not recommended for young children.

The dungeon also sometimes offers adult-only nights that include food and drinks. Depending on who you are, the London Dungeon is either a must-see or a must-avoid! Next door to the Dungeon are also two family-oriented attractions, the Sea Life London Aquarium and  DreamWorks Tours: Shrek’s Adventure . 

The London Eye (fee*) is Europe’s tallest observation wheel and is essentially a giant slow ferris wheel with large enclosed glass pods. The London Eye is a great place to get some nice views of London, although I’d pass if the weather is terrible. It is open late so makes a great last stop, and around sunset is an ideal time to do the ride if the weather is pleasant. 

You can save money (and time) by purchasing your tickets in advance. Online prices are usually much lower than if you buy at the ticket desk.

You can buy tickets for the London Eye from the official site here . We also have a complete guide to visiting the London Eye here .

Alternatively if you didn’t do a boat trip on the Thames already, you might consider booking an evening sunset and/or dinner Thames river cruise. There are several companies that offer these in London, including City Cruises mentioned earlier and Bateaux London .

London Itinerary Day 3 – More London Highlights

Today we are going to explore even more of London’s central highlights, including the British Museum, Covent Garden, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and Shakespeare’s Globe.

Today all of the attractions are within walking distance but you may want to use public transit to reach some of them. It may also be a good day to use a hop-on hop-off bus if you have a free ticket with the London Pass as the bus routes go to or near all the attractions on today’s route.

British Museum

The British Museum  is a museum holding a vast collection of artifacts from cultures around the world, ancient to modern. Established in 1753 with the collection of just one man, it has grown to be one of the largest and most comprehensive collections in the world with about 8 million objects in its permanent collection!

If you are going to only visit one general museum in London, this would probably be my recommendation as it holds a wealth of treasures from mummies to vases, with the Rosetta Stone, Parthenon sculptures, and Lewis Chessmen being some of its most well-known treasures.

Now you can walk (about 15 minutes) or jump on public transportation to get to Covent Garden and the London Transport Museum.

London Transport Museum

The London Transport Museum (fee*) is a museum dedicated to telling the story of London’s transport system over the last 200 years, highlighting the link between transport and the growth of modern London culture and society. The museum collection is housed in a 19th century building that was previously used for the Covent Garden Flower Market.

As a visitor you can follow a self-guided path that begins with what transportation was like around 1800 in London and then continues to the present day. So you get to see everything from human carried sedan chairs to horse-drawn omnibuses to steam trains to the famous red double-decker buses. The museum does a good job of having a mix of information and interactive exhibits. 

Covent Garden

Covent Garden is a popular tourist destination in London. It originally was a food market (mainly fruit and vegetables) and by the 18th century had become a bit seedy and was also a popular red-light district. The food market eventually outgrew the space and was moved in the 1970’s and today the area is home to shops, cafes, pubs, two markets selling crafts, jewelry, souvenirs, and goods.

It is a popular spot for street entertainers and you’ll often find crowds of people gathered around an entertainer here. The area has long served as an area of entertainment and the first known Punch and Judy like puppet show in England was performed here in 1662! An easy area to find a bite to eat if you are hungry as there are dozens of bars and restaurants here.

Now you can walk on to St. Paul’s Cathedral (20-25 minutes) or take public transit.

St Paul’s Cathedral

St Paul’s Cathedral (fee*) is an Anglican church designed by Sir Christopher Wren in the English Baroque style. The present church was consecrated in 1697; however, it sits on the same site as the former medieval church of the same name which was badly damaged by fire. Today it is the seat of the Bishop of London and one of the most important churches in London.

The Cathedral was the tallest building in London for almost 200 years, and although no longer the tallest it can still been seen from many places in London and is one of the most recognizable places on the city skyline. The Cathedral has been the site of many famous services and events, including the state funerals of Lord Nelson and Winston Churchill, jubilee celebrations for both Queen Victoria and Queen Elizabeth II, and royal weddings such as that of Prince Charles to Princess Diana.

St. Paul’s Cathedral was a symbol of resilience during WW2 as images of the recognizable Dome still standing after the Blitz gave hope to people (although the church was damaged), and Churchill would give orders to try to protect the church at all costs. Services were held here after both WW1 and WW2 to give thanks for their end and to pray for peace.

Admission prices include an audioguide for self-guided visits or you can join a regular guided tour of the church. St. Paul’s Cathedral is a busy tourist attraction so be sure to allot enough time, especially if you want to climb the steps to the dome which can have a long line.

If you are planning to visit without a London Pass, especially in the summer months, we recommend booking your ticket online in advance to save money on admission and to get skip the line access.

Worshippers attending a church service or wanting to pray in one of the side chapels can enter for free.

An Alternative or additional stop in the area may be the Museum of London , which is a great free museum dedicated to the history of London. 

Tate Modern

Now you can cross the Millennium Bridge, a popular pedestrian bridge, to reach the Tate Modern , the largest international modern art gallery in the UK. The museum’s location is unusual as it is based in a former power station building. The museum displays both a permanent collection as well as several temporary exhibitions throughout the year.

Personally I prefer the Tate Britain (also in London) since I tend to like older art, but this is a must-see for modern and contemporary art lovers and has some great masterpieces. The museum is free to visit. 

Shakespeare’s Globe

A short walk away you’ll come to a famous white theater building. First let me say that the current Shakespeare’s Globe theater (fee*) is not the original and in fact this one only dates to 1997! The original Globe Theatre was built in 1599, destroyed by fire in 1613, rebuilt in 1614, and then demolished in 1644.

The current one is a realistic reconstruction of the original (with concessions to modern health and safety requirements) and is located very close to the site of the original. The man behind the rebuilding of the Globe is the late American actor and director Sam Wanamaker , who sadly died before the Globe was completed.

The complex also has a museum exhibition about Shakespeare’s work and the original theater, a smaller candle-lit indoor theatre called the Sam Wanamaker Playhouse, and an educational and rehearsal space. Today the public can visit the exhibition and take a guided tour of the theater, which allows visitors to experience what it would have been like to go to a theater in the Elizabethan era as either a lord or lady or as a poor groundling.

You can also get tickets for performances at both the Globe (summer only) and the Sam Wanamaker Playhouse (year round).

Enjoy a West End Show or Hit a Club

Tonight is a perfect evening to go see a West End Show performance, a performance in Shakespeare’s Globe, or other theater or concert event. London is full of nightlife throughout the year—concerts, shows, theater, opera, circuses, comedy shows—so you shouldn’t have a problem finding something that will appeal.

If you are planning to go to a theater performance, you can book tickets in advance online before your trip (recommended if there is a performance you really want to see) or try to find a deal once you are in the city.

Here are some tips for buying London theatre tickets . Note that London Pass users typically have access to theater ticket discounts on certain West End shows. Also check out what is happening at the Royal Albert Hall during your visit, this world-famous venue hosts everything from classical concerts to rock bands to tennis matches!

If you prefer a club or a bar to a theater, London has some of the best clubs in Europe. Here is a list of some of London’s top clubs to get you started. Note that most bars stop serving drinks between 11am and 2am, and here is a guide to some of London’s  late night bars .

London Itinerary Day 4 – Day excursion & Camden

If you have 6 days in London, I would head out of central London for at least one day. Today I’d recommend visiting one of the major attractions outside the city in the morning and then spending the afternoon in the borough of Camden. Camden is well-known for its markets, canals, zoo, and Regent’s Park.

Alternatively, if you are not interested in visiting Camden, you could try visiting two of the recommended morning attractions (e.g., Windsor Castle and Kew Gardens). You’ll need to use public transit to reach the morning attractions and to get to Camden but the attractions in Camden are all within walking distance.

Visit an Out of Central London Attraction

In the morning I’d recommend heading to one attraction on the outskirts of London or just outside the city. All of these are popular and busy attractions so getting there around opening time is wise idea! Here are our top recommendations to choose from:

Option 1: Windsor Castle

Windsor Castle (fee*) was built as a defensive fortification by William the Conqueror in the 11th century. Today it is the largest and longest continuously occupied royal residence in the world. Much of the castle’s magnificent State Rooms were designed and built in the 19th century, and the castle is a common weekend home for Queen Elizabeth II.

Highlights here include the State Apartments, Queen Mary’s Dolls’ House, and the 15th-century St. George’s Chapel. You can also see the Changing of the Guards ceremony here on certain days which is a similar but much smaller version of the ceremony that takes place in front of Buckingham Palace.

There is an excellent audioguide included with admission and you can also join offered guided tours at the castle. Note that the castle can get very busy, especially in the summer, so try to arrive at opening time or alternatively you may want to visit in the afternoon.

To get here you need to take a train out of London. You cannot use an Oyster Card and will need to buy a rail ticket. Windsor Castle tickets can also be purchased here . 

Option 2: Hampton Court Palace  

Hampton Court Palace (fee*) is a former royal palace, originally built in the 16th century for Cardinal Thomas Wolsey, a powerful person during the time of King Henry VIII. However, Wolsey would fall out of favor with the king (as most people did) and Henry would confiscate his house and use it as his own palace.

The huge Tudor and Baroque style royal palace was used by British monarchs until the 18th century and is now a popular tourist destination. The palace is huge and you could spend all day exploring its many rooms, but luckily the self-guided tours are broken up by themes so you can decide which parts of the palace are of most interest to you. The gardens, the tennis court, and hedge maze are also definitely worth exploring here.

This is a must-see for anyone interested in King Henry VIII and Tudor history. The palace is located in outer London and can be reached by public transportation. Tickets can be bought in advance here .

Option 3: Kew Gardens

Kew Gardens (fee*) is considered one of the best botanical gardens in the world, housing over 8 million specimens. The gardens have “the largest and most diverse botanical and mycological collections in the world”, representing “over 95% of known flowering plant genera and more than 60% of known fungal genera”!  

Some highlights include the Palm House, Temperate House, Waterlily House, and Treetop walkway. A trip here offers more than just plants, as you can also visit art galleries, the Great Pagoda, and tour Kew Palace, a former royal residence located within the gardens.

You can explore at your own pace or join one of the garden’s guided walk tours that come free with entry. This is a must-see for any garden lover. Kew Gardens are located in outer London and can be reached by public transportation. Tickets can be bought in advance here .

Option 4: Warner Brothers Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter 

If you are a Harry Potter fan you might want to consider spending the morning at the Warner Brothers Studio located just outside the city. This film studio was where all eight of the Harry Potter films were actually filmed, and they have retained many of the original sets, clothing, and props from the movies.

On the largely self-guided The Making of Harry Potter tour  (fee), you can visit the Great Hall, the railway station, numerous filming locations from inside Hogwarts, the Forbidden Forest, and Diagon Alley. You’ll learn many of the secrets of how the films were made, have the opportunity to drink Butterbeer, and explore giant gift shops full of all things Harry Potter.

Many people take 3.5 to 4 hours to visit here. So you’ll want to take this into account in planning your day as well as the time it will take you get there. This will be a full day trip for some.

T o get to the Studio, you can take a National Rail train (London Euston most convenient) to the Watford Junction station and then you can take the studio tour shuttle from the station to the film studios. You must book your tickets in advance online and have the voucher with you on your visit. You can also book a tour from central London that will take you directly to and from the studio so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. 

Check out our detailed guide to the Harry Potter Studio Tour for more information, tips, and photos.

Explore Camden

After a morning spent exploring a royal palace, marveling at Hogwarts’ Great Hall, or wandering around one of the world’s best botanical gardens, you might want to head to the borough of Camden.

Camden is a diverse neighborhood that has been home to a number of famous people over the centuries from Charles Dickens to Sigmund Freud to Amy Winehouse.

Once an industrial area known for shipping gin, it is now known for its markets, music scene, street art, and alternative fashion stores. It is also home to Regent’s Park and the London Zoo, and Camden Lock is a popular place to start a canal boat ride along the Regent’s Canal. 

Camden Market

Camden Market is not a single market, but consists of several different markets within walking distance of each other. Market stalls sell just about everything including food, clothing, crafts, art, souvenirs, and more.

In addition to the market stalls, you’ll also find restaurants, bars, dance clubs, and other entertainment spaces here. It is a popular tourist destination as well as a meet-up spot for Londoners. Although the Camden Market is open daily, you’ll find it at its busiest and with the most open stalls on the weekends. Great place to find something to eat.

The ZSL London Zoo (fee*) is the world’s oldest scientific zoo and it was originally begun with a royal collection of animals that has been previously kept at the Tower of London. Today the zoo animals include lions, hippos, otters, gorillas, tigers, and giraffes. The newest exhibition is the Land of Lions which features a large interactive exhibit for its endangered Asiatic lions.

The London Zoo also has a Reptile House, an aquarium, an aviary, and a large collection of insects. There are several places to eat, shop, and you can even take a photography workshop or spend the night in the zoo.

The Regent’s Park

The Regent’s Park is a large 410 acre royal park that is mainly open parkland. In the northern end you’ll find the London Zoo, but you’ll also find lots of open spaces, gardens, sporting pitches and facilities, children’s playgrounds, sculptures, memorials, and an open air theater. You can also rent a boat to row across its lake (seasonal), climb Primrose Hill for a nice view of London, or enjoy the roses at Queen Mary Gardens.

There are also homes located in Regent’s Park, including Winfeld House, which has been the official residence of the U.S. Ambassador to the UK since after World War 2. A great place to have a break or enjoy a picnic (there is a restaurant located in the center of the park or bring your own food). 

Madame Tussauds

If you still have time and energy, you can cross Regent’s Park’s (by foot or bus) and you can visit Madame Tussauds. Madame Tussauds (fee) is a museum displaying the waxworks of famous and historic people from Tudor royalty to current Hollywood film stars.

The museum was started by an interesting French woman  Marie Tussaud  who traveled around Europe with her wax figure collection until opening a permanent location in 1835. Although many of the original figures have been destroyed or damaged by fire or bombing, some of Tussaud’s original figures still exist as well as older ones she inherited.

The oldest existing figure displayed in the collection is one modeled after Madame du Barry dating from 1765, but the museum also includes everyone from Queen Elizabeth II to the band One Direction to Angelina Jolie.

Although not for everyone, it is a popular place to take a selfie with your favorite stars. The museum has become a popular London attraction and there are now branches of Madame Tussauds around the world, but if you are only going to visit one, I’d visit the original! See our guide to visiting Madame Tussauds for more information.

Alternative places you may want to visit in the area include the Sherlock Holmes Museum  (fee) and the Jewish Museum (fee). Note that if you are a fan of Amy Winehouse, you’ll find a Amy Winehouse statue near the Stables Market, street art dedicated to her memory throughout the area, and there was an exhibition at the Jewish Museum about her life and career when we last visited.

London Itinerary Day 5 – Kensington

Today I’d suggest exploring the London borough of Kensington & Chelsea, with a particular focus on South Kensington. This affluent area of the city is full of museums, galleries, stores, and world-class entertainment venues. Everything on the main itinerary is within walking distance (or a short public transit ride if you prefer).

Kensington Palace

Kensington Palace (fee*) is a royal residence set in Kensington Gardens. It began as a fairly humble 17th century two-storey Jacobean mansion and was expanded by the royal family into the giant royal residence it is today.

The palace might be best associated with Queen Victoria as it was here that she spent much of her unhappy childhood and first learned that she was queen. More recently it was the official residence of Prince Charles, Princess Diana, and their two sons.

Today it is still an official private residence and workplace for many royals including Prince William and Prince Harry, but the State Rooms are open to the public. There is a lot to see here and it can be a bit confusing to try to wander around on your own, but luckily the palace has put together several different self-guided routes based on different themes and people (e.g., King’s Apartments, Queen Victoria, royal fashion) to help you get the most of your visit.

There is a cafe here and the garden is a nice place to enjoy a cup of tea if the weather is pleasant.  This palace can be very busy, especially in the summer months or when they have a popular exhibition. If you don’t have a London Pass I would recommend booking your ticket in advance here and if you do have a London Pass, I’d recommend arriving near opening time.

Kensington Gardens

After visiting Kensnigton Palace, if the weather is nice, I’d spend some time exploring Kensington Gardens and adjacent Hyde Park. Within this large green space, you’ll find a number of gardens, sporting area, statues, biking trails, and boat rentals (seasonal).

Some of the notable places to see or visit include the Serpentine Gallery, Serpentine Sackler Gallery, the Princess Diana Memorial, Peter Pan statue, the Elfin Oak, and the ornate Albert Memorial. An easy place to spend an hour or two.

Royal Albert Hall

The Royal Albert Hall  is a world-class performance venue that was opened in 1871 by Queen Victoria. The hall has hosted just about every kind of event which have included concerts by Richard Wagner, wartime speeches by Winston Churchill, rock concerts by the Beatles, tennis tournaments, Cirque du Soleil performances, and Star Wars films accompanied by a live symphony orchestra.

It has been host to the BBC Proms for decades. If you are interested in going inside, you can take a guided tour of the Royal Albert Hall (fee*). Guided tours include the original carriage entrance, the auditorium, gallery, royal private box, and the private suites of the royal family.

If you’d rather come for a performance, you can head inside to the Ticket Office. Note if you are on a small budget, inexpensive standing room only tickets are available for some performances, including the BBC Proms.

Kensington Museums

It’s museum time! Kensington is one of our favorite areas for museums as it has loads of them, and the best part is that almost all of them are free to visit! Let’s talk about the three main museums, and you can choose your favorite or dive into all three.

First you have The Science Museum which has information and exhibits on a range of scientific topics from genetics and electricity to space travel and virtual reality. There are loads of interactive exhibits that are both fun and educational. The museum also has an IMAX theater (fee*).

Next you have the Natural History Museum and its giant life and earth science specimens are housed in a beautiful building that looks more like a cathedral than a museum. Its collection holds over 80 million items and you can see everything from dinosaur skeletons to specimens collected by Charles Darwin to a giant mineral collection. There is also a seasonal butterfly house (fee) at the museum.

The  Victoria & Albert Museum , often referred to as the V&A Museum, is the world’s largest museum of decorative arts and design, with over 2 million objects in its collection that spans 5,000 years of human history! You’ll find everything from Greek pillars to Chinese vases to Alexander McQueen gowns here. The museum is also known for hosting popular temporary exhibitions (fee) throughout the year.

Kensington is well-known as a shopping destination with many of its most famous stores located along Kensington High Street, Brompton Road, King’s Road, and Sloane Street.

Among the hundreds of stores, you’ll find popular antique stores, the British department store Harvey Nichols, and the world-famous Harrods with its 1 million square feet of retail space which sells everything from speciality food to designer shoes!

Harrods was started by Charles Henry Harrods as a small family-run shop, but like many British landmark institutions it is sadly now owned by foreign corporations (in this case the state of Qatar). In addition to shopping, you might also want to stop for an afternoon tea, such as this fashion inspired afternoon tea in Knightsbridge.

If you prefer a market, the Portobello Road Market in Chelsea is a popular market and at its best on Saturdays. There are many cafes and restaurants in this area if you are here at dinner time.

Alternatives : There are many other things to see in the area (mostly in Chelsea), including the Chelsea Physic Garden (fee*), Leighton House Museum (fee), Design Museum , Portobello Road Market, Chelsea Football Club Stadium Tour & Museum (fee*), and the recently renovated National Army Museum (fee*).

London Itinerary Day 6 – Greenwich or Free Day

For your final day in London, consider spending the day in the London borough of Greenwich. Greenwich is world-famous as the traditional location of the Prime Meridian and for its observatory, but it also has a number of historical buildings, museums, a market, a giant park, and a famous tea clipper. A large portion of Greenwich, and most of today’s suggested itinerary, is part of the UNESCO World Heritage Site known as Maritime Greenwich.

Or alternatively leave this day free to wander around London’s streets and parks, do some shopping, or catch up on places you missed on prior days. Maybe you want to simply spend a day relaxing by the Thames, exploring the latest art exhibits, buying gifts for loved ones back home, or checking out vintage clothing shops. 

This is also a perfect day to follow your specific interests and passions, whether it is searching for  Harry Potter in London , checking out London’s best pubs, visiting Winston Churchill sites , taking a Jack the Ripper tour , checking off London’s World Heritage sites , exploring London’s street art, or finding the perfect fish & chips shop. 

The Cutty Sark (fee*) is a British clipper ship built in Scotland on the River Clyde in 1869. The ship is historically significant for being one of the last tea clipper ships ever built and one of the last clipper ships of this period still in existence. The ship was originally used to carry tea from China to England as quickly as possible and would visit almost every major world port during its life at sea.

In later years as steam-powered ships became popular, the Cutty Sark was used for cargo transport and then as a training ship. It was dry docked here in 1954 and is now one of the area’s most popular tourist attractions.

A tour of the Cutty Sark allows you to see the ship’s interior, learn about the ship’s history and what it was like at sea in Victorian times, hear stories of the people on board the ship, and see the ship’s hull up close as you walk underneath it. There is also a cafe on board where you can grab sandwiches or have afternoon tea (if you want a full afternoon tea, book it in advance). 

Tickets can be purchased in advance here .

Old Royal Naval College

The Old Royal Naval College is a set of buildings designed by Christopher Wren whose original purpose was to serve as a place to care for and house retired seamen. Later the large building complex was used as a naval training college and today is used for a number of functions, and many of the buildings are open to the public.

We’d recommend starting your visit at the Greenwich Visitor Centre which has some helpful information, displays, and artifacts. Then you can wander around the site to admire the buildings, and you can visit the Chapel and the beautiful Painted Hall, painted by James Thornhill in the early 18th century. Guided tours can also sometimes be arranged for those with a special interest to see more areas of the complex not usually open to the public.

Before the Old Royal Naval College was built, the Palace of Placentia (better known as Greenwich Palace) sat here which was the birthplace of King Henry VIII and his daughters and later queens Mary I and Elizabeth I. You can learn more about it in the Greenwich Visitor Centre.

National Maritime Museum

The National Maritime Museum is a great museum dedicated to the dramatic maritime history of Britain. The museum covers about everything related to the sea from shipping and trading, fishing, technology development, the Atlantic Slave trade, pirates and explorers, war battles at sea, leisure cruises, and the life of seamen throughout the ages. You’ll even find J.M.W. Turners’ largest painting The Battle of Trafalgar here.

The museum is packed with information, exhibits, and fun interactive bits. The museum is free to visit.  Not far away you can also visit the  Queen’s House , a beautiful and architecturally significant former royal residence designed by Inigo Jones.

Greenwich Park

Greenwich Park is yet another of the large royal parks in London that was once a royal hunting park. Here in its 183 green acres,you’ll find a number of attractions, historical ruins, memorials, sporting fields, a deer park, and gardens.

Our favorites are the rose garden, the Ranger’s House which houses the Wernher Collection of art, and the Royal Observatory Greenwich. Note that the hill in the park is a bit steep but those who climb the hill are also rewarded by a nice view of London.

Royal Observatory Greenwich

The Royal Observatory Greenwich  (fee*) is a well-known observatory that has played a significant role in the history of astronomy and navigation. It is known as the location of the prime meridian and gave its name to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) and sits first on the meridian line.

The observatory is now maintained as a museum and visitors can learn about the history and discoveries at the observatory, stand on the famous Meridian line, visit Flamsteed House, see a camera obscura, and see the great equatorial telescope.

Admission includes an audioguide to make the most of your self-guided visit. You can buy your tickets in advance here .

Nearby is the interactive Astronomy Centre (free to visit) and the attached Peter Harrison Planetarium (fee), which is currently London’s only planetarium. 

Greenwich Market

Greenwich Market has been in existence since the 18th century and is one of London’s best covered markets. The market sells food, clothing, flowers, antiques, crafts, souvenirs, art, and more. There are also a number of pubs and restaurants nearby. A great area to grab a snack or meal.

Isle of Dogs

If you are looking for a walk underneath the River Thames, you can take a walk across the Greenwich Foot Tunnel to the Isle of Dogs. The Isle of Dogs is surrounded by the Thames on three sides and while once na industrial dock area, it is mainly a residential area now. The view from the Island Gardens across the river of the Queen’s House and Greenwich Hospital was depicted by Canaletto in a few of his paintings.

From here you can walk back across the tunnel to Greenwich or take public transit onto your destination.  Note that if you haven’t done a Thames cruise yet and still want to, you can pick up a boat at the Greenwich Pier near the Greenwich foot tunnel entrance.

Final Night Out? If you haven’t already taken in a West End Show or gone out for some of London’s nightlife, this is your last chance to do it. If you are looking for an earlier evening (big flight tomorrow?), consider splurging on a nice dinner to enjoy your final evening in London and talk about all the great things you saw and did during your 6 days in London!

Save Money on your 6 Days in London Trip with the London Pass

We wanted to give you an example of the cost savings over 6 days in London if you have a London Pass.

The following is based on the above itinerary although it doesn’t include every single attraction we suggested but includes what we believe is a realistic number for someone planning to actively sightsee based on the above itinerary.

Note, we have included images of the London Pass which was previously available as a physical product. As of 2021, the pass is only available as virtual product, which can be used through a smartphone app. The code can also be printed out for scanning.

Here is the cost savings for 6 days in London for 2 people with the London Pass based on our itinerary above:

It’s also always worth comparing prices between the official site here and GetYourGuide here as sometimes one will be better value than the other.

As you can see in our example (with the 6 day pass) we ended up with a savings of £280.5 per person for a total cost savings of £561. This is definitely a considerable amount for six days of sightseeing!

Even if we had visited significantly fewer sites during the six days in London, we would have still saved money with the London Pass. A general rule is that you need to visit an average of 2 to 3 attractions per day to save money with a 6 day London Pass.

We highly recommend that all visitors check out the London Pass, especially if it is your first visit to London. It covers free entry to over 80 attractions and museums, plus a number of discounts on tours, restaurants, souvenirs, and theater tickets. Not only will it save many visitors money, it also saves times by providing fast track entry into certain busy sites.

However it is not a great fit for everyone, and if you are not sure if it is a good fit or not, read our full review of the London Pass to help you decide as it breaks down the features, ways to purchase, how to calculate your cost savings, and more.

There you have our suggested London itinerary on how to spend 6 days in London. If you were planning a trip to London, which of these places would be must-sees on your itinerary? If you’ve visited London, what were you favorite spots in London? If you are planning a visit to London and have any questions about the itinerary or visiting London, just ask them in the comments below and as always we are happy to help!

Share this Post!

There are 90 comments on this post.

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Caroline Post author

November 27, 2023 at 8:42 am

Fantastic itinerary! Your detailed suggestions make planning my upcoming 6-day London trip a breeze. Can’t wait to explore these iconic spots and soak in the city’s charm. Thanks for the insights!

Jessica & Laurence Norah Post author

November 29, 2023 at 4:05 pm

Hi Caroline,

So happy to hear that you are finding our London itinerary helpful, just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip!

Best, Jessica

Albert Post author

October 12, 2023 at 2:26 am

My name is Albert, I was very impressed after reading your article and I also got a lot of information. I also went on a trip to London once and enjoyed it a lot and that time I stayed at Edward Hotel. I have enjoyed your service a lot.

October 12, 2023 at 11:32 am

Thanks for taking the time to comment, and so happy to hear that you found our London itinerary and travel information helpful in visiting London! Glad you had such a great stay and hope you have a chance to return to London again.

Happy travels! Jessica

Alexis Post author

April 8, 2023 at 4:46 pm

I just bought my airline tickets last Tuesday for travel the last week of September . I am traveling solo and now I need to start making the rest of my plans. This article has been incredibly helpful as London is a large city and I am overwhelmed! I am subscribed to your newsletter and look forward to gathering more information. Thank you for all the effort you put into this article and all the resources provided!

April 10, 2023 at 12:17 pm

Thanks so much for taking the time to comment and let us know that our London article has been helpul. Obviously, I would suggest editing the London itinerary to best suit your interests, pace, etc. but hopefully it will give you some good ideas on what you might want to see/do and how to organize your days. If you have any questions as you begin to book the rest of your trip, just ask!

Coleen Post author

February 25, 2023 at 8:39 am

Our group of 4 adults is planning a 5-day trip to London in late April to early May. We’ve been struggling over how best to allocate our time in the city. Your post’s itineraries are a wonderful resource for us! Thank you for all the work you’ve put into it!

February 25, 2023 at 10:58 pm

You’re very welcome and glad our London itinerary ideas have been helpful in planning your Spring trip. If you have any questions as you plan your trip, feel free to just ask!

Wishing you a wonderful trip to London!

Tom Post author

January 12, 2023 at 8:23 pm

This is how detailed and comprehensive a guide should be! Thanks for this, Jessica! Hoping to read more itineraries from your trips.

January 14, 2023 at 2:31 am

Thank you very much for your nice comment, and glad you are enjoying our London itinerary. It is a city we have spent a lot of time in. We do have other itineraries on our travel blogs (we also run Finding the Universe) that might be helpful for future trips elsewhere.

January 17, 2023 at 2:13 am

Thanks for mentioning your other blog site, I found the Cost of Travel in Uk blog very helpful. Anyway, since you’ve been or spent a lot in London, what do you think of private tours with GowithGuide, is it worth it? in terms of travel with family of DIY itinerary is still doable regardless of number of people traveling in London?

January 19, 2023 at 6:27 am

I don’t have any specific thoughts about GowithGuide and haven’t used this site for a private tour. But if you do hire a guide for a private tour in London, I’d recommend a licensed Blue Badge guide as they tend to be the best (and are the only people who can guide within certain places). If traveling with kids, it is best to find a tour guide who specifically does family tours as some of the guides can pack too much in or plan tours that aren’t very interesting to kids/teens. And yes, guides are normally able to do a set itinerary of their suggestions or you just pay them by the hour (plus all transport/entrance fees) to do a DIY itinerary that you decide in advance with your guide. So definitely good to ask all your questions before booking if planning to hire a private guide.

A private guide is definitely going to add a lot of extra cost to your trip, so I would think about if you feel you need one or not. London is a pretty easy city to see independently if you speak English so you definitely do not need one. So it just depends on if you think it would be worth the cost or not. Certainly a good guide can be priceless, especially if you have an interest in learning more about the history and backgrounds of the places you are visiting and for local recommendations.

We tend to just join tours within sites (e.g., tour the Parliament) and to do general city walking tours (e.g., an introduction to London tour or a Jack the Ripper tour). These are generally not that expensive as they are group tours and are generally 2-4 hours in length. Some are led by site guides (e.g., Parliament) or companies like Take Walks , City Wonders, or Context Travel.

Anyway, hope that helps!

January 23, 2023 at 11:00 pm

Hi Jessica, thank you for your input! I’ll take your suggestions/recommendations into consideration. Thanks a lot!

Babu Kaji Sitaula Post author

July 20, 2022 at 2:50 am

One of the most comprehensive guides to London that I have recently seen is this one. I’ve been to a good number of these sights, but there are still a ton left to see.

July 22, 2022 at 11:49 am

Thanks Babu for taking the time to comment. Glad you have enjoyed so many great places in London but this itinerary inspired you to visit still more places. I don’t think you can ever fully see a bit city like London – always something more to see or do 😉

Saras Mahara Post author

September 26, 2021 at 4:38 am

Most a wonderful and informative site. We would also like to see a day of countryside out of London, what would you recommend. I day we have a trip to Paris.

September 26, 2021 at 6:00 am

Glad you are finding our suggested London itinerary helpful in planning your trip. There are lots of countryside locations all around southern England so you will have no shortage of choices. But it really depends on what you want to do there, do you want to just see the countryside, do you want to go hiking, or some other activity? Do you want to go on a guided tour or do you want to take the train out to a location and explore on your own? Some locations might be the Cotswolds for pretty villages and countryside or Kent which has lots of countryside walks.

For example, this guided tour takes in a number of popular Cotswolds villages and includes a lot of driving through local countryside. This is a very beautiful part of the country and near where we live.

If you are a fan of “Downton Abbey”, the Highclere Castle tours may be of interest as those tours include filming locations that are set in the Cotswolds countryside. Many of the tours also include a visit to a historical farm. Just note that the home is only open a limited number of days a year so it would depend on the dates of your visit. But you can see our Highclere Castle guide for more information on visiting.

If you are looking for a more of a day of hiking on your own, you could consider a hike in lots of places like the Cotswolds (perhaps a section of the Cotswolds Way), Kent (lots of countryside walks), or do a short section of the Thames Path (this long-distance path runs alongside the river and goes through London). You would just need to figure out where you want to hike and plan your transport to and from there.

For the Thames Path , you can combine a popular attraction visit with hiking as places like Hampton Court Palace and Windsor Castle are along the path. So you could get train or bus from London to Hampton Count Palace for instance, visit the palace and then do a afternoon hike from there along the river and then return back. If you’d rather bike than hike, there are also biking tours like this one to Hampton Court that you can join.

Those are just a few ideas, but there is a lot of potential countryside locations that may suit depending on what you want to do.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have further questions!

mike Post author

May 31, 2021 at 10:38 pm

Thank you so much for this serious and well-thought-out list! I’m on my way here second time and I can see I have a lot of catching up to do. I want to add that for anyone considering a longer stay, it is worth checking out the co-living option. I had a flat here last time and loved it.

June 2, 2021 at 5:27 am

Glad that our London itinerary is helpful in planning your second visit to London. Yes, if you are staying for several day or more, it can often save you money and be easier to rent a flat than pay for a hotel, just depends how you like to travel and what amenities you need.

We have a guide to booking holiday homes and flats in the UK here that gives you some of the best booking websites if you are searching for one!

Polly Taylor Post author

August 23, 2020 at 9:44 am

Great itinerary. I used to live in London and haven’t done nearly all of these! I love Greenwich and its market, and always has a pie and mash at a great little cafe there – not been south of the river for a while now but must take our daughter up to London to explore before too long.

August 24, 2020 at 6:47 am

Yes, we love Greenwich – it is a great place to spend a day! Hope you get a chance to visit London with your daughter soon.

Victoria Post author

January 8, 2020 at 10:20 am

So happy to find this! I goofed on calendar dates and booked Harry Potter 1st on our trip instead of the walking tour you suggest. We arrive in June on a Sat late. Booked Harry Potter for Monday not knowing there is no changing of the guard on Tuesday for the tour. And it looks like no tours are booked on Sundays. What do you recommend we do 1st Sunday? Pretty much want to see all you mention in your itinerary, I guess I’m just out of order. 1st time visitor to the UK. Thank you!

January 8, 2020 at 12:20 pm

Hi Victoria,

Don’t worry, you can do the days in really any order, so I would just book any tours on the days that work best for you and for what’s happening (such as the changing of the guard). You can leave your Harry Potter tour as is or switch it to a better day, but I would not be too worried about the order. But yes, you do need to check opening hours/days and schedules for the attractions you really want to visit. For instance, I think Westminster Abbey is also closed on Sundays for public visits (services only).

For the Changing of the Guard, if you are interested in seeing it as part of one of the walking tours, I’d just join the tour on a day the changing of the guard is scheduled to happen. Just note that weather and royal events can affect the ceremony as well, so just keep that in mind. But I’d just do the Westminster highlights on that day, in however it fits into your schedule. If the tour doesn’t work into your schedule, you can of course just head over on your own to see the Changing of the Guard, just be sure to try to get to the palace well before it starts so you can find a place to stand.

For Sunday, I think Kensington would be a good area to explore. There is the palace, the parks and gardens, Royal Albert Hall, several free museums, and lots of shopping opportunities in that area. So you have lots of choices of how to structure your day. As far as I can think of (but do double check all the places you definitely want to visit), all the main attractions are usually open on Sundays. Just note that Sunday is generally going to be a busier day for museums and attractions as you have all the local people off work and it is a day a lot of families go out – but this is going to be true of any place in London (especially free places).

If you are planning on using a London Pass (or other tourist pass), it is only valid for a set number of consecutive days. So I would just make sure you go to the things included on your pass within the allocated number of days once you activate the pass.

The other thing to note is that we list a lot of options and alternatives for each day of our London itinerary, and it is designed to help give you an area to explore each day and a suggested route. You can’t of course visit all the places (especially if you want to really go inside and spend time) we mention under each day and do all the extra tours and activities we mention. So I’d use each day as a guide for the area you are visiting and the major attractions, and then focus on all the places that are must-sees, whether you want to really visit each place or just view it from the outside (and how long you think the visit will take), and then make a list for “other things that I’d like to see here if there is time”. This can really help prioritize your days, especially if you encounter delays or you decide to spend longer than expected somewhere.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any other questions as you plan your trip to the UK!

Helen Post author

October 29, 2019 at 9:54 am

Your suggestions have been so helpful. We area going to London next month! We hope to see some of the Christmas markets while we are there. I am not sure if I missed it, but how long per day (approximately) from start to finish to fit in the itinerary? We generally like to move at a leisurely pace and so I would want to make some adjustments if it is a little overwhelming for us. Thanks again for all your ideas! Helen

October 29, 2019 at 1:30 pm

Happy to hear our itinerary is helpful! Our London itinerary is just a general suggestion for how you could spend 6 days in London. We discuss more attractions than you’d want to squeeze into each day to give you choices. So I’d use it more to base each day. The days are laid out to give you a good roadmap but you’ll want to adjust as needed. I’d take into account which attractions are of interest and for those you want to visit, how long you’d want to spend at each (taking into account security and lines).

For example, for Day 1 describes a walking route focused on Westminster, joining together a number of historical and popular attractions and sights. You could complete the general sightseeing path in an hour or so on foot, but then you want to add in time for each attraction you want to stop and visit, breaks, meals, etc. Some people may want to just spend a few minutes seeing Westminster Abbey from the outside and then move on and others will want to go inside and spend a couple of hours touring it, so it is really dependent on the traveler. If as part of the walk, you want to visit Westminster Abbey (for an estimated 1.5 hours), stop for lunch (for estimated 1 hour), visit the National Gallery (for an estimated 2 hours), and stop in to see the Banqueting Hall (estimated 40 minutes) as part of the route, that would fill up most of your day.

Our itineraries are definitely designed for a full day of sightseeing (after breakfast to dinner), so yes I would definitely adjust down for a more leisurely day out. And take into account other things you want to do such as the Christmas markets. For example you may want to try to take out a day out of the itinerary and try to do 5 of the days over 6 days.

Hope that helps! Jessica

BK Lim Post author

October 12, 2019 at 8:20 pm

Can I check if this London itinerary is recommended for summer? I’m going in Nov/Dec and I was told the days are shorter.

October 13, 2019 at 12:34 am

Our London itinerary will work any time of the year and just about all the places mentioned are opened year-round. Our 6 day London itinerary is a suggestion though and you’ll want to edit it to your specific schedule and preferences.

The daylight hours will, of course, be shorter in London in the winter months than in the summer months. Also some of the attraction opening hours may be a bit shorter than in the summer months. So you may not be able to see or do quite as much as you could in the summer months. Our 6 day London itinerary provides lots of suggestions for each day, and you can still use it to guide each day. But you will probably want to maybe aim for no more than 3 major attractions (to go inside) each day.

Hope that helps, Jessica

Luciana Post author

July 10, 2019 at 5:08 pm

Thanks for such a great article! I’ll be in London next month for the first time in my life and you’ve been of great help. I’ve been reading about the London Pass, and they offer some interesting excursions on their app, but the problem is I haven’t been able to find their price. Could you help me? Thanks in advance!

July 11, 2019 at 3:20 pm

Hi Luciana, Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful. I am not 100% sure which excursions you are referring to but London Pass holders do get discounted prices on some tours outside of London, and you can view these and their prices and book them here . Hope that helps! Best, Jessica

Patty Post author

July 1, 2019 at 10:49 am

Thank you for the amazing 6-day London Itinerary! My husband, two adult daughters and I will be visiting London for 7 days in September (13th – 19th) for the first time. We’ve been doing a lot of research and have put together a tentative itinerary. I do have a couple questions I hope you can answer. Is it wise to visit Westminster Abbey at opening time one day and the Tower of London first thing on another day? Do you think the queues will be long that time of year? Is there a way to buy a ticket or book a tour to avoid the queues? It looks like I can buy a ticket on the Westminster Abbey website for a particular day and time block (9:30-11:30 am) so assume it’s not a timed entry and will wait for entrance. It looks like the Tower Of London tickets don’t offer a timed entry either. Thanks for any advice you can provide.

July 3, 2019 at 10:02 am

Hi Patty, Yes, Tower of London in particular we recommend visiting when it first opens as it doesn’t absorb crowds that well in certain areas such as the line to see the Crown Jewels which can get busy and long. We were the first group in on our last visit and didn’t have any long waits. Westminster Abbey is also always busy but does absorb crowds better, but can be good to visit near opening if it fits in your schedule. Kensington Palace is another site in London that is best to try to visit near opening if it is on your list.

London is a popular and busy destination year round but September is not going to be nearly as busy as July and August so attractions will be busy but should not be super busy. We normally visit with the London Pass so we just try to arrive near opening for busiest places and then visit less busy places later in the day.

Yes, Westminster Abbey does offer fast-track entry tickets (only sold by them online) for most days and times. We have not used these but you get to avoid the ticket lines and I think you should be able to go through a faster security line. But you may want to send them an email or call them to confirm this. The tickets are sold by time blocks so you just need to be in line before that time period ends to use your ticket.

For the Tower of London, you can currently pre-purchase tickets online for entry to avoid the ticket line but I don’t think it gets you into a priority line.

If you you are interested in a walking tour (and all 4 of you are reasonably fit), this tour by Take Walks is a great one to consider. It is organized in a way so that you see as much as possible in one day and includes tours of both of the Tower of London and Westminster Abbey as well as Changing of the Guard ceremony and more. One great advantage is the guide is a Blue Badge guide so can do tours inside both attractions. So that might be something to consider for your first or second full day in London.

MDHegs Post author

June 24, 2019 at 11:13 am

Excellent itinerary!! My wife and I will be visiting for 8-days in August and have secured lodging near Madame Tussaud’s and Regent’s Park. We have already received our Visitor Oyster Card and selected this location due to it’s close proximity to a couple of underground lines. Is this a suitable location, in your opinion?? I am using your itinerary as a baseline and filling in with specific markets, for dining and a walking tour or two to dig a little deeper into some history and culture. On day 7 we are going up to Highgate Cemetery with Take Walks … Can’t wait!! Thank you for the excellent post!!

June 24, 2019 at 5:55 pm

Hi there, Yes, I think that as long as you are somewhat central and near a good public transit line, you should be able to easily do a lot of sightseeing in London. Regents Park is a nice area, and there are two Underground stations really close together there (Baker Street and Regent’s Park). You are just a 15 to 20 minute Tube ride from the very center of the city so it should not take you too long to reach any of the places in our 6 day London itinerary except of course if you head out to Kew Gardens, Windsor, etc.

The Highgate Cemetery tour sounds interesting, that must be new to Take Walks, we’ll have to check it out!

Wishing you a great visit to London, Jessica

Beverly Post author

May 30, 2019 at 2:59 am

Did you stay in the same hotel for the 6 days or did you book different hotels according to your itinerary? Thank you

May 30, 2019 at 7:34 am

Hi Beverly, We would recommend staying in the same hotel, which is why we recommend a centrally located hotel so you are closer to most of London’s attractions. But you could split up in stay in 2 places if you really wanted to do so of course, but I’d probably recommend just one place if you can so you don’t have pack up and move hotels in the middle of your visit. Best, Jessica

Danny Doan Post author

May 28, 2019 at 11:37 am

Hi Jessica, Thank you so much for the 6 day itinerary. I have a couple of questions I hope you could answer. Do you know if the airbnb’s apartment in London have a safe box to put personal belongings in to? And are there any budget hotels in London that can accommodate a family of 4? My wife and I travel with our sons who are 17 and 18.

May 28, 2019 at 12:04 pm

Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful!

If you are thinking of an Airbnb in London (note we have personally NOT had good experiences in London with budget Airbnbs), most Airbnbs do not have a guest safe. But I am sure some do, but you will likely need to contact properties individually to ask if they offer a safe as it is not a feature you can currently search for and this as it is not often included in the descriptions. It is not typical if renting an Airbnb apartment. If having a safe is important, I’d recommend looking at budget hotels or apartment hotels instead as they are much more likely to have a safe box in the room.

Yes, most budget hotels can accommodate 4 persons. Most room configurations though are going to be 2 double beds, so if your sons are OK with sharing that could work for 1 room. Or try to find a family room that has 1 double and 2 singles or 2 doubles with a pull-out sofa. Otherwise, I’d probably recommend getting 2 separate rooms, one for you and your wife and one for your sons. You can search for rooms for 4 adults here on Booking.com .

Hope that helps, let me know if you have further questions.

May 28, 2019 at 6:14 pm

Thank you so much for you help.

melis Post author

May 25, 2019 at 1:36 am

I had stayed just 3 nights in Westminster, and it was totally enough to love that city. On my last day, I just tried to see something negative, but no way.. It might be only some expensive when you compare it with other European cities, I guess. And, this post… It looks like a formal guide, more than a blog content. Thank you…

May 25, 2019 at 7:52 am

Hi Melis, Yes, it is easy to love London, and we love staying in or near Westminster or elsewhere in central London. It is a great time for new visitors to the city as it makes it easy to walk to so many of the highlights like the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, and Buckingham Palace! Glad to hear that you didn’t have anything negative to say about your stay, and hope you return to see more of what London has to offer! Best, Jessica

Kathy Post author

May 20, 2019 at 6:52 pm

So much helpful advice here…thankyou! Re London Pass or London Explorer Pass…the former has a maximum 10 day pass whereas Explorer gives you 30 days, which is great for us. We will have 10 days in London and may want to vegetate a bit in between serious sightseeing!! Value your thoughts on this…am I missing something here? ( apart from different venues depending on your interests)

May 21, 2019 at 5:19 am

Hi Kathy, In terms of time the London Explore Pass may be good if you have more than 10 days in London and want to explore the attractions at any time during your visit. However, the London Pass gives you free entry to a lot more attractions (60+) than the London Explorer Pass which only allows you to visit up to 7 attractions (out of 20) plus sightseeing bus for 1 day. That included attractions are also different between the two.

I think the main thing to consider is what attractions do you know you want to visit? Then see if the London Explorer Pass is a good fit and includes those. If not, the 10 day London Pass may be a better fit.

Kathy J Post author

May 22, 2019 at 1:04 am

Thanks heaps Jessica! I’ve since been checking reviews and London Explorer Pass doesn’t seem to be a good option….not recognised at some venues etc. etc When 80% of reviews aren’t favourable I think it pays to steer clear!

May 22, 2019 at 4:42 am

Hi Kathy, The London Explorer Pass is sold by the same company as the London Pass, but it is just a different product. I haven’t heard anything negative about it (it should work as designed) but it works differently from the London Pass. I think the bad reviews are likely by people who did not know how it worked. It will definitely save you money if the attractions included fit where you want to visit. But if you are not sure, the London Pass gives you a much wider range of attractions to choose from and you can visit as many as you want during the consecutive day period. Hope that helps! Jessica

ALLISON brackett Post author

April 30, 2019 at 3:08 pm

I’m getting to London at 6:30 in the morning on a Sunday after a long flight. Do you have recommendations on what to see without having advance tickets on that day? With possible delays/exhaustion I’m afraid of booking activities in advance for our arrival day. Thank you for any help.

May 2, 2019 at 2:01 am

Hi Allison, If your flight arrives at 6:30am, you should have a lot of time that first day. But since you’ll likely be tired, I’d just plan a relaxing day. You have a lot of options and really could pick stuff from any of the days of the 6 day itinerary.

I would recommend having a London Pass and then perhaps doing the suggested walking route around Westminster as described in Day 1 – you can stop into the attractions that look interesting and you have time to visit. Most don’t require reservations and most are free to enter with the London Pass. A few places in London do close to visitors on Sunday, notably Westminster Abbey, so do keep that in mind. Then whatever you don’t see the first day, you can just go back and visit the next day.

Another option would be going to go to Kensington and explore the museums, parks, and shops around that area at your leisure. Or maybe you just want to tackle one big place, like spending the day at Hampton Court Palace, Windsor Castle, or exploring the British Museum.

This is also maybe a good day to do a sightseeing bus as you can get your bearings while justing relaxing on a bus. Or do a Thames boat cruise.

Michelle Post author

April 23, 2019 at 9:48 am

Hi, i am travelling to London and bought 6 Days london pass. Am so confuse where to start as my hubby will hv interview on Day 2 of our arrival. Intervirw is at Birdcage walk near Westminster. I would also like to visit Paris as i will be thete in London for 10days. Staying at relative place at southfield. Much appreciate if u could guide on the best itinerary. First time traveller from malaysia

April 24, 2019 at 7:08 am

Hi Michelle,

I think that the 6 Day London itinerary above should work well for you, but you should do the days as they make sense with your schedule and not necessarily do them in order. So for the day you are in Westminster, Day 1 is a good one to follow. Most attractions in our itinerary are included on the London Pass.

Southfields is not very central or near many tourist attractions, except Wimbledon, so just keep that in mind as you will need to take public transit each day to get to each of the neighborhoods we recommend in our itinerary. So plan in that extra time. Your relatives should be able to tell you the nearest Underground and bus stops and the best ways to use public transit from where you will be located.

Since you have 10 days, I’d consider doing at least a couple of day trips out of London. We recommend several at the top of this article to places like Stonehenge, Oxford, Stratford-upon-Avon, etc.

Paris can be visited as a day trip or you can take the Eurostar train and stay overnight in Paris and then return to London, depending on your schedule and budget. You can also book a tour from London to Paris, and you can see options here and here .

Hope that helps, let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London.

Bob Post author

April 22, 2019 at 6:50 am

Admiring the persistence you put into your travel blog and in depth information you provide. It’s nice to come across a blog every once in a while that isn’t the same old rehashed material. Fantastic read!

April 22, 2019 at 7:01 am

Hi Bob, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and travel blog – hope you’ll continue to follow along with our adventures and articles. Best, Jessica

pat Post author

November 17, 2018 at 8:23 pm

I know, there’s a lot of websites out there but this London itinerary is fantastic! Giving me so many great ideas for our vacation. Thanks!

November 18, 2018 at 7:08 am

Hi Pat, So glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your vacation. Thanks for taking the time to comment! Best, Jessica

Travelouts Post author

November 12, 2018 at 2:36 am

Excellent London itinerary, and thank you for sharing so many very helpful thoughts!!! Best of luck with your travels

November 12, 2018 at 6:06 am

Hi there, Thanks, and do let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London! Best, Jessica

MickeyArorra Post author

October 22, 2018 at 1:41 am

This is a great post. You have covered all the aspects of London. I love to live in London. Its nightlife is just amazing – Bar’s, Pubs, Theaters everything is just superb.

October 22, 2018 at 11:49 am

Hi Mickey, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and so happy to hear you think we gave some comprehensive coverage of things to do. Yes, London does have some great nightlife and quite a variety! We are looking forward to being back in London in a couple of weeks 😉 Best, Jessica

Samuel Post author

September 30, 2018 at 1:40 pm

Great info indeed on London. I and my wife will like to visit and tour London on 6 days tour starting from 15th -22nd December 2018. we are coming from Lagos Nigeria. Can you please arrange the tour itinerary, accommodation inclusive with mode of payment. yours truly, Samuel.

October 3, 2018 at 8:28 pm

I am happy to hear that you enjoyed our 6 day London itinerary. We are travel writers not a tour operator and cannot book a tour or accommodation for you. But we are happy to provide any additional tips you may have about what to do or where to stay.

If you would like an itinerary and tour booked for you, I would contact a local travel agent or tour operator who operates in London.

Arun Mishra Post author

August 1, 2018 at 7:30 am

Hey Jessica, I am visiting London and Scotland in the month September and I was wondering how to go about it ! Though my daughter just came back from LSE after completing her summer schooling program and gave me lot of tips but your post solved all my problems. This is my first trip to London and staying almost 8 days there. Thank you so much for the valuable tips and information. Warm regards Arun

August 1, 2018 at 7:34 am

Hi Arun, I am so happy to hear you found our London itinerary article helpful and thank you so much for taking the time to comment! We have lots of articles on both London and Scotland (our current home) on our travel blogs, but just let us know if you have any questions as you continue to plan your trip. London is such a fantastic city and having 8 days will give you time to see so many of the city’s highlights!! Happy travels, Jessica

Vidhi Sehgal Post author

June 13, 2018 at 1:10 pm

Hi , Great Post. Just wanted to know which month did you travel in? I plan to travel to London in November, will the tourist spots mentioned in your post be open then?

June 14, 2018 at 2:16 am

Hi Vidhi, Yes, almost all major attractions (and even most minor ones) are open year-round in London. Buckingham Palace for instance is only open for part of the summer, but all the rest should be open. However, many may have reduced winter hours so just check the website of the attraction before you visit to note the opening days and times. Wishing you a great trip to London! Best, Jessica

Amy & Scott Post author

October 3, 2017 at 5:43 am

Wow, we are going to London in 2 months and this is the most helpful post I’ve come across over the past week in searching for things to do during our time in London. This London itinerary covers all of the things we had on our bucketlist plus so many other great places and tips on how to spend our time. My husband and I are very grateful and we’ll be printing this out and bring it along our our trip!! Our warm thanks from NYC!

October 3, 2017 at 7:09 am

Hi Amy & Scott, So happy to hear and thanks for taking the time to comment! Wishing you a fantastic visit to London and please just let us know if you have any questions about our London itinerary or traveling in London. Best, Jessica

Sand In My Suitcase Post author

September 10, 2017 at 7:33 pm

Wow! This is a really fabulous detailed guide to things to do in London! We’ve hit London from time to time over the years for a couple of nights here and a couple of nights there — before or after a cruise. We’ve enjoyed the double-decker, hop-on/hop-off sightseeing bus for an overview of the city. And oh the musicals and plays! That’s our favorite thing to do in London — take in a West End show.

You’ve got us thinking that next time we should explore the Camden area. :-).

September 12, 2017 at 12:02 pm

Hi guys, Thanks! Yes, a bus tour or walking tour is always a great way to get a good feel and look around a new city! The West End is definitely a great area for those who like theater and musicals!! Camden is a great area of London to explore if you haven’t been before, there are of course the famous markets and London Zoo, but you can take canal boat rides, visit Jewish Museum, do street art tours, wander Regent’s Park, etc. It is definitely an area with a different vibe! Best, Jessica

Lyn @ A Hole in my Shoe Post author

September 4, 2017 at 11:19 pm

What an amazing itinerary which will surely stop me walking around in awe and keep me in the right direction. We like to fit as much as we can in our days as it is so far to travel we make the very most of our time. Thanks for keeping all this info in one place so we can save for a reference when we finally make it to UK.

September 5, 2017 at 1:37 am

Hi Lyn, You should still leave some time to walk around in awe 😉 Westminster and the City of London have the biggest concentration of the iconic sites and are great areas to hit in your first few days in London. Hope you get to the UK soon and hopefully this London itinerary will come in handy! Best, Jessica

Anda Post author

September 4, 2017 at 2:06 pm

Very good itinerary, Jessica. We’ve spent a week in London some years ago and visited all these places (except for the Royal Albert Hall), but I loved revisiting them with you through your beautiful post and pictures. We also bought the London Pass, like you, and saved a lot of money. For us it was worth it.

September 5, 2017 at 1:36 am

Hi Anda, Thanks, glad you like our suggested itinerary on how to spend 6 days in London. Happy to hear that you saved a lot of money from buying a London Pass. Best, Jessica

Cheryl Post author

September 2, 2017 at 5:52 pm

What an amazing and detailed itinerary for London! I’m pinning it now for later planning. I love how you included alternatives in it. My favorite is Warner Bros. Studios and the Harry Potter set. I’m a self professed Potterhead (nerd, but I’m good with it lol). This post has definitely moved London up some notches on my travel bucket list and made it seem more affordable with the right planning.

September 4, 2017 at 11:21 am

Hi Cheryl, Glad you enjoyed our 6 days in London itinerary. We just went to the Warner Brothers Studios the Making of Harry Potter tour this year and really enjoyed it. We are not huge Harry Potter fans but still spent almost 3 hours doing the tour and stopping for a snack and butter beer 😉 You might enjoy Laurence’s guide to Harry Potter spots in London and my guide to Harry Potter sites in Edinburgh for future trips! Best, Jessica

Ruth | Tanama Tales Post author

September 2, 2017 at 10:42 am

Jessica, you knocked it out of the park! Well, you always do but this time you hit the ball a bit harder. I visited London once but my time there was so, so reduced. I have come to the realization that London needs time (like other great cities in the world). I like to have 3 or 4 days in a city but I think that will never be enough in London. I will like to have at least a week in the city. And, I will love to follow parts of your itinerary. I am the one always looking for walking maps!

September 4, 2017 at 11:09 am

Hi Ruth, Thanks for the kind words! Yes, I agree, 3 or 4 days is not enough time in London as it is in many cities. Some cities like London, Paris, NYC, etc. just need a lot more time as they just have so many great sites, attractions, and entertainment options. We think 5 or 6 days in London is a good amount of time to see a lot on a first trip without getting overwhelmed or exhausted. I hope you get a chance to return soon and do parts of this London itinerary and use the suggested walking maps 😉 Jessica

Hilary Post author

September 2, 2017 at 9:11 am

Amazing list of things to do in London! We’ve already done many of them, but many are definite repeats if you ask me! My boys and I plan to spend 2 weeks in London over the Christmas Holidays, and will definitely refer back to this list for inspiration!

September 4, 2017 at 11:04 am

Hi Hilary, Yes, we often return to places we love as well. We’ll be back in London in November and already have plans to re-visit a couple of the galleries 😉 Enjoy your upcoming trip to London. Best, Jessica

Paul and Carole Post author

September 2, 2017 at 12:05 am

This is an excellent post on London. We spent 4 days there in April and covered quite a bit, but would love to go back so have pinned your post for reference. Your photo of the Beefeater at the Tower is spectacular!

September 4, 2017 at 11:03 am

Hi Paul & Carole, Thanks, and I hope you get a chance to visit London again. There is so much to do in the city that it is difficult to see everything you want in one (or two!) trips 😉 Thanks, Laurence shot that at the Tower our first trip to London together a couple of years ago – we had a gray rainy day and that was the best shot of the day! Best, Jessica

Michelle | michwanderlust Post author

September 1, 2017 at 9:18 pm

I just love how thorough and detailed your posts always are! Definitely a great resource for anyone planning to visit London. Even though I’ve spent a lot of time in London, I haven’t visited all the places on your list – especially the Greenwich area, or even St Paul’s Cathedral, which is actually pretty close to my apartment. Pinned this for when I go back to London later this year!

September 4, 2017 at 11:01 am

Hi Michelle, St. Paul’s Cathedral is a great church, I didn’t find it as historically interesting as Westminster Abbey but it has a lot of history and significance and is definitely a symbol of London. The dome was definitely a highlight for Laurence, although I would recommend trying to go early to avoid it being too crowded as the line for the dome can get long and is slow moving. Greenwich has loads of great things to do, we spent a couple of days exploring Greenwich on our last trip and Laurence’s brother is actually moving there next year so should get to see even more 😉 Definitely recommend going the next time you are in London, lots of stuff to do including museums, the Cutty Sark, historical buildings, the O2 arena, family-friendly things, and a giant park. Best, Jessica

Upeksha Post author

September 1, 2017 at 3:04 pm

This is a one of the most detailed guides to London I have seen for a long time. I have been to quite a few of these, but there’s still so many to visit.

September 3, 2017 at 11:49 am

Hi Upeksha, I am not sure if you could ever see everything in London, and I think that makes it one of those cities that is great to keep visiting. We are excited to head back again in a few months! Best, Jessica

Lolo Post author

September 1, 2017 at 2:55 pm

I’ve done soooo much in all of my many visits to London, but at the same time there is still sooo much to see and do! I can’t believe you managed it all in 6 days! That London Pass definitely seems like it’s worth the splurge! Pinned!

September 3, 2017 at 11:45 am

Hi Lolo, Yes, the London Pass can be a great deal as even though it may seem like a lot upfront, the cost of many of the attractions in London are £15 to £20 each. We did not actually do this exact itinerary in a single 6 day trip, but it is based on our many visits to London. This is what we came up with for the best itinerary for first or second time visitors. One should definitely go at their own pace and adjust our suggested London itinerary each day to meet their needs. Best, Jessica

Tanja Post author

September 1, 2017 at 1:39 pm

excellent post! and it’s great to see other people also doing a lot on a trip, visiting actual sights not just trendy things they saw on Instagram or Pinterest:) I shuddered when I saw some of the prices, I was fortunate to have done most of these on my trips to London before a couple of years, the prices are sky high now! Can you believe that I paid only 12 pounds for Tower of London? but then again,it was 10 years ago. luckily, there are many free attractions in London, and once you’ve visited all the main attractions you can do the rest:) I did Sky garden last year for instance:) and Tower Bridge exhibition but only because they didn’t have the glass walkaway before:)

September 3, 2017 at 11:29 am

Hi Tanja, We like to really explore cities and we’ve been to London now a number of times so have seen most of the major attractions and many of the lesser known ones, although we always discover something new on each visit. Yes, 10 years ago prices were definitely lower and there seems to be a small increase in attraction entry fees every year or two. Although its not just London as we have observed in the same in Paris, NYC, SF, etc. London does indeed have some great free attractions, I love the parks, shopping arcades, and free museums. Best, Jessica

Anisa Post author

September 1, 2017 at 1:11 pm

Wow you really covered a lot and I can tell a lot of thought went into this post (like usual!). I have been to a lot of these but there are some I still need to visit, like the Churchill War rooms. I had no idea that you could save so much using the London pass, that is a great tip.

September 3, 2017 at 11:25 am

Hi Anisa, The Churchill War Rooms are fantastic (well in my opinion!) and the museum is very centrally located (short 5-7 minute walk from Westminster Abbey or Parliament Square). Most people go to see the secret bunker and war rooms and learn about how it operated during WW2, but my favorite part is the Churchill Museum which is a giant room filled with all kind of Churchill artifacts, memorabilia, and information. The London Pass includes free entry into about 60 attractions in London (e.g., Churchill War Rooms, Westminster Abbey, London Zoo, Tower of London) and can really save many visitors money as most are going to want to visit some of the included attractions. Best, Jessica

Gary Post author

August 30, 2017 at 12:05 am

Great post, you’ve managed to cover so many sides of London in six days, with so much detail. I love the city. However, I am biased as I’m a Londoner, it says so on my Birth Certificate.

You’ve captured a brilliant mix of history, culture – London’s green spaces, museums and galleries. Glad you included Camden & Greenwich because both offer another side of London.

I have to agree the best way to see London is on foot – there’s so much to see, or bus if the feet are weary (The river cruise is also a good idea). I’d say avoid the underground unless it’s a distance (Smartphones & maps help here) because there’s always something to see when heading from A to B.

As I said, fabulously detailed post, and will help a visitor see a chunk of London.

Happy Travels,

August 30, 2017 at 3:08 pm

Hi Gary, Glad that we have the seal of a approval of a Londoner!! Laurence lived in the city for a few years but honestly didn’t make it to many tourist sites during that time, so it has been fun exploring them together when in the city. We get a lot of readers asking for these longer itineraries so finally put one together! Yes, exploring London by foot is a lot of fun as you never know what you’ll see and cutting across green spaces is so nice as it gives you a bit of time to relax!! Best, Jessica

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of replies to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store the data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

The Ultimate 4-Day London Itinerary

This 4-day London itinerary is packed full of famous sights, fun experiences, delicious food and hidden gems.

London is my favourite city in the world. It’s my home and has been for over 15 years. It’s a place where there’s always somewhere new to explore, tonnes of amazing restaurants to eat at and experiences you never imagined existing. London is vibrant, exciting and constantly evolving.

Yes, I just really love London … OK?

Lots of people visiting London for the first time only have a day or two in the city. That’s enough time for a whistle-stop tour of the sights, but if you can afford a few extra days you’ll understand a bit more of what makes London so special.

If you’re planning your trip at the moment, this 4-day London itinerary is a great place to start. It can be stressful planning a good route in a city you don’t know. Now you don’t need to worry about a thing!

Across your 4 days in London you’ll get to see all of the famous sights including Buckingham Palace, Big Ben and the Tower of London, visit some of the city’s top museums, enjoy some retail therapy, stroll through some of the prettiest parks, explore some urban and edgy areas AND even take a day trip to the Harry Potter Studio Tour.

This 4 day itinerary is perfect for families, couples or groups of friends as there’s something for everyone! Ready to start planning your dream city break in London? Here we go!

Planning your trip to London? Here are a few quick highlights:

Day 1: See the sights of Central London

Whether this is your first trip to London or you’ve been several times before, it’s always exciting to see the city’s famous landmarks. I’d recommend kicking off your trip in style with a self-guided walking tour starting at Buckingham Palace. Time it right and you could even see the changing of the guard ceremony!

After a quick pose in front of the famous gates at Buckingham Palace, take a stroll through St James’s Park towards Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament. The architecture is absolutely breath-taking and is guaranteed to have you reaching for your camera.

Continue your self-guided tour by crossing the River Thames over Westminster Bridge and enjoying views of the London Eye. Built as temporary structure for the millennium celebrations, it was so popular it has stayed ever since.

I used to work as a tour guide on the London Eye (back in my student days) and despite going around on that wheel 200+ times, I still always recommend it to tourists visiting London. One rotation and you’ll get your bearings, see the city landmarks and enjoy a fun tourist experience all at once.

If you’re tired of walking, I’d suggest you catch a boat along the Thames from the pier in front of the London Eye all the way down to Tower Bridge. The Uber Boats by Thames Clippers stop at 23 piers along the Thames. For this journey you’ll only be going a short distance, and you’re looking to hop on board the RB1 or RB2. You can use Oyster Cards or Contactless bank cards on board.

As you head downstream, look out for more of London’s famous landmarks. On the right you’ll see the Tate Modern art gallery, which is housed in a former power station. On the left you’ll spot the enormous dome of St Paul’s Cathedral (the final resting place of Lord Nelson, the Duke of Wellington and Sir Christopher Wren.)

You’ll also pass under London Bridge and spot the looming towers of the city, as well as seeing London’s tallest building, The Shard. Kids will adore travelling by boat – it’s a really fun way to see the city.

Once you’ve taken some photos in front of the fairytale-esque Tower Bridge, it’s time to explore the Tower of London. This UNESCO World Heritage Centre is one of the oldest buildings in London and has a fascinating past. In fact, the White Tower dates back to 1078!

Over the years it’s been a royal palace, a prison and a treasury. These days it’s where you’ll find the dazzling crown jewels. I didn’t visit until I was in my 20s, but it was an amazing experience to get up close to so much British history.

I’d definitely recommend booking tickets to the Tower of London in advance , as it can get pretty busy.

You’ve packed a lot into day 1 of this 4-Day London itinerary. It’s time to enjoy some food and rest before a busy day tomorrow!

Day 2: Museums, parks and shops of West London

After a busy day of sightseeing yesterday, today we’re kicking off with some of London’s most popular museums.

South Kensington is home to three of London’s largest and most interesting museums. Not only are they located moments from each other, they’re also free to enter. Yes, totally free! Check the websites before visiting as it can be necessary to book a ticket with a time slot.

The Natural History Museum is dedicated to creatures great and small, and hosts fascinating exhibitions throughout the year. It’s home to around 80 million plant, animal, fossil, rock and mineral specimens, and is somewhere you can see stuffed dodos, whale skeletons and even learn about dinosaurs. The building is beautiful too – a true London architectural wonder.

Meanwhile, head a few paces along and you’ll be in the Science Museum . This world-class museum has seven floors packed full of interesting exhibits. It charts everything from transport to computers and biology to physics. Kids will adore the WonderLab, an area filled with interactive exhibits which genuinely make learning fun!

Or for those interested in art and fashion, the Victoria and Albert Museum is home to one of the greatest collections of decorative art, design, fashion and textiles in the world. You could spend an entire day at the museums here, but I’d recommend picking one for the morning of day three.

After spending the morning in the museums, it’s time for some fresh air. It’s lucky that a few minutes away on foot is London’s most famous park, Hyde Park. This 350-acre park is home to over 4,000 trees, a large lake, a meadow and pretty flower gardens. It’s a lovely place for a walk or a cycle. You could rent a boat on The Serpentine or even take a dip in the lido!

If you head north through Hyde Park, then west through Kensington Gardens, you’ll eventually emerge close to Notting Hill Gate, another vibrant part of London.

Spend the afternoon wandering the pretty streets and enjoying the pastel-coloured houses and old-style charm. Some of my favourite streets include Lancaster Road, St Luke’s Mews, Colville Terrace and Elgin Crescent. I just love how colourful this part of London is. You’ll definitely want to take some holiday snaps!

One of the big draws in Notting Hill is Portobello Road Market. This legendary London street is synonymous with vintage and antique shopping. The best day to visit is Saturday, as that’s when you’ll find most of the stalls on the street.

There are also plenty of pubs, cafes and street food options around the market area, so you can refuel between purchases!

That’s quite a lot to pack into day 2, so it’s time for another good night’s sleep before you find out what’s in store for day 3.

Day 3: Cool days exploring Camden and East London

It’s hard to cram the best of London into just 4 days, but I’m giving it a go with this fun and varied itinerary. After ticking off London’s most famous sights on day 1 and exploring the city’s cultural and colourful side on day 2, it’s now time for something completely different.

Day 3 kicks off with a wander up to one of my favourite London viewpoints, Primrose Hill. Close to Regent’s Park, this hill boasts a gorgeous view of the city skyline. On sunny days, it’s one of the most popular picnic spots in the entire city. You might even struggle for a spot!

After taking in the London skyline, it’s time to visit another of the city’s most famous markets. Camden Market is home to over 1000 shops and food outlets, and has a vibrant independent spirit.

After wandering through the shops in the Stables Market area, grab a bite to eat from one of the stalls out in the courtyard by the lock. From Greek souvlaki and Caribbean jerk chicken, to metre long sausages, authentic Portuguese nata tarts and liquid nitrogen ice cream, this delicious food market has something for everyone!

Be sure to soak up the quirky Camden vibes before you venture to the next spot. I’m talking street art, goths, music and more! It’s a vibrant spot and somewhere that feels very ‘London’… if you ignore the hordes of foreign tourists of course! Although, what could be more ‘London’ than tourists?!

One of my favourite walking routes in London is along the Grand Union Canal, which stretches towards the north of the centre of the city. The walk from Camden Lock to King’s Cross takes around 30-minutes.

King’s Cross is another area I love. It’s recently been regenerated and it’s fair to say it’s changed a lot – 100% for the better!

One of the newest additions is Coal Drop’s Yard – a multi-purpose shopping and eating district. It’s upmarket and cool, with lots of places you’ll be dying to visit. Feast on tacos at Casa Pastor, enjoy tasty Spanish flavours at Barrafina or enjoy cocktails out on the terrace at Parrillan. When the sun is shining, this is a great place to go.

After embracing this new hotspot, enjoy a stroll through Granary Square where, if you’re still hungry, I’d recommend eating at Caravan . With a menu of interesting small and large plates, and a buzzy ambience, it’s one of my favourite restaurants in London.

Still got some energy? Now it’s time to hop on a train east from St Pancras International over to Stratford for a stroll through the Olympic Park. There you’ll be able to see the huge stadium used in the 2012 Olympic Games as well as exploring the gardens and park areas that have become the legacy of the epic year in London’s history!

Walking through the Olympic Park is also the perfect way to reach Hackney, one of London’s coolest and most urban areas. Walk along the canal path and you’ll see huge murals by some the world’s top street artists. There are endless cool bars, pop ups, foodie spots and hidden gems in this part of London. I spot new things every time I go there – it’s constantly changing!

If you’re looking for cocktails or beers, Barge East (located on a barge, but with a large garden area too) and Number 90 are two favourites of mine. The authentic Italian pizza at Natura is also incredible!

This area is great for nightlife, especially on Fridays and Saturdays. If you’ve still got the energy to party, you’ll love Hackney!

Day 4: Harry Potter Studio Tour or who knows?

So, you’ve made it to day 4 and you’re wondering what else there is to see in London? Well, absolutely loads to be honest! The last three days have given a flavour of the city, but wow is there a lot more to see!

If you’re a fan of Harry Potter, you’ll definitely want to squeeze in a day trip to Warner Bros Studio Tour London: The Making of Harry Potter. There you can explore the real-life sets, check out props and costumes from the movies and learn about the magical film series.

If you’re planning to visit, it’s worth bearing in mind that this isn’t really IN London! It’s just outside so you’ll need to book transport as well as entry tickets. You can catch a train to Watford Junction, then hop on board the magical shuttle bus. Or, book an all-inclusive ticket which includes transport to and from the studios.

If you’d rather spend your final day in London exploring more of the city, I’ve got lots more suggestions. You could visit Westminster Abbey, the world-famous British Museum or the National Portrait Gallery. This itinerary hasn’t included Soho, Chinatown, Covent Garden, Leicester Square or Piccadilly Circus either. These spots are all pretty close together so could be explored in half a day.

If you enjoyed exploring Camden and Portobello Markets, how about seeing a few more? Borough Market is one of the foodie hubs in the city, with tasty treats from across the globe.

Alternatively, there’s a mix of vintage clothing, handmade items and food on offer at Old Spitalfields Market near Liverpool Street. This is also close to Brick Lane, also known as curry mile! I challenge you to stroll down this street and NOT stop for some Indian cuisine.

If you feel like you’ve ticked off the key sights and fancy something a little bit different, I’d recommend taking a look at my huge guide to quirky and unusual things to do in London . From awe-inspiring afternoon teas and escape room experiences , to water sports and helicopter tours , you’re guaranteed to find something you’d love to try on your final day in the city. Plus, I’ve created this London post which is full of helpful advice and tips for planning a trip to the city.

How to get around London

If you’re spending 4 days in London, the easiest way to get around is using public transport. This is a congested city, so travelling by tube will save you a lot of time.

If you’re a visitor to the UK, purchase an Oyster Card when you arrive. This is a card that can be topped up with money to cover each journey you go on. You tap the card on the entrance and exit gates at tube stations, or just once when you board a bus or a boat.

If you have a Contactless bank card, this is the easiest way to pay. Tap your card or mobile on the receiver and the barriers will open.

One other tip for visitors to London – I’d recommend downloading the App Citymapper . It’s brilliant for navigating on public transport and is always up to date with timings. I use it every single time I go out in London!

The other simple way to travel is by Uber. No matter where you go in London, you’ll never be far from an Uber. These taxis are great for getting directly from A to B.

You might also find it useful to order a London Pass. Now digital, the London Pass gives you access to over 80 attractions in the city. It’s only economic if you plan to visit a lot of attractions (which isn’t something I’ve focused on in this itinerary).

Recap of 4-day London itinerary

Day 1: Sightseeing in Central London

• Buckingham Palace
• St James’s Park
• Houses of Parliament
• River Thames Boat Trip
• Tower Bridge
• Tower of London
• Natural History Museum
• Science Museum
• Notting Hill
• Portobello Road
• Camden Market
• Primrose Hill
• Walk along the canal to King’s Cross
• Coal Drop’s Yard
• Granary Square
• Olympic Park, Stratford
• Hackney Wick

Day 4: Harry Potter Studio Tour OR Quirky things to do in London

I hope you have an amazing time in London and this guide helps you plan your trip. Let me know if you have any questions.

Enjoyed this London 4 day itinerary? Pin it for later…

Chloe Gunning

With a passion for food, fun and adventure, Chloe is the content creator behind one of the UK's top travel blogs Wanderlust Chloe. From volcano boarding in Nicaragua, to sailing around Sicily and eating her way around Japan, her travels have taken her to some of the coolest spots on the planet. Named Travel Influencer of the Year in 2022, Chloe regularly works with a number of tourism boards, producing inspirational travel content across multiple platforms. Find out more about Chloe here.

Leave a comment Cancel reply

A Lady in London

And Traveling the World

Lady’s Itinerary for 10 Days in London

Today I want to bring you my travel itinerary for 10 days in London. This is a great amount of time to see the highlights of the UK capital and explore places further afield. Whatever your interests, you can find plenty of ways to fill your time in London and experience places locals love.

10 Days in London

One of the things I like most about being a travel blogger is helping people plan trips. Whether it’s through my blog posts or my travel planning services , I always enjoy helping my readers have a richer experience in London or abroad.

I often get asked how to spend 10 days in London, and today I want to share the official A Lady in London itinerary for 1 week and 3 days in the UK capital.

I’ve shared lots of London itineraries before, and I hope you’ll like this one as much as you’ve enjoyed the rest. You can also take a look at my 1-day , 2-day , 3-day , 4-day , 5-day , 6-day , 7-day , 1 week , and 8-day itineraries for more inspiration.

There’s no right or wrong way to spend your time here. This itinerary has a mix of the big sights and the local places Londoners love.

You can tweak it to fit your personal style and interests, but I hope it gives you a good overview of what the city has to offer. You can use my London travel guide to find things for your specific interests and fill in any gaps, too.

Where to Stay in London

There are plenty of options for accommodation in London . Whether you want to stay in a hotel or apartment, the city has an abundance of places to choose from.

Given the UK capital is huge, basing yourself in or near the city center is a good idea. You can see my blog posts about the best area to stay in London and the best hotels for your style for more ideas.

You can also find deals and book accommodation in London here . With so many options, you’re bound to find a place you love.

Day 1 in London: Westminster and Buckingham Palace

After you’ve arrived and settled into your hotel , there’s no better place to start a trip than Buckingham Palace. You can time your visit to watch the Changing the Guard ceremony, or just admire the monarch’s London residence from the gates.

If your trip coincides with the seasonal opening, you can also take a tour of Buckingham Palace . It’s a fun way to see the state rooms and gardens while you’re in town. You can book tickets here .

From the palace you can walk through St James’s Park to Horse Guards Parade and Westminster . This area is home to some of the most iconic London landmarks , and it’s what many people think of when they hear the word “London”.

Westminster Abbey is lovely to behold, Big Ben is a must on any London itinerary, and the Houses of Parliament are stunning. If you have time, you can tour the abbey and parliament . You can book tickets here .

You can also do my self-guided Westminster walk if you want to see more of the area beyond the big attractions. It will take you to some of the side streets and hidden spaces locals love.

In the evening, I recommend having a casual dinner near where you’re staying. If you’re feeling jet lagged or you had to wake up early to travel, you’re probably going to be tired.

You can see my recommendations for restaurants in London if you need help finding a place.

If you do have energy left, I recommend taking an open-top bus tour to get a feel for the city. It’s a great way to get an overview of what London has to offer at the start of your trip. You can book tickets here .

Day 2 in London: South Bank and the City

Start the second of your 10 days in London by exploring the South Bank . Right on the Thames , it’s the perfect place to soak up the views from the London Eye or just wander through the book market or along the river. You can book London Eye tickets here .

There are always pop-ups, street performers, and other entertainment, so it’s fun to wander along the Thames and see what’s on.

As you make your way from Westminster Bridge to Tower Bridge, you’ll pass Tate Modern and Borough Market, two more of the city’s most beloved landmarks.

The museum is an amazing place to visit, and the fact that it’s free means it’s easy to go in for as long or little as you want. There are great views from the top of the Blavatnik Building as well.

Borough Market is the ideal place to find foodie inspiration and grab something delicious for lunch. I always enjoy wandering around to soak up the colors and scents of the stalls.

After visiting the market you can cross London Bridge to get into the City of London , admiring the views of Tower Bridge on the way.

From the iconic dome of St Paul’s Cathedral to the hidden lanes around Bank station, this part of London always awes me with its abundance of architectural history . You can do my self-guided City of London walk if you want to see the highlights.

If not, make your way over to the Tower of London and Tower Bridge. You can tour the tower and the bridge if you want to, or just admire them from the outside. You can book Tower of London tickets here .

For dinner, I recommend walking across Tower Bridge and going to Bermondsey Street . This is a local favorite, and there are lots of great pubs and restaurants to choose from. Whether you want tapas or fish and chips, you can find it here.

Day 3 in London: Notting Hill and the West End

I recommend starting the third of your 10 days in London in Notting Hill . This west London neighborhood is brimming with color. You’ll find everything from the shops to the mews streets delightful.

If it’s a Saturday, you’ll be able to experience the famous Portobello Road Market in its full glory. I recommend arriving early to avoid the crowds.

If it’s not a Saturday, I still recommend going and checking out the market stalls and shops that are open when you visit. There’s some form of market on here almost every day.

Beyond the market, my self-guided Notting Hill walk is a great way to see the highlights of the neighborhood. It will show you everything from the high streets to the hidden corners.

You can have lunch in Notting Hill, then walk down into Kensington Gardens and Hyde Park for the afternoon. There’s plenty to see and do here, from the Serpentine lake to the art galleries and Kensington Palace.

When the sun starts to go down, I recommend taking the tube or walking through Mayfair to get to Soho and Covent Garden . They’re some of the most exciting places in central London.

There are plenty of good options for eating and drinking around here, and Trafalgar Square, Piccadilly Circus, the Covent Garden Piazza, and Leicester Square are always fun places to be in London at night .

You can have dinner in the West End before going to see a show. Whether you eat at a classic restaurant like Rules or one of the many new ones opening all the time, you can’t go wrong in this part of the city.

There are always plenty of plays and musicals on, and they’re a great way to cap off a day of exploring London. From dramas to comedies and farces, you’ll be spoiled for choice when it comes to options.

If you’re still up for going out after a show, there’s any number of bars and pubs in Soho and Covent Garden you can enjoy. They’re great ways to get into London’s nightlife scene.

My favorite is Cahoots, a London Underground-themed speakeasy just off Carnaby Street. It’s one of my favorite travel-themed bars in the city.

Day 4 in London: Belgravia, Chelsea, Knightsbridge, and South Kensington

Start the fourth of your 10 days in London in Belgravia. This upscale area is full of cute cafes and shops, particularly those on Elizabeth Street .

You can do my self-guided Belgravia walking tour to see the highlights of the area, or just stroll around the leafy squares and hidden mews. Highlights include Motcomb Street, Pimlico Road, and Belgrave Square.

From Belgravia, make your way to Sloane Square and the King’s Road in Chelsea . This is a great place to shop and dine, and you can find lunch at any number of restaurants here.

If it’s a Saturday , don’t miss the food market in Duke of York Square. If it’s not, there’s still plenty to do here. The King’s Road is one of the best shopping streets in London , after all.

If you want to, you can do my self-guided Chelsea walk to see more of the area’s side streets and riverfront.

From Chelsea, you can make your way up to Knightsbridge for some shopping at famous department stores like Harrods and Harvey Nichols, or walk over to South Kensington to explore the museums.

The Natural History Museum, Science Museum, and V&A are right next to each other. They all offer free entry, so you can spend as much or as little time exploring them as you want to.

In the evening you can have dinner at one of the restaurants outside the South Kensington tube station. There are plenty of different cuisines to choose from.

If you want to end your evening in style, there’s great nightlife around Walton Street and the King’s Road. From pubs to bars and clubs, you have a lot of options.

Day 5 in London: Hampstead, Camden, and King’s Cross

Start the fifth of your 10 days in London in Hampstead . This north London neighborhood is one of my favorite places in the city, not least because it feels like a country village.

With charming streets, cozy pubs, and one of the city’s biggest parks , it’s a great place to explore. I lived here for years and I still go back as often as I can.

You can walk around the village on your own, or do my self-guided Hampstead walk or one of my Hampstead Heath walks to see the area.

I recommend having lunch at one of the local pubs or a restaurant on Hampstead High Street . My favorites include the Holly Bush, Jin Kichi, and Villa Bianca. The crepe stands are fun, too.

After lunch, you can walk or take the tube down the hill to Camden . This place is home to a number of markets, including Camden Market , Buck Street Market, and Hawley Wharf.

You can spend some time browsing the stalls while you’re here. They’re great places to pick up gifts and other things to take home as souvenirs .

After the market, walk along Regent’s Canal to get to King’s Cross . The area around Granary Square is packed with great shops, restaurants, bars, and cafes. It’s a good place to get dinner.

Day 6 in London: Day Trip

I recommend taking a day trip from London on the sixth of your 10 days in London. As much as there is to do in the city, there are a lot of great places to discover around it.

If you love the English countryside, my top pick is a day trip to the Cotswolds . You can go independently with or without a car , or on a day tour . You can book a tour here .

There are lots of pretty towns and villages in the Cotswolds to choose from. Some of my favorites include Painswick , Bibury, and Upper Slaughter .

If you love the seaside, Brighton , Hastings , and Deal are my favorites. They all have great beaches and plenty of shops and restaurants to discover.

If history is your cup of tea, Winchester , Bath , Canterbury and Dover , Lewes , and Amersham are great. Amersham is so close you can even take the tube.

And if you love university cities, look no further than Oxford and Cambridge . These iconic places are some of my favorite escapes from the UK capital.

If you want to go further afield, you can even take a day trip to Paris from London . There are other day trips from London to Europe that make for fun adventures, too.

If you’re looking for seasonal trips, you can take a look at my guides to spring , summer , autumn , and winter day trips from London for ideas.

Day 7 in London: Bloomsbury, Clerkenwell, Shoreditch, and Hackney

Back in London, I recommend spending the seventh of your 10 days in the UK capital exploring more of the city center and the East End.

Start in Bloomsbury , where you can go to the British Museum or just walk around taking in the leafy squares. My self-guided Bloomsbury walk can help you see the best of the area.

From there it’s a short walk to Clerkenwell . Here you can discover London’s design district and walk over to places like Exmouth Market or St John Street for lunch at one of the many good restaurants.

St John restaurant is a favorite of mine, as is the Fox & Anchor pub , which is right around the corner.

You can do my Clerkenwell walking tour if you want to, too. It will take you around the neighborhood and to places like Smithfield and Holborn.

Clerkenwell is a short walk from Old Street, where you can explore Shoreditch . This hip area is famous for its nightlife scene, so if you can time your arrival for dinner-and-drinks o’clock, you’ll get to see the neighborhood at its best.

If you have time beforehand, you can do one of my self-guided Shoreditch walks or check out the street art the area is known for. My favorite is on New Inn Yard.

If you have energy left later in the night, head to Hackney . This is one of the coolest neighborhoods in London , and it has a great nightlife scene. The same goes for nearby Hackney Wick, which is one of the most hipster areas in the city .

Day 8 in London: St James’s, Mayfair, and Marylebone

Start the eighth of your 10 days in London in St James’s . This elegant part of the city is known for its royal palace , men’s shops, luxury hotels , and members’ clubs.

You can walk down Jermyn Street and Piccadilly , and pop into famous department stores like Fortnum & Mason.

When you’re done exploring, walk across Piccadilly to Mayfair . This luxurious area is home to luxury goods shops, high-end restaurants, and the famous curving stretch of Regent Street. You can do my Mayfair walk if you want to explore the area in depth.

Mayfair is a great place to have a meal or afternoon tea . Whether you go to a casual place on Heddon Street or spring for a tasting menu at a Michelin-starred restaurant, you can’t go wrong for lunch.

When it comes to tea, I love Brown’s Hotel afternoon tea and the jaw-dropping yellow room at Sketch.

After lunch or tea, walk across Oxford Street to Marylebone . This is another of my favorite London neighborhoods , not least because it has one of the best high streets in London .

There are lots of great restaurants and shops on Marylebone High Street , and they’re great places to get into London’s retail therapy scene.

From boutiques to high street names, you’re spoiled for choice. My favorite place to shop in Marylebone is Daunt Books. It’s one of the best (and most beautiful) independent bookshops in London .

If you want to, you can use my self-guided Marylebone walk to discover more of the area. It will take you around to some hidden mews and gardens.

After you’ve gotten your Marylebone fix, walk north to Regent’s Park . This is one of the best green spaces in London, and it’s a fun place to walk around. If it’s summer, don’t miss the stunning rose gardens.

When the sun starts to go down, you can head back to Marylebone High Street for dinner, or leave via one of the other exits of the park and have dinner in pretty Primrose Hill , fun Camden, or classic Fitzrovia .

Day 9 in London: Greenwich or Day Trip

On the ninth of your 10 days in London I recommend either taking the boat to Greenwich or going on another day trip.

If you choose the former, you can book boat tickets here . You’ll be able to dive into London’s maritime past, see a historic royal residence, take in famous filming locations, and discover the home of Greenwich Mean Time.

You’ll also be able to enjoy great shops, cafes, and restaurants. Greenwich Market has fun souvenirs and delicious food, too. And that’s to say nothing of the riverfront pubs in the area. The Trafalgar Tavern gets splashed with waves at high tide.

Greenwich is home to the National Maritime Museum the Queen’s House, both of which offer free entry. The former has great exhibits and exhibitions, and the latter is a former royal residence with a good art collection.

Greenwich Park has one of the best views in London, not least because you can see through the two towers of the Old Royal Naval College to the skyscrapers in Canary Wharf on the other side of the river.

The park is not only a great place to walk, but also the location of two important landmarks. The first is the Royal Observatory, which you can tour. You can even stand with one foot on either side of the Prime Meridian. You can book tickets here .

The second is Ranger’s House, an English Heritage site and museum that’s known for being a filming location for the TV show Bridgerton (it’s used as the front of the Bridgerton family’s house).

If you want to see the side streets and hidden lanes, you can do my self-guided Greenwich walk . It will take you around to the highlights of the area.

In the evening, you can have dinner at one of the many restaurants and pubs in the neighborhood before heading back to central London on the train, DLR, or boat.

Day 10 in London: Departure

If you have time on your 10th day in London, I recommend spending the morning doing any last-minute shopping you didn’t have time to do or filling in any gaps in your itinerary.

Chances are you’ll have heard about some additional places while you’re in town, so this is a good opportunity to visit them. Whether it’s a local market or a museum, there’s plenty to keep you busy before you have to leave.

I hope you’ve enjoyed my 10-day London itinerary. This is a great city, and there’s so much to discover here. I’ve spent years living in the UK capital, and I still don’t feel like I’ve seen it all.

If you want additional inspiration, there’s a lot more about things to do in the city in Secret London – An Unusual Guide . If you’re in the UK, you can get it here . If you’re in the US, you can get it here . Happy travels!

Find this post helpful? Buy me a coffee!

New here? Join thousands of others and subscribe to the A Lady in London blog via email .

Some of the links in this blog post are affiliate links. At no cost to you, I earn a small commission when you click on them and make a purchase. It doesn’t affect the way you shop, and it’s a great way to support the A Lady in London blog.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

© Copyright A Lady in London 2007 - 2024. Privacy Policy.

3 Days in London: best itinerary for first timers (original!)

This post contains affiliate links for which I may make a small commission to help keep the site running. You will not be charged extra for these items had you not clicked the links. Thank you for your help to keep the site running!

3 days in London (broken down to 72 hours in London) is just enough time to see many of the most iconic sites in London , though not nearly enough time to get to all of them (but you probably already knew that).

In this 3 day London itinerary, I’m going to unpack the best things to do to maximize your time, experience classic British cuisine, get memorable family photos, and really feel like you’ve seen one of the most beautiful cities in Europe even if you’ve only got 3 days to see London.

By grouping each day into specific neighborhoods or nearby areas, we’re going to eliminate the need to criss-cross the city over and over again and will make sure that what you do see is seen efficiently and in a way that’s not going to stress everyone out.

PS – if you want a much longer itinerary, check out this 3 week UK itinerary that covers way more than just London!

GET A FREE LONDON INTRO GUIDE and ACCESS TO MY FB GROUP

Start your planning with this “Intro to London” guide and access to my London planning Facebook group!

I consent to receive this book and other e-mails from Girl Gone London

The Absolute Must-Knows (from a Londoner)

• 😍 Cheapest Way to See it All: Get the London Pass here (yes, it’s worth it)
• 🎭 Cheapest site for West End theatre tickets: London Theatre Direct
• 🚕 Cheapest and most reliable airport transfer service: Welcome Pickups
• 🚉 Cheapest Way to Book Train and Bus Tickets: Omio
• 🔌 Most Reliable Adapter for UK Plugs: This one

Hey! Want more honest UK tips and planning advice? Click here to join my London and UK Travel Tips Facebook group , where I can answer more of your questions!

Where to Stay for 3 Days in London

Want to see London in just 3 days?

You’re going to want to stay in Central London as opposed to staying on the outskirts and commuting in.

However, unlike my 1 day in London or 2 days in London itineraries , you have a bit more flexibility with where you stay because you’re going to be all around the city in the 3 days so it’s impossible to choose just one place that’s “most central.”

What is closer to Westminster is further away from the Tower of London which is on the opposite side of the city to Kensington.

My recommendation for people who want to stay equidistant between the major places they’ll be visiting is to try Covent Garden, in particular the Strand Palace hotel , but you can stay anywhere within London Zone 1 and be just fine.

🛎 Still looking for somewhere to stay in London?

My favorite hotel in London for all visitors is the Strand Palace ( click here to check prices ). ⭐⭐⭐⭐

Tips for Visiting London in 72 Hours

Whether you follow this exact itinerary or not, here are some tips to keep in mind when you’ve just got 3 days in London:

• You don’t have to go at a breakneck speed like you do with 1 day, but you should make sure to go at a steady pace with built-in breaks to refresh if you’re wanting to see as much as possible. 3 days will go quickly!
• Understand your priorities and that everything else is a bonus. This city isn’t going to be fully explored in one week, much less 2 days. Have each person choose their “must-do” and make sure to get to those before spending time exploring other places, and that way everything else is the cherry on top rather than things that distracted you from seeing what you really wanted
• Take daylight hours into account. Attractions have shorter opening hours in the winter and the sun can set as early as 3pm in December, whereas the summer months can see daylight until 10:30pm or later. Having an idea of the daylight hours for when you’re visiting will help you plan an itinerary that lets you actually see attractions instead of seeing London in the dark (don’t get me wrong, London at night is awesome, but you don’t want to be surprised when it’s dark at 5pm when you planned to see the outside of Westminster Abbey in all of its glory!)

IMPORTANT: are you coming to the UK from abroad?

In case you’re reading this from outside the UK and will be a foreign visitor here, you need to know these 2 things to stay safe and save money.

• Travel insurance – you need it when going overseas! I use this site to get the best quotes and purchase my packages from. Do not skip this – having medical coverage abroad as well as other coverage in case of missed flights, lost luggage, etc is essential. As I said, I have never gone wrong using this site .
• International debit cards without fees – do not get stuck paying extortionate foreign fees when using your card abroad (and the UK is almost all card these days). I use the Wise debit and travel card which you can apply and learn more about here .

What to Pack for a 3 Days in London Itinerary

For a more comprehensive guide to what to bring to London, check out my full London packing list which includes the kind of clothes you’ll want to bring depending on the weather in London , as well as what not to pack (because, ya’ll, leave those money belts at home please).

The packing tips will also vary based on whether this is part of a much longer European trip or if you’re just going on a long weekend trip to London from somewhere else in Europe like Copenhagen or Vienna .

Overall, these are some must-bring items for your London trip:

• waterproof shoes – unless you’re coming in the height of summer and the forecast is trying to guarantee you no rain, having waterproof shoes like this means that you’ll be prepared for whatever the London weather can throw at you
• daybag that zips up or buckle s – from not losing your wallet from just falling out of your bag to not losing it to a thief in a crowded area, having a bag that zips up or buckles and doesn’t just stay wide open is essential to staying safe in London
• umbrella or rain jacket – pick one or the other and make sure you have your gear rain proofed! Especially for visitors who are out and about in London all day and not able to hide away in offices when the rain comes, you want to be able to soldier through any drizzle and still have fun without ended up too wet

3-Day London Itinerary: The Full Rundown

I’m going to start this itinerary from the morning of Day 1, assuming you have three days in London.

Adjust as needed if you have to travel from London airports or need to cut your time early to get to your next destination.

Day 1 of 3 Days in London Itinerary

Breakfast on the first day is at a place called Bill’s !

This chain restaurant has some of the best English breakfasts in all of London so you can try English sausages, beans on toast and other classic British food items.

There are locations all around the city, which makes it easy to get to a Bill’s no matter where you’re staying.

Late morning

Your first London experience on this 3 days in London itinerary is going to be a trip to see the Changing of the Guards at Buckingham Palace right after breakfast (if it’s scheduled during your trip).

Check the Changing of the Guards schedule before you travel, as it usually happens most days around 10am, but this can change depending on the season so you want to be prepared.

I always recommend getting to Buckingham Palace about 30 minutes early to get a good spot without wasting too much of your time hanging around, but if you’re really wanting to maximize your time, just stroll up about 10 minutes before and snag the best spot you can.

You’ll get a glimpse of the guards, and afterwards the crowd will disperse and you can then get clear shots of the palace.

The rest of the morning should be spent at Westminster Abbey .

This iconic London landmark is a short walk from Buckingham Palace (walk through St. Jame’s Park to get there), and it’s worth paying for entry and spending a couple of hours wandering through this mysterious and historic place if you’re staying in London for 3 days, as it’s filled with plenty of royal history as well as the final resting place of famous British icons like Charles Dickens.

Tours are self-guided so you can go at your own pace, and there is a nice gift shop to buy London royal souvenirs that aren’t quite as tacky as what you’ll find on Oxford Street.

You’ll be hungry from all of the fun by now, so head towards Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament and walk across Westminster Bridge.

Stop to get some pictures of the Thames from the bridge, and then make a left when the bridge ends and go towards the London Eye .

I recommend grabbing lunch at one of the restaurants on the Southbank (the area’s name, for being the “Southbank” of the Thames river).

There are plenty of options and cuisines, or you can just grab a bite to go like a sandwich from a local Pret or from the National Theatre café.

Planning a trip to London in the winter ? Southbank will be transformed into a Christmas market!

There’s more walking this afternoon past the most famous sites, so you can take this as slow or fast as you want.

First, walk across Waterloo Bridge, which is the bridge that is directly in front of the National Theatre (which you can’t miss).

Get to the end of the bridge, and turn left.

Walk a bit until you get to the iconic Trafalgar Square.

You’ll recognize it by Nelson’s column that rises up from the center, the classic steps leading up to the National Gallery , and the lion statues.

Trafalgar Square is always abuzz with activity during important protests or events like the Olympic countdown in 2012, Christmas carols in December, and more.

Time for a break for some free art at the National Gallery , the building that towers above Trafalgar Square at the top of the steps.

This is arguably London’s most famous art museum, up there with the Tates, and the collection of famous art is absolutely stunning.

They also have a fantastic café that serves great food if anyone needs a snack.

Let’s call it late afternoon now after you’ve made it to Trafalgar Square and got your art critic on.

From here, you’re going to finish exploring this area of Central London.

Early evening

Piccadilly Circus is very close to the National Gallery, so walk between the two and marvel at the “Times Square of London” with its shining screens and bustle of activity.

Piccadilly Circus is famous in a lot of songs and films about London , including making an appearance in the seventh Harry Potter film.

Move on from here to explore Chinatown in Soho, a really fun area that celebrates Chinese culture and has the best Chinese food in London (because, duh).

It makes for some great pictures as well with the red and yellow decorations everywhere.

Keep an eye out for other famous landmarks like the home of Harry Potter and the Cursed Child, the Palace Theatre.

This is one of the most popular things to do in London for Harry Potter fans , and while it is a bit of an odd story for this purist Harry Potter fan, it’s worth seeing for the special effects.

At some point, you’ll reach Mercer Street on your right hand side.

Take that right and walk through the Seven Dials.

This is such an Instagrammable area of London due to the seven roads that converge on one circle, and the collision of colors and gorgeous plants and buildings are something to be seen in person!

Keep walking and you’ll stumble into Covent Garden.

Time for a sit-down dinner at a pub!

Stop by the Lamb & Flag, a pub in Covent Garden known for its authentic British food options in its upstairs eatery and its casual atmosphere for drinks downstairs.

Don’t forget from the restaurant and pub etiquette guide that pubs are not bars – children are allowed in them to eat with their parents, it’s very common.

After dinner

From shopping to nighttime entertainment to people watching, Covent Garden is a popular area to explore when the sun goes down so enjoy the buzz of the evening in London before heading home to crash.

Day 2 in London

Day 2 in London is going to take us closer to the east side of the city, down the river from where you were yesterday at the London Eye and Westminster Abbey.

You’re going to want to be on the go for breakfast today and not have a long sit-down experience, so grab a muffin or breakfast sandwich from somewhere like Café Nero or Pret a Manger.

These are classic London chain cafes which serve great food, tea, coffee, and other drinks.

There is room to eat-in if you don’t want to literally eat on the go, but it will be faster than going somewhere where you need to be waited on.

You’re on the go this morning because you should start as early as possible at your first stop – the Tower of London!

The Tower of London is London’s oldest fortress and the source of many iconic London photos that include the Beefeaters (the guys with the red and black hats who look like they could beat you in a fight even with their heavy uniform on).

This tower has been used for everything from imprisoning people to holding a selection of animals including polar bears.

Take a free tour of the grounds from a Beefeater who will take you around and give you the goriest historic stories as well as interesting facts about what’s happened on the land you’re standing on (heads have…literally rolled).

Don’t worry about the weather if it’s not great, as plenty of the Tower of London is indoors, including the displays on medieval torture devices, suits of armor, and of course the royalty’s Crown Jewels which are protected inside the Tower.

You can go in and see them, but all eyes will be on you so don’t touch!

I recommend a good couple of hours at the Tower to really get the most of it, which is why I suggest starting as early as possible – with only 3 days in London, you’re going to want to move at a pace that fits as much in as possible and doesn’t allow for sleep-in days!

Late Morning

Finish at the Tower of London and then head over to Tower Bridge, the most famous London Bridge that often gets mistaken for “London Bridge”, which is in fact a nondescript bridge that no one cares about!

Cross Tower Bridge and snap some pictures, and then take a right.

Walk along the river towards the smells of food wafting from the incredible Borough Market .

After you cross Tower Bridge, take a right and walk along the river until you come across London’s best food market, Borough Market.

Ranging from vegan options to scotch eggs to pasta to fish to desserts to gluten free options, Borough Market has everything you need to make sure everyone in your group is fed no matter their tastes.

There are places to sit down if you want, or you can just eat and stroll while you munch on things.

Particularly good are the fish and chips from the fish and chips stall – often, I advise against getting fish and chips in a pub because they’re not as good as from a “chippy” or dedicated fish and chips shops, and the Borough Market fish and chips stall is definitely one of the better options.

Finish eating and resting your legs and then keep walking along the river away from Tower Bridge, towards a part of London you haven’t explored yet.

You’ll soon see Shakespeare’s Globe and Tate Modern on your left.

You won’t have time to go into both, so observe one from the outside and either go in Tate Modern for an hour or so (free) or take an hour long guided tour of Shakespeare’s Globe.

You can’t go wrong with either option, it just depends if you’re more into Shakespeare or modern art.

After your pit stop, you’ll want to cross the Millennium Bridge which is the futuristic bridge directly in front of Tate Modern.

At the end of this bridge is the iconic St. Paul’s Cathedral.

This gorgeous cathedral has a rich history in London and was designed by Sir Christopher Wren to be a beacon of hope in the city.

It has suffered from fires numerous times throughout its time in London, but still stands ready to welcome visitors and those wanting to worship.

It’s really worth going in to St. Paul’s Cathedral as a visitor and exploring everything from the gorgeous view out the top to the crypt, so add that to your list if you have time.

If not, sit on the steps and walk around the outside to get a unique view of the cathedral from all angles.

Tonight, dinner is at the Blackfriar , one of London’s best pubs that is absolutely stunning inside with a great atmosphere.

It’s also historic, as there used to be a friary on-site and a bronze monk sits over the doorway in tribute to this.

After Dinner

I recommend a river cruise to finish off your second day in London using one of the Thames Clippers boats .

These aren’t tourist boats with guided audio, but you’re just looking to get the river atmosphere and see London from the water, so it’s a fantastic cheap way to do that.

You can hop on one at Blackfriars Pier, right near the pub.

Your final day in London includes some outdoor time, some celebrity spotting, and some famous museums!

Head to South Kensington Tube Station and have breakfast at one of the bakeries just outside.

There are so many to choose from, have a little bit of a wander and pop into one that smells the best to you!

Right after breakfast, choose from 1 of the 3 main South Kensington museums to explore: Natural History Museum, Science Museum, or the Victoria & Albert Museum.

They’re all free, and the Science Museum is one of the best things to do in London with kids if you have them in tow.

Walk just a few steps to another of the 3 major museums in the late morning to spend some time before lunch there.

You will miss out on 1 of the 3 museums, but again, 3 London days doesn’t leave time to see it all!

Grab some sandwiches and picnic foods from a nearby grocery store like Tesco to enjoy a lunch in nearby Hyde Park , the largest park in London with so many places to sit and people-watch.

After eating, explore the grounds of Hyde Park including Serpentine Lake, the Serpentine Gallery (art), the Albert Memorial, and the Diana Memorial Playground if you have the kids with you (head to Kensington Gardens if not).

Late Evening

Finish your time in the Hyde Park area by spending a couple of hours in Kensington Palace , the home of the late Princess Diana and the current home of Will and Kate.

This is one of the most iconic things to do in London, particularly if you’re into royal history.

Check the opening hours to make sure you get there before it closes.

From Kensington Palace , it’s about a 15 minute walk to the Churchill Arms .

This is one of the most Instagrammable places in London, a gorgeously decorated pub on the outside serving up Thai food on the inside!

This is truly an authentic London experience, and a nice way to end your time with some different food options while being surrounded by British history and aesthetic.

If you’re still up for exploring after an earlier dinner, take an Uber or taxi to nearby Harrods in Knightsbridge where you can walk step-in-step with celebrities and royalty from around the world who shop at this iconic luxury shopping experience (but don’t worry, anyone is allowed in!)

How to Get Around London in 3 Days

As I mentioned, I designed this itinerary so that you don’t have to keep moving around the city and wasting time.

However, there will be times when you need to hop on public transportation, especially in the morning and night when returning to your hotel.

Check out my guide to getting around London for more information on your options, as well as my guide to Oyster cards to learn how to use these cards as your key to the city.

They work on both London buses and the London Underground, and are the best option if you don’t have a contactless debit or credit card.

What else should I not miss in London?

If you’re visiting London soon, here’s a very brief rundown of a few of my other favorites to make sure you don’t miss anything!

• Hidden London Walking Tour – this tour is the absolute best if you want to see London in a different light and uncover hidden nooks, crannies, and histories that you won’t get on your normal, run-of-the-mill London walking tour. Click here to check prices and book.
• Historical Westminster Walking Tour with Churchill War Rooms – if you’re a history buff or even mildly interested in all of the insane things that have happened in London, particular during the wars, you have to book this tour which is an absolute bargain for the tour + entry to the Churchill War Rooms (basically two must-dos in one). Click here to check prices and book .
• Cutest London Afternoon Tea on a Bus – want to see the sights and enjoy afternoon tea at the same time on the upper deck? Yes, absolutely you do. This afternoon tea is a real delight and helps you get out and about while also putting your pinkies up. Click here to check prices and book.

UK Travel Planning Guide: the FAQs

🏥 Should I buy UK travel insurance?

Absolutely yes. Basic coverage is not expensive, and as a visitor you are NOT covered under the NHS. Compare policies and prices with Travel Insurance Master here , a big name in the travel insurance business, and cross that off your list.

🔌 Do I need travel adapters for the UK?

Yes, you do, otherwise you won’t be able to plug in your electronics/phone/lifelines. I recommend this one , which is all-in-one so you can use it in other countries.

🚗 What do I need to drive in the UK?

The first thing you need to check out if you’re planning on renting a car in the UK is this guide to driving in the UK for visitors – the roads, signs, and driving experience will likely not be what you’re used to and it’s essential to prepare yourself to stay safe and aware.

🛌 What’s the best way to book hotels in the UK?

For UK hotels, Booking is the best site as it offers free cancellation on many properties. If you want an apartment, I always recommend VRBO over AirBnb.

📳 Will my phone work in the UK?

Yes – if you set it up right. Check out my guide on making your foreign phone work in the UK to ensure that you get the type of service you need.

🚿 Can I drink the water in the UK?

Yes, UK water is great and perfectly safe. But drink out of taps in any kitchen or use water fountains. Double check before drinking out of the taps in hotel bathrooms, though, as they may be on a different system. London water is safe to drink .

1 thought on “3 Days in London: best itinerary for first timers (original!)”

Oh this takes me back to my trip to London years ago. I stayed at a Comfort Inn right off Hyde Park and did A LOT of walking. My best trip.

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Ultimate 3 Days In London Itinerary

Looking to plan a trip to London? Welcome to one of my favorite cities!

London is simply iconic. The city has been the backdrop for so much great history and literature. It’s a destination that appeals to all kinds of passions — whether you’re a museum lover, a history buff, or a fan of royalty and architecture.

But with so many options, planning a trip to London can be a bit overwhelming, especially if you’re a first-time visitor.

To ensure that you have the best experience, I’ve put together a step-by-step 3 day itinerary that takes you to the city’s must see attractions, famous landmarks, world-class museums, and iconic neighborhoods. And don’t worry, I’ve even included a couple of London’s hidden gems as well.

Snapshot Of 3 Days In London Itinerary

Here’s a quick glance of what you’ll see with this itinerary:

• Parliament Square
• Westminster Abbey
• Changing of Guards at Buckingham Palace
• Walking tour of Westminster
• Covent Garden for lunch
• Trafalgar Square
• National Gallery of Art
• Show in the West End

• St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Millennium Bridge
• Tate Modern or Globe Theater
• Borough Market for lunch
• Southwark Cathedral
• Tower Bridge
• Tower of London
• Views at Garden at 120, Sky Garden, or Shard
• Bermondsy Street for dinner
• British Museum and British Library
• Wallace Collection and Soho
• Victoria & Albert Museum
• Kensington Palace
• Dinner in West End neighborhood

3 Days In London Itinerary

Day 1 of 3 Days in London AM

Begin your 3 days in London in Wesminster, the heart of London. The City of Westminster is actually its own city within London. 

1. Parliament Square

Start with an early stroll in Parliament Square.

You’ll want to be there around 8:30 am or so to check it out. You next destination, Westminster Cathedral opens at 9:30, and you’ll need to get in line at least 15 minutes early.

Parliament Square is flanked with 12 statues of famous historical figures (sadly, only one is a woman). 

I particularly love the one of  Winston Churchill,  one of the UK’s most famous and beloved citizens.

From the square, you’ll have views of Westminster’s iconic UNESCO landmarks — Big Ben, the Palace of Westminster, and Westminster Abbey.

The renovations of Big Ben are finally complete and it literally gleams. Now the side of the palace not facing the Thames is under scaffolding.

The palace is probably best know for its famous Big Ben bell, which sits within the golden Elizabeth Tower.

Although perhaps not a priority stop with only 3 days in London, the public can tour the  Houses of Parliament  on certain dates. Or, you can book a guided tour of Parliament + Westminster Abbey .

2. Westminster Abbey

After a look around, head over to Westminster Abbey. It’s an iconic landmark that is an absolute must-visit attraction with 3 days in London.

Westminster is the most historic church in the English-speaking world, having hosted every coronation from William the Conqueror to Elizabeth II, and 16 royal weddings.

Additionally, it serves as the final resting place for many royals and notables, including Elizabeth I and Mary, two feuding Tudor siblings.

The most beautiful part of the Abbey is the spectacular Henry VII Chapel located in the eastern end. After its debut, the chapel was grandiosely nicknamed a “wonder of the world.”

It was built by England’s first Tudor monarch, Henry VII, who defeated the York king, Richard III, in the Battle of Bosworth and seized control of England. The chapel features a truly breathtaking ceiling, as well as the tomb of Henry VII and his wife Elizabeth of York.

To make the most of your self-guided visit, an audio guide is included in your ticket.

For a fee of 5 pounds, you can also head upstairs to the Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries in the Weston Tower. From the top, you can enjoy great views down over the nave and see the hidden treasures of the abbey.

Here’s my complete guide to Westminster Abbey . Click  here   to pre-book a ticket to Westminster Abbey. You can also take a  2 hour private guided tour of the abbey .

3. Changing of the Guard, Walking Tour, or Churchill War Rooms

After you visit the abbey, there are three good options before lunchtime.

You can: (1) head west to Buckingham Palace to watch the changing of the guards at 11:00 am; (2) take a Westminster walking tour; or (3) visit the Churchill War Rooms. You’ll have to choose one because there’s just so much to do with only 3 days in London.

Option 1: Changing of the Guard

At 11:00 am, you can marvel at the traditional Changing of the Guard performance. It involves meticulously dressed soldiers marching to the rhythm of military drums. 

You can book a guided tour if you want to learn about the history of the tradition. If visiting the palace is a priority to you, click here to book a ticket to the state rooms.

Option 2: Walking Tour of Westminster

After visiting the abbey, perhaps you want to take a walking tour of the Westminster area to see the highlights. There are plenty of options.

Some tours combine attractions and this may be a more efficient way to visit them.

This tour give you a private walking tour of historic Westminster . This tour offers a  4 hour Westminster walking tour + abbey tour .

You can book a  Churchill walking tou r  that includes the museum or a walking tour of Westminster  that includes the museum. You can also combine the museum with London’s WWII sites on this  guided tour .

Option 3: Churchill War Rooms

The third option is for history buffs. The  Churchill War Rooms is a fantastic museum. It’s the labyrinthian underground bunker where Churchill waged war underground.

It’s where Churchill’s inimitable voice was broadcast to the public, as German planes rained down bombs.

The exhibits are immersive and expansive. You can hear excerpts of rousing Churchill speeches and first hand accounts of life during WWII.

A highlight is a huge 15 meter touchscreen table that chronicles Churchill’s life and the timeline of the war.

Here’s my complete  guide to the Churchill War Rooms . 

4. Covent Garden

Next up, head to Covent Garden for a stroll and lunch.

Covent Garden  has been a popular London neighborhood since the 17th century. It’s a mix of tony restaurants, cocktail lounges, boutique souvenir stalls, and indie market halls. 

If it’s your first time in London, you should definitely pay a visit.

In fact, if you love markets (I know I do), you can book a  3 hour guided tour  of Covent Garden, Camden, and Borough markets.

Covent Garden’s main draw is Apple Market. But its must see attractions extend to the adjacent streets of Neal’s Yard, Seven Dials, and Central Square (where you’ll find street performers).

Neal’s Yard is a particularly attractive space, filled with quaint shops and cafes. It’s about a 10 minute walk from the market and worth the detour.

There’s a great place to eat there, The Barbary , which serves Mediterranean and Middle Eastern food.

You can also have lunch at Apple Market at Frenchies, the Crusting Pipe, or Creme de la Crepe.

And there are many great eateries near the market, including Ave Mario (Italian), Petersham Nurseries (chic garden cafe), Coral Pearl (British food), or Kebab Queen (kebabs).

Covent Garden is also where you’ll find London’s  Royal Opera House . If you passed on a West End show, you can take in a ballet here. Or, take a guided tour of the posh place.

Day 1 of 3 Days In London PM

1. trafalgar square.

Trafalgar Square is London’s central square and the very heart of London. It’s towering Nelson’s Column commemorates the British naval victory in the Battle of Trafalgar.

It’s surrounded by a central fountain and bronze lions. As befitting its central spot, streets spoke out to the major tourist areas — Soho, Covent Garden, Parliament Square, and Buckingham Palace.

Take a look around and then head inside to visit the National Gallery of Art.

2. National Gallery of Art

The National Gallery is one of the best museums on the planet. It houses one of the richest and best collections of paintings in the world.

The collection is incredibly diverse, featuring 2,000 European paintings from the 13th to the 19th centuries. 

The National Gallery has the best collection of Italian Renaissance works outside Italy.

There are also impressive holdings of works by various British, Dutch, French, Spanish, and Flemish painters. You’ll find works by renowned artists like Rembrandt,  Leonardo da Vinci ,   Michelangelo ,  Botticelli , J.M.W. Turner,  Monet , and  Van Gogh .

Here’s my complete guide to visiting the National Gallery . Click  here  to book a guided tour of this magnificent museum.

Day 1 of 3 Days In London Evening

No visit to London is complete without taking in a show in the West End, which gives Broadway a run for its money.

This area is affectionately referred to as “Theatreland.” There are 40 playhouses clustered around Leicester and Picadilly Squares.

Recently, I’ve seen  The Phantom of the Opera ,  Les Miserables ,  Wicked , and  Book of Mormon  there. Just last week, I scored a coveted ticket to the critically acclaimed  To Kill A Mockingbird  and it was fabulous.

You can buy tickets online in advance. You can also take your chances at TKTS ticket booth in Leicester Square, which sells daily discounted tickets.

If you love show biz tales, you can even book a  2 hour guided musical theater tour .

Day 2 Of 3 Days In London AM

1. st. paul’s cathedral.

On day 2, you’ll begin at one of London’s most iconic landmarks, St Paul’s Cathedral.

St. Paul’s Cathedral is the largest and most famous of London’s many churches. It’s the seat of the Bishop of London and parish church of the British Commonwealth.

The church has a colorful history. It’s been looted, burned, and destroyed.

St. Paul’s was rebuilt for good in 1710 by Sir Christopher Wren and survived Nazi bombing. It’s been the site of royal funerals and weddings, including that of Prince Charles and Lady Diana.

The cathedral has the scale and classicism of  St. Peters Basilica in Rome . The exterior features Wren’s magnificent Renaissance dome, 225 feet high.

The interior is beautiful as well, especially the high altar in marble and gilded wood. There are stunning mosaics in the saucer vaults.

The cupola of the dome was painted by James Thornhill and has been restored. The guards will encourage you to lay down on the sun dial beneath it to get the best photo.

I highly recommend you climb to the top of the dome, if you’re able to ascend the 528 steps. Be forewarned, it’s a steep spiral climb. The passages are dimly lit and not for the faint of heart.

On your way, you can check out the famous whispering gallery (where sounds travels around the circular hall), the Stone Gallery, and the Golden Gallery. 

You’ll have stunning views of London and can inspect the iconic dome at closer range.

Another tip is to visit the mall next to the cathedral. From the 6th floor, which you can access for free, you’ll have great close up views of the dome.

Here’s my complete guide to visiting St. Paul’s Cathedral . Click  here  to purchase a skip the line ticket to St. Paul’s. You can also book a  2.5 hour guided tour  of St. Paul’s and other London viewpoints.

2. Visit The Globe Theate r or the Tate Modern

When you’re done admiring the cathedral, cross the Millennium Bridge to get to your next destination on the south bank. Its a beautiful modern bridge with great views.

When you arrive, choose between visiting the Shakespeare’s Globe Theater or the Tate Modern.

Option 1: Globe Theater

Fans of William Shakespeare will want to visit the  Globe Theater .

It’s an epicenter of English history associated with the bard. The reconstructed theater is a half-timbered and thatched roof reconstruction of the old theater, which was destroyed by fire in 1613.

It was an Elizabethan style theater in the round, hence the term “globe.” Its debut play was Shakespeare’s  Henry V . Most of Shakespeare’s tragedies were specifically written for the Globe.

There are  guided tours  of the Globe complex. You can tour the open air theater, the box office, and the Jacobean theater.

The theater is three levels. Back in the day, the aristocrats’ seats were to the side to avoid the heat of the sun. There was no limit on attendees. Everyone crammed in tightly.

There are also 45 minute public tours that leave every 30 minutes. You may even see actors rehearsing their scenes.

Option 2: Tate Modern

Art lovers should opt to visit the Tate Modern . It’s one of the world’s preeminent modern art museums and one of London’s most popular attractions.

The museum is home to room after room of world famous modern and contemporary art. Plus, aside from special exhibitions, it’s absolutely free to visit.

Among other modern artworks, you can clap your eyes on  Andy Warhol’s   Marilyn Diptych , Marcel Duchamp’s  Fountain , Amadeo Modigliani’s Peasant Boy , Pablo Picasso’s  Nude Woman in a Red Armchair,  and Salvador Dali’s  Lobster Telephone .

Don’t miss the room with Mark Rotho’s luminous Seagram Murals. In the 1960s, Rothko gave nine murals to the Tate Modern, which the director called “a princely gesture.”

Rothko insisted on a permanent, exclusive room for the murals. They’re displayed as Rothko intended — in a dimly lit space where the viewer can absorb their meditative character.

Click  here  to book a guided tour of the Tate Modern.

3. Southwark Cathedral

Southwark Cathedral  is a little Gothic gem that dates back to 606 A.D. It’s right next to Tate Modern and just 5 minutes from the Globe Theater.

Take a few minutes to step inside London’s oldest Gothic structure. The original building was destroyed by fire in 1212.

What stands today dates back to the 13th century. You can see the older Norman influences in the rear facade, while the front showcases the Gothic style.

Once inside, you’ll be greeted by an airy, vaulted ceiling crafted from sandstone-colored brick. The interior boasts beautiful stained glass, a notable monument to Shakespeare, and some unique 15th-century wooden roof capitals that add to its charm.

4. Borough Market

It’s time for lunch. Head to Borough Market just 3 minutes away from Southwark.

This charming market is London’s top spot for food lovers and has been since the 12th century. While seating is limited, it’s the perfect place to shop for high-quality groceries. You’ll find everything from freshly baked goods to a wide range of condiments and seafood.

Alternatively, it’s a great place to grab lunch, offering some of the city’s best food and drinks. With over 100 food stalls, there’s a fantastic variety of ethnic dishes and other delicious options to choose from.

I’ve personally enjoyed the curries and wild mushroom risotto. Don’t miss out on the hot pies at Mrs. King’s Pork, a real treat!

You can book a guided food tour that includes Borough Market .

5. Tower Bridge

After lunch, make your way to the  Tower Bridge .

It’s one of London’s most defining landmarks. Built between 1886-94 during the reign of Queen Victoria, the bridge was designed to mimic the architectural style of the Tower of London. 

You can walk across the bridge. Or purchase a ticket to cross the upper levels. 

On a self-guided tour, you’ll learn about the history of Tower Bridge and the Victorian engineering feats that made it possible.

Some of the walkways are glass. You can see the rush of London traffic beneath you and the cloudy water of the Thames.

From my observations, kids seem to particularly enjoy the experience. You can book a  4 hour Tower Bridge and Tower of London experience specifically for kids and families .

6. Tower of London

Once you’ve crossed the Tower Bridge, you arrive at London’s premiere destination and UNESCO-listed site: the  Tower of London . If you’re a history buff, this is a must see site and  the  place in London to go.

The Tower is history. It has served as a royal palace, a fortress, a prison, a mint, a military storehouse, a treasury, home to the Crown Jewels, an armory, a public records office, a royal observatory, and a royal zoo.

You’ll be blissfully immersed in the various successions of the Edwards, the Richards, and the Henrys.

There’s a free 45 minute  Yeoman Warden tour . They begin hourly and which most people rave about.

These ceremonial guards are great storytellers and bring a touch of drama and theatrics to the place.

With booming voices and bawdy jokes, they’ll gleefully regale you with delicious sinister bits about torture, beheadings, and executions.

Most visitors are besotted with the  Crown Jewels . To me, they’re beautiful in their extravagance, but somewhat boring. 

Be prepared to wait in a long queue to see the jewels, if you’re visiting during high season. Know that you can’t take photos in this area of the tower.

Aside from the Crown Jewels, you can immerse yourself in the Tower of London’s medieval architecture and history. 

The infamous Norman castle is almost a 1000 years old, after all — with 21 towers, battlements, an armory, and a palace. This was where Henry VII’s ill fated wife Ann Boleyn was executed.

Here’s my comprehensive  guide to the Tower of London . If you loathe queues, be sure to  pre-purchase tickets online  in advance. The Tower is also free with the  London Pass .

A ticket comes with a free audio guide. But you can also book a  2-3 hour tour with an expert  or a  private 3 hour tour  to get the full scoop and see the tower’s hidden gems.

7. London Viewpoints

Now let’s head to some spots for great views of London. You’ll find two fantastic, free viewing points near the Tower of London.

First, there’s the Sky Garden, just a five-minute walk from the Tower. It’s perched atop the Walkie Talkie building on Fenchurch Street.

This place is a haven for plant lovers, bursting with flowers, herbs, and greenery. It’s the perfect spot for both breathtaking views and a botanical experience.

Spread across three levels, the Sky Garden offers panoramic, uninterrupted views of London’s iconic landmarks. You can stroll through its beautifully landscaped gardens and enjoy the observation decks.

Not only is it the city’s highest public garden, but its Sky Pod Bar offers all day dining services with a wide range of cocktails. 

The Sky Garden is free to visit. But you need to  make a reservation .

Another great spot for views is the Garden at 120, which I visited last time. It’s on top of the Fen Court building at 120 Fenchurch Street. The best part? No need to book or reserve – just show up.

It’s 15 stories high and has an outdoor terrace with amazing 360-degree views. Plus, the gardens are beautiful.

The Garden at 120 is still kind of a secret in London, so there’s usually only a short wait. You’ll go through a quick security check, take a fast elevator, and then step out into one of London’s prettiest rooftop spaces.

If you have a London Pass, you could also opt to take a spin on the London Eye .

If you don’t have the London Pass, you must pre-book a skip the line ticket for the eye. The lines are epically long.

Day 2 of 3 Days In London Evening

Think about spending your evening in Bermondsy, right across the Thames from the Tower of London. This area is a hidden gem in London and a favorite among locals.

It has changed a lot recently and is now a lively spot. With its cobbled squares and grand buildings, Bermondsy feels like it’s straight out of a period drama.

Bermondsy is also one of London’s culinary destinations. It’s home to street food markets rivaling Borough market and some of London’s best new restaurants.

One of the hottest tables to book right now in Bermondsy is Trivet . It was a just awarded a Michelin star.

You can also check out Pique-Nique, Jose Tapas Bar, Casse-Croute, or the Matby St. Market.

As another evening option, you might book a guided tour of London’s historic pubs or of the trendy pubs in the West End .

Day 3 of 3 Days in London AM

On your final day in London, you have two options for the morning. You can either go to the British Museum and the British Library or to The Wallace Collection and the SoHo neighborhood.

Option 1: British Museum & British Library

British Museum

The British Museum is a universal museum holding many of the world’s most important artifacts. It’s another of London’s amazing free museums .

The museum contains a breathtaking collection of over 8 million objects that paint a portrait of the world’s cultures. This is where you come to learn about humankind and its history.

You could spend weeks there, there’s just so much to see. Plot out your course in advance to make sure you get to see the highlights.

The Egyptian Gallery has spectacular busts, sarcophagi and the Rosetta Stone. There’s a massive collection of Roman sculptures and busts of the Roman emperors .

The famous Parthenon sculptures, known as the Elgin marbles, are in Room 18.

These beautiful friezes and sculptures formed part of the Parthenon temple on the Acropolis of Athens. The museum’s possession of them has long been a subject of intense controversy .

You can book a  guided tour  of the British Museum. You can even have  afternoon tea  there. 

If you’re a literary buff, you can also opt to head 10-15 minutes northeast to  Charles Dickens House  at 48 Doughty Street.

Grab an audio guide and inspect five floors of the fully restored Georgian townhouse, where Dickens wrote some of his best novels.

British Library

London’s British Library is just 5 minutes from the British Museum. It’s the world’s largest library. While the exterior is not particularly pretty, there’s a dashing statue of Newton by Eduardo Paolozzi in the square.

The library is stashed with all kinds of gems: printed books, maps, important documents, and illustrated manuscripts.

You can visit the Treasures of the British Library on a walk in basis. The reading rooms are restricted. You have to apply in advance for a pass to access them.

In the Treasures room, you’ll find Mozart’s hand written musical compositions, Lewis Caroll’s Alice Adventures, Charlotte Brontë’s manuscript for  Jane Eyre, Jane Austen’s writing desk, the Gutenberg Bible, and the Magna Carta.

Beatles’ fans will be pleased to find hand written copies of song lyrics.

If you want to grab lunch in the Bloomsbury area before moving on to your next destination, you can check out Honey & Co (Middle Eastern), Boopshi’s (Viennese cuisine), Chez Mamie (French), or Ristorante Olivelli (Italian).

Option 2: The Wallace Collection & Soho

Wallace Collection

Option number 2 is the Wallace Collection . It’s one of the world’s best small museums , a treasure trove of art.

The museum is somewhat pleasantly lost (except for locals) in London’s sea of amazing museums.

The Wallace Collection is housed in a palatial mansion in Marlybone. It’s a perfectly preserved in situ collaboration of art and period setting.

The museum has a fine collection of old Masters paintings set amid fine French furniture. It’s word renowned for its 18th century French paintings, European paintings, Boulle furniture, and medieval armor.

You’ll find works by Rembrandt, Franz Hals, Diego Velazquez, Titian, and Canaletto.

Plus, there’s a slew of works by Rococo-era artists like Watteau, Boucher, and Fragonard. The museum’s most famous painting is Fragonard’s famous The Swing .

You can take a free 30 minute tour of the Grand Gallery on the second floor at 3:00 pm with a museum expert. You need to make a reservation for this tour at the front desk.

But the Wallace Collection is so vast, with so many masterpieces, that you may want to book a proper  3 hour guided tour .

Soho is 10-15 minutes from the Wallace Collection. It’s a buzzing hive of activity with people eating, drinking, or shopping. It’s made of 90 streets in one square mile in the West End.

If shopping is on your agenda, pop into Selfridges . This over-the-top luxury department store sells everything from design duds to raw oysters.

It’s not just a retail store. Selfridge’s is a creative playground where people come to socialize or listen to music.

Soho is a great place to stop for lunch midday. One excellent place is Barrafina, a tapas place where it’s hard to snag a seat. You can also try Noble Rot Soho (cool wine bar) or, for Italian food, check out Bocca di Lupo or Melle e Pere.

Day 3 Of 3 Days In London PM

After lunch, take a stroll through the lovely neighborhood of Mayfair and Hyde Park.

Mayfair is a lovely slice of west London bordered by Oxford Street, Regent Street, Picadilly, and Park Lane. Mayfair is quiet, immaculate, and synonymous with luxury.

You can find scads of high end shopping on Bond Street and Mount Street. But what I love most is Mayfair’s parks, squares, and gardens. 

The Mount Street Gardens are the loveliest. There’s a long line of benches for you to plop down and people watch.

You can also book a 2 hour guided walking tour in Mayfair .

2. Hyde Park

Of the six royal parks in London, Hyde Park usually takes top prize. It’s a joy to wander through. You shouldn’t rush it. 

Hyde Park is a 350 acre break from city life, after all, and dotted with lovely follies and fountains. Stroll, feed the ducks, or rent a paddle boat.

Hyde Park was a brainchild of Henry VIII, who used it as a hunting ground.

The main attractions in the park are the Princess Diana Memorial, the Albert Memorial, the Serpentine (a 40 acre lake), the Bandstand, the Italian Gardens, and the Achilles Statue.

Hyde Park is also part of a 7 mile long Princess Diana walk, which leads tourists to the key sites associated with her. You can also book a 2 hour guided tour of the Princess Diana attractions .

3. Victoria & Albert Museum Or Kensington Palace

For the rest of your afternoon, choose between the Victoria and Albert Museum, known as the V&A, or Kensington Palace.

Option 1: V&A

The V&A is immense museum named for the royal couple who did so much to support the many triumphs of the Victorian era.

The V&A is a non-stuffy place with an eclectic collection of national treasures in the field of decorative and design arts. Locals tells me it’s the best museum in London. It’s certainly the largest.

The huge collection illustrates the far reach of the British Empire. Virtually every medium is represented — photography, furniture, jewelry, paintings, ceramics, etc.

If you have limited time, you may want to use their “Greatest Treasures Guide” to ferret out the best pieces.

When you walk inside, you’ll see a stunning display — American glass artist Dale Chihuly’s glass chandelier.

The other must see objects at the V&A include the Ardabil Carpet (world’s oldest oriental carpet from 1539), Tipu’s Tiger (a Sultan’s toy), and a replica cast of Trajan’s Column in Rome .

I also like the Paul and Jill Ruddock Galleries. The rooms are filled with Renaissance sculptures, including a life size replica of Michelangelo’s David that lives in Florence .

The V&A is free to visit. You can also book a guided tour of the museum .

Option 2: Kensington Palace

If you aren’t up for another museum, head to Kensington Palace instead. The palace was once the official royal residence of Prince William and Kate Middleton and was the birthplace of Queen Victoria.

You’ll see a series of exhibitions, state rooms, and ornate gardens. If you’re a fashionista, you’ll love the collection of Princess Diana’s dresses. 

The Kensington Palace Pavilion is a good spot for afternoon tea. You can also book a special royal high tea at the palace.

You get free entry to the palace with the  London Pass . Otherwise, be sure to book a skip the line ticket .

4. Notting Hill

Next, visit the famous Notting Hill neighborhood in London. People love it for its rows of Instagram-worthy pastel-colored houses. The area became even more popular after the 1999 movie Notting Hill starring Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant.

Make sure to walk along Talbot Road, Blenheim Crescent, and Westbourne Grove. You’ll find bookshops, cafes, art, and great shopping spots. Also, check out Hillgate Place – it’s a particularly beautiful part of the neighborhood.

Notting Hill’s Portobello Road Market is one of the most famous street markets in the world. It’s home to hundreds of antique dealers and food stalls.

The main market is all day Saturday. It’s also open Monday through Wednesday.

Click  here  to book a 2 hour guided walking tour of pretty Notting Hill.

You can also book a  1 hour Rom Com tour of Notting Hill or a 4 hour guided tour   that includes Covent Garden, Notting Hill, and Portobello Market. 

I recently booked the 4 hour tour and had a wonderful guide. He ended up giving me a 5 hour tour and we also strolled through Belgravia, Chelsea, and South Kensington.

Day 3 Of 3 Days In London Evening

Since your day trip ends in West London, why not enjoy a cocktail or dinner there?

Start your evening with a pint at the Churchill Arms, a pub well-known for its stunning floral displays.

For dinner, consider these great options in the area: La Mia Mamma for Italian in Chelsea, Gogi for Korean in Little Venice, or Monti Mahal in South Kensington.

Notting Hill also offers some excellent dining choices. You could try MAM for Vietnamese cuisine, The Ledbury, The Shed, or SNAPS + Rye for a variety of delicious options.

Tips For A 3 Days In London Itinerary

1. how to get to london.

London has a total of six airports: Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, Luton, London City, and Southend. Among these airports, Heathrow and Gatwick are the busiest due to their major international destinations.

If you’re travelling to central London, there are various modes of transportation available to you.

If you’re coming from Heathrow, you can opt to take the Heathrow Express , the tube, taxi, or a private transfer . On the other hand, if you’re arriving at Gatwick, you have the option to take the Gatwick Express, the train, taxi, or book a private transfer .

Aside from airports, London also has an excellent train network that connects to other cities in the UK and Europe. The city’s major train stations are King’s Cross, Euston, Victoria, Liverpool Street, Paddington, and Waterloo.

2. Should You Get The London Pass?

With 3 days in London, you should consider getting the  London Pass .

It gives you free entry to over 60 of London’s top attractions, including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and the Shard.

The Pass also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket, hop-on hop-off river boat, and additional discounts on food, shopping, theater tickets, and tours. You can see a full list of attractions and benefits  here .

There’s also a  London Explorers Pass . With it, you can pre-select entry to 3, 5, or 7 out of 20 included destinations.

In addition, you’ll need to pre-book some of the most popular attractions. This will save you hours of waiting in line.

3. How To Get Around London

With just three days in London, knowing how to get around is key.

Central London is quite flat and full of sidewalks, making it great for walking. It’s best to explore one neighborhood at a time on foot.

But London is big, so you’ll likely need other transport too. You can use Uber or taxis to travel between attractions. Black taxis are easy to find and the drivers are usually friendly. If you’re looking to hail one, just check if the taxi sign is lit up.

All taxis use meters and accept credit cards. For tipping, you can simply round up to the nearest pound.

The  Oyster Card  is another handy London pass. It’s a smart card used to pay for transportation in London, including the tube (metro) and buses. Tube stations are everywhere in London, as common as souvenir stands.

You can purchase an Oyster Card online in advance of your trip and have it mailed to your home. You can also buy the card at tube stations and airports. There’s a one time £5 fee to purchase the card.

You preload the card with money. Each time you scan the card to take public transport, the fare will be automatically deducted from the card.

Plus, there are lot of other fun ways to explore London. You can book:

• 3.5 hour guided bike tour
• 2 hour electric bike tour
• hop on hop off river cruise
• hop on hop off bus  
• dinn er cru ise on the Thames
• eve ning tour of London by car

4. When To Go To London

With a moderate climate, London is really a year round destination. And it doesn’t have nearly the terrible rainy weather some people claim.

I prefer visiting London in spring or fall. But I’ve also been in winter and had decent weather. I was just there in March and it was a sunny 60+ degrees.

5. Where To Stay In London

This is a big topic. London has a booming hotel scene.

Where you stay depends entirely on whether you prefer central London or somewhere less busy and noisy.

I usually stay in West London. Mayfair is especially beautiful, peaceful, and loaded with some of London’s best hotels:

• Beaumont Hotel  (traditional and stylish Art Deco style) 
• Duke’s London  (feel like you’re stepping into PBS series)
• The Connaught  (luxury cocooning retreat)
• The Stafford London  (elegant 19th century home in St. James),
• Claridge’s  (elegant Art Deco with aristocratic good looks)
• Four Seasons  (sunny guest rooms with great views)

If you want something more centrally located, try:

• Corinthia  (gold leaf and an amazing spa)
• The Bloomsbury  (elegant red brick building with a well stocked library)
• Rosewood London   (restored Edwardian luxury)
• Ham Yard Hotel  (cool boutique hotel in Soho)
• Dorchester  (English country house style with a killer afternoon tea)

Another interesting and quieter area to stay in is the Regent’s Park/Primrose Hill area north of Marylebone. From Primrose Hill, you can enjoy one of the most iconic views of the London skyline.

The best hotel in this area are the Dorset Square Hotel (boutique luxury that matches the chi-chi vibe of Primrose Hill) and the York & Albany (tiny boutique above Gordon’ Ramsey’s eponymous restaurant).

I hope you’ve enjoyed my 3 days in London itinerary. You may be interested in these other London travel guides and resources:

• 5 Days in London Itinerary
• Guide To Westminster Abbey
• Guide To Free Museums in London
• Guide To the National Gallery of Art
• Harry Potter Places in London
• Guide To the Churchill War Rooms
• Guide To St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Guide To The Wallace Collection
• Tourist Traps To Avoid in London
• Guide To Hampton Court Palace
• Guide To Hatfield House

Pin it for later.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Last Updated on January 13, 2024 by Leslie Livingston

3 Days in London: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visitors)

How to spend 3 days in london: the best itinerary + where to stay.

You want to visit London in 3 days and you’re looking for the best places to visit?

You’re at the right place!

In order to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you this 3-day itinerary in London. It’s perfectly optimized to allow you to discover the must-see attractions of the city .

In addition to the best things to do and activities for each stage of your itinerary, I will also give you all my best tips and accommodation suggestions depending on your budget.

So, what are the best places to visit in London in 3 days? Where to stay?

1. The London Pass

3 days in london: must-see attractions:, one last tip for a perfect 3-day stay in london, b. westminster abbey, c. buckingham palace, d. trafalgar square/the national gallery, e. london eye, f. tate britain and/or tate modern, a. camden town, b. regent’s park, c. the british museum, d. the tower of london, e. tower bridge, f. the shard, a. notting hill, b. the natural history museum, c. hyde park, d. oxford street, f. piccadilly circus, g. covent garden, where to stay in london, london in 3 days with kids, more things to do during your 3 days in london, map of your 3-day itinerary in london, spending 3 days in london: flight prices, you’re traveling to england these articles will help you , how to avoid waiting in line (and save a lot of time) at london’s tourist attractions.

London , one of the most touristic cities in the world, attracts tens of thousands of visitors every day.

As many tourists come to explore the city’s iconic landmarks , you imagine that you sometime need to queue for hours before entering the must-see attractions such as Buckingham Palace, the Tower of London or the Palace of Westminster.

Hopefully, I am going to teach you 2 ways to beat the queue and make the most out of your three days in London.

The first solution to save a lot of time and money during your 3 days in London is to buy the London Pass.

Most big cities offer City Passes these days. They are a great way to avoid queuing and get immediate access to the most famous attractions. And London is no exception to the rule!

The London Pass is valid for between 1 and 10 days (depending on what you choose when booking). As it’s a digital pass, you can download it on your smartphone and present it at the entrance of each attractions.

The London Pass grants you tourist credits that are deducted whenever you enter a site.

For example, the 3-day London Pass comes with 430 credits, which corresponds to 430€ in entrance fees even though the pass costs only 114€ to buy!!

That’s really the best city pass if you’re spending 3 days in London.

With the London Pass, you will get:

• Entry to more than 80 of the best attractions in London: Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, Tower Bridge (you will visit them all in my itinerary!)
• You can also use your credits to take a trip on the hop-on hop-off tourist bus and see London without tiring yourself out
• Discounts in certain souvenir shops
• A tourist guide to the city with opening times and details of how to get to the attractions during your 3 days in London.

To buy your London City Pass, it’s very simple: you just have to click on the button below

As an alternative, there’s also the London Go City Explorer Pass that works a bit differently. You will need to purchase a version of this pass depending on the number of attractions you want to see. So you can buy a pass for 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 attractions.

You can book it by clicking here.

2. Fast track tickets for London tourist attractions

Your second option to save time at the major attractions is to buy your fast track tickets individually depending on what you want to visit.

Skip the line tickets are available for the main monuments, tourist attractions and activities you will do in London during these 3 days.

I’ve listed some of them below, and for your convenience I will also mention them throughout the article.

Simply need to click on the names or on the buttons within the guide to book your skip the line tickets:

• Westminster Abbey
• Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace
• Tower Bridge + Tower of London VIP Visit
• The Tower of London
• Cruise on the Thames
• See a musical
• Madame Tussauds
• St Paul’s Cathedral
• Harry Potter-themed guided tour – A must-do if you like Harry Potter universe!
• The hop-on hop-off double-decker bus

If you already know your travel dates (or as soon as you will have them!) , you should really book your accommodation.

As London is one of the most touristic cities in the world , the hotels offering the best value for money are often fully booked months in advance.

As a seasoned traveler, I can assure you that it’s always by planning as far in advance as possible that I’ve found the best hotels or apartments deals.

You agree that it would be a shame to somewhat ruin your stay in London by ending up in a not-so-great hotel that costed you a fortune, right? 😅

So your best bet is to take 5 minutes now to have a look at  traveler’s favorite hotels in London.

And if you like one of the hotels you find, book it!

It’s fast, it’s easy and most accommodation offer free cancellation. That’s the best way to protect yourself from the inconvenience of finding nothing but mediocre rooms at exorbitant prices.

To check the best hotels deals in London , simply click on the green button below:

After securing your dream stay, it’s time to continue reading this guide!

3 days in London: the ultimate itinerary

It’s now time to plan your 3-day itinerary in London!

For this itinerary, I assume that you’ll be spending 3 full days in London and purchased the London Pass or fast track tickets in advance. That’s the best way to save time and money during your stay!

And if after reading this guide, you still need help to plan your trip, don’t hesitate to ask me in the comments section located at the end of the article.

So, what should you see and do during your 3 days in London?

London itinerary: Day 1 – the historic centre

Day 1 visits:

A. Big Ben B. Westminster Abbey C. Buckingham Palace D. Trafalgar Square E. London Eye F. Tate Britain and/or Tate Modern

You should start your 3-day trip to London by going to see the famous Big Ben.

Situated in the historic centre of the city on the banks of the Thames, you can’t miss the most iconic building of the British capital.

In fact, Big Ben is the name of the huge bell inside the tower. The tower itself, adorned on each face with 4 clocks each measuring 7 metres in diameter is called the Elizabeth Tower .

The Elizabeth Tower (106 metres height) was built in 1858 and is part of the Palace of Westminster, perhaps better known as the Houses of Parliament.

If you want to go to the top of Big Ben, you need to submit an official request months in advance and be a UK resident. So you’ll probably have to only admire it from the outside, which is already great!

Right next to the famous clock tower, you’ll find Westminster Abbey.

The Abbey is of great historical importance : many kings and queens of England were crowned here, including Queen Elizabeth II.

Westminster Abbey also features several royal tombs , including that of Mary, Queen of Scots. In the Poets’ Corner, you will also find tombs of several famous authors such as Charles Dickens and Thomas Hardy.

For your visit, you should definitely get the audio guide. It’s the best way to learn more about the history of this site.

To visit the Abbey, you can opt for one of the proposed itineraries. There is for example a quick 30 minutes visit , the 1h standard version or even a “fun version” for the kids!

As I mentioned, you absolutely need to get a fast track ticket for Westminster Abbey if you don’t want to queue for hours.

If you’ve bought the London Pass , entrance is included. Otherwise, you’ll need to buy a fast track ticket by clicking here:

You can also book a 2-hour guided tour by clicking here!

Voyage Tips - Advice Given your itinerary for the day, you should get to the abbey at the opening (9:30 a.m. on weekdays, 9 a.m. on Saturday, closed on Sunday).

Let’s continue your 3-day itinerary in London and head to another unmissable visit: Buckingham Palace!

The royal palace is just 300 metres from Big Ben and Westminster Abbey . To get there, simply take Birdcage Walk , the street that runs alongside St James’s Park .

You should get there in the morning to watch the Changing of the Guard, a must-see experience that will immerse you in the world of the British Monarchy for a moment.

At 11.00 am every Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday, dozens of royal guards leave Wellington Barracks for the forecourt of Buckingham Palace to relieve their colleagues in a grand ceremony that follows the rhythm of the band.

The Changing of the Guard takes around 40 minutes and attracts thousands of tourists. So if you want to get a good spot, you should really be there around 10.30 am.

The Changing of the Guard ceremony doesn’t take place if it’s raining. You can check the online calendar to check whether it’s taking place.

You can only visit the interior of Buckingham Palace during 2 months of the year, generally in August and September. As long as you book well in advance, you’ve got 3 options (simply click on the orange links to book):

• Ticket for the State Rooms , so you can see the main reception chambers
• Entrance to the Queen’s Gallery and its large collection of works of art
• Entrance to the Royal Mews (stables) where the Royal Family’s carriages are kept.

After the changing of the guard, you should head to Trafalgar Square.

To get there, you should pass by St James’s Park, opposite the Palace. Take one of the walkways that goes through this beautiful public garden featuring lovely flowerbeds, a lake and lots of ducks and squirrels.

It will take you around 20 minutes to arrive at Trafalgar Square , a world-famous square guarded by 4 big black lions. It’s a very lively spot where you will probably see a few street performers.

Ready for a culture break?

You can then go to the National Gallery museum overlooking the square. It’s one of the most beautiful museums in London, and the entrance is free of charge, so it really would be a shame to pass it by!

Founded in 1824, the National Gallery houses one of the richest collections of works of art in Western Europe, including Van Gogh’s famous Sunflowers.

There, you can also see works by Monet, Cézanne, Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, Picasso and Rembrandt . It’s a real paradise for art-lovers!

And if you want to learn more about the museum and the works of art on display, you can grab an audio guide and follow one of the proposed itineraries, including a 1-hour tour designed with children in mind.

Opening times can be found on the official website.

Leaving the museum, it’s now time for a ride on the biggest Ferris wheel in Europe, the London Eye, located only 15 minutes away from Trafalgar Square.

To reach the London Eye, you will need to go on the other side of the Thames , opposite to Big Ben.

Your ride will allow you to enjoy a fantastic panoramic view over London from over 130 metres high! Each capsule on the wheel has a capacity of 25 people and the complete ride takes 30 minutes.

The view from the top is truly exceptional and it’s an experience that will captivate young and old alike.

You absolutely have to book your seats in advance if you want to experience the London Eye (it’s not included in the London Pass). You need to book your ticket for the London Eye by clicking on the button below:

To save money, you can also get this combined ticket: London Eye + Thames Cruise + Hop-on Hop-off Bus.

To end your first day in London, you can visit 2 more renowned museums: the Tate Britain and the Tate Modern.

The Tate Britain is located on the north bank, in Westminster district. It’s dedicated to classical British art and houses works of art by numerous artists, including Turner, Hogarth, Francis Bacon and William Blake.

From the London Eye, it will take you about 30 minutes to get there on foot. If you don’t want to walk, your other option is to take a river bus from the London Eye.

The Tate Modern is a bit further away on the south bank, but a river bus connects the two museums every 30 minutes.

This means that if you have time, you can easily visit both museums at the end your first day. As its name suggests, the Tate Modern focuses more on modern art.

The opening hours can be found on the official website.

If you want to see London by night, you can easily switch the Tate museums with the London Eye, and do the Ferris wheel at the end of the day.

Once you leave the National Gallery , head for the Thames and Embankment Pier. Take the river bus to Millbank Pier which will drop you at the entrance to the Tate Britain. For the Tate Modern , alight at Bankside Pier.

Second day in London: Things to see and do

Day 2 visits:

A. Camden Town B. Regent’s Park C. The British Museum D. The Tower of London E. Tower Bridge F. The Shard

You should start the second day of your 3-day itinerary in London by going to Camden Town district.

To get there, simply take the metro and get off at Camden Town station.

Located in the north of the city, Camden Town is one of London’s trendiest areas. Mixing the world of punks, goths and alter-globalists , it’s an area packed with offbeat boutiques, piercing/tattoo parlours and second-hand shops… all in a welcoming and friendly atmosphere!

The impressive shop facades are adorned with huge figurines in crazy colours.

The district is especially famous for Camden Lock Market, which opens every day from 10.00 am to 6.00 pm. This flea market is clearly a must-see attraction in London!

You can browse through vintage treasures, unusual gadgets, and unique pieces of clothing, taste street food from around the globe , or simply take a walk along Regent’s Canal while listening to the live music.

Next, you should head to Regent’s Park, a public park located just 10 minutes on foot from Camden Town.

This large 166-hectare green space, one of the most beautiful in the city, is open every day from 5.00 am to 6.00 pm. It’s surrounded by beautiful neo-classical houses built in the 19h century.

In the springtime, Regent’s Park is full of flowers and a really wonderful place to take a stroll. This park is the favourite meeting place of sports lovers who come here to jog or play football, rugby or hockey.

There’s also a lake where you can rent rowing boats and pedalos, an open-air theatre (in Queen Mary’s Gardens), children’s playgrounds, cafés and restaurants.

It’s the perfect place for a romantic or family stroll in London!

Leaving the park , take the A501 and then the A400 to get to the British Museum, a 25-minute walk away.

With a collection of over 7 million objects tracing human history and culture, it’s one of the most visited museum in Great Britain.

The museum opened to the public in 1759, and began as the personal collection of Dr Hans Sloane. It has expanded over time to become one of the most prestigious museums in the world.

My favorite part of the museum was for sure the archaeology section, featuring many relics and mummies as well as the famous Rosetta Stone!

The building that houses the museum is a masterpiece of architecture . The entrance, known as The Great Court, is built under a glass and steel roof with a magnificent central rotunda.

The museum is so full of wonders that you could spend a whole day there and still not have seen everything!

But since you only have 3 days to visit London, you should devote 1 to 2 hours of your time seeing the sections you’re most interested in . That will give you enough time to fit in the other things on today’s itinerary.

Like all public museum in London, the British Museum is free of charge. It’s open every day from 10.00 am to 5.30 pm.

You want discover the best of the main exhibits in under 2 hours?

Then you should book a guided visit!

You need to book your guided tour by clicking on the button below:

After your visit to the British Museum, you can head to the famous Tower of London , located on the banks of the Thames.

This fortress dating back to 1066 has served as a royal residence but also as a prison and place of execution . The site is designated as a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Today, the tower has been converted into a museum of medieval history. Here, you’ll discover the macabre side of London’s history, through the many stories of executions that took place in the tower.

Several rooms of the castle have been designed for visitors, including the torture chamber with all the horrific equipment used at the time. You can also see the Crown Jewels here (one of the main attractions of the castle). The gardens outside the tower are also well worth a look.

Despite the theme, the visit isn’t too dark and is totally suitable for kids . Most of them actually love the place!

Free guided tours led by Yeomen Warders (Beefeaters) leave from the main entrance every 30 minutes.

There’s always a queue to get into the Tower of London, so you really should buy your tickets in advance to avoid wasting time.

Entry is included in the London Pass or you can also buy your entrance tickets separately by clicking on the green button below:

To get from the British Museum to the Tower of London , it’s best to take the metro (or if you’re really feeling up to it, it’s a 50-minute walk).

Right next to the Tower of London , you can’t miss the impressive Tower Bridge , another of the city’s iconic landmarks.

With its two immense Gothic towers and sky blue ironwork, you will immediately recognize it. It’s even more impressive at night when it’s illuminated!

This bridge was built across the Thames in the 19th century, and has connected the north and south banks of London since then. At the time it was built, it was the most sophisticated bascule bridge in the world.

If you’re lucky, you may even get the chance to see it open to let a tall boat through.

You can admire the Tower Bridge from the banks of the Thames, walk across it, and even visit the old engine rooms inside one of the towers.

From the highest level , you can also walk on a glass walkway that makes you feel like you’re floating above the Thames. It’s quite impressive!

Entry to Tower Bridge is included in the London Pass.

To end the second day of your 3 days in London in style, head to the top of The Shard to enjoy a fantastic panoramic view.

From the Tower Bridge, it’s just a 10-minute walk to get there.

On the 72nd floor of the tower, you will find the highest viewing platform in Western Europe. Needless to say, the view across London is spectacular!

Ascent of The Shard is included in the London Pass. If you don’t have the pass, you need to book your tickets in advance by clicking on the button below:

Third day in London: where to go?

Day 3 visits:

A. Notting Hill B. The Natural History Museum C. Hyde Park D. Oxford Street E. Soho F. Piccadilly Circus G. Covent Garden

For the third day of your 72 hour stay in London, you will start by discovering Notting Hill district.

You can get there by metro, alighting at Notting Hill Gate station.

This fashionable district of the British capital gained global fame thanks to the film “Notting Hill” starring Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant. If you’re a fan, you can go in search of the film’s locations!

Compared to central London, Notting Hill is more like a quiet little village, and its elegant pastel-coloured homes lend it great charm.

The flea market at Portobello Road (held every morning) is one of the main tourist attractions in this upmarket district. You can expect to see lots of stalls selling second-hand clothes, vintage items, accessories, antiques and culinary specialities to eat on the go.

The other major event that happens in this part of London is the annual carnival that takes place on the last weekend of August. It’s a parade of over 5 km to the sound of Caribbean music. If you happen to be there at the right time, it’s a show you shouldn’t miss.

And if you want to make the most of your visit to Notting Hill, you should book this guided tour:

Now, walk through Kensington district and to reach the Natural History Museum (25-minute walk).

London’s Natural History Museum is the most visited natural history museum in Europe, attracting 5 million visitors each year.

This huge museum housed in a magnificent building is extremely comprehensive, with thousands of things to admire and discover. And of course, it’s free of charge!

Zoology, botany, volcanology, archaeology, dinosaurs, anthropology, mineralogy … the museum boasts several rich and varied galleries. There are also lots of fun activities to do with children.

You could easily spend a whole day there, but to make sure you have time for the other things on your day’s itinerary, you should keep it to 2 to 2.5 hours maximum.

Seeing London in 3 days on foot also gives you time to discover the city’s most beautiful parks. And Hyde Park is conveniently just 10 minutes from the museum.

Hyde Park is the largest green space in the centre of the city. Like Central Park in New-York and the Mount Royal Park in Montreal , it’s one of the most beautiful city parks in the world.

If you’re following the suggested itinerary, you should get there around lunchtime. You’ll find a wide choice of snack bars and restaurants around and within the park.

If the weather’s good, it’s a great spot for a picnic on the vast expanse of green grass, or lunch on the terrace beside the water.

At the north-east corner of the park , you might come across one of London’s oddities: every Sunday, anonymous speakers come to express their opinions, very often with a touch of humour. It’s known as the “Speakers’ Corner”.

At Christmas time , there’s a huge Christmas Market in Hyde Park, accompanied by the Winter Wonderland fair and the biggest outdoor skating rink in the United Kingdom.

And if you’re in London in the summer, you’ll have the chance to enjoy concerts and festivals.

How about a bit of shopping next?

Oxford Street , the London equivalent of the Champs-Élysées in Paris, is located around 15 minutes form the park exit.

If you’re enjoying a short stay in the English capital, it’s nice to take a walk there to do some shopping or simply to admire the shop windows.

Stretching for more than 2.5 km, this street is home to over 600 stores selling fashion, interior design items, cosmetics, high-tech and more. The prices are quite reasonable, and the best-known English chains are all there, including Marks & Spencer, TopShop, The Body Shop, Primark and Urban Outfitters among others.

The next stop on your 3 days in London is Soho, the most vibrant district of London! It’s right next to Oxford Street.

It may be very small, but it’s home to an impressive concentration of pubs, theatres, restaurants, cinemas and clubs . Basically, it’s where all the Londoners go to party!

It’s always packed and there’s a really great vibe whatever day of the week.

And it’s in Soho that you can watch the best musicals in London, but tickets are in big demand so don’t forget to book your tickets in advance.

If you want to see the famous musical “Les Misérables” at the Sondheim Theatre in London, make sure you buy your tickets in advance here.

If you’d prefer to see the no less famous “Phantom of the Opera”, you can book there!

If you’re looking for an original experience in Soho, you really should opt for a Harry Potter-themed guided tour .

Departing from Soho, your guide takes you to the cult locations from the films including Diagon Alley, Gringotts, platform 9 3/4, Knockturn Alley and much more besides. It’s a really good tour and the guide is amazing!

To book your Harry Potter guided tour , simply click on the button below:

From Soho, you can go to Piccadilly Circus to admire the lights and enjoy the festive atmosphere of this famous square with its giant advertising screens.

You should end your 3-day London itinerary with Covent Garden , the former site of London’s covered market.

The market was relocated in the 1970s but fortunately retained its very beautiful glass roof which today houses several shops, restaurants, artisan studios and the London Transport Museum.

It’s a very popular area for tourists, with several shopping streets, street performances and a crafts market every Saturday morning.

Now all you have to do is enjoy your last evening before flying home the next day.

And there you have it, London holds no more secrets for you! Now, the only thing left is to find an amazing place to stay. Let’s talk about it just below!

So now you know what to do in London in 3 days but there’s still one questions that remain unanswered: where to stay?

I won’t lie, it’s not easy to find affordable accommodation in London . As you’d expect in a major tourist city, the prices charged by hotels in central London are pretty high.

You really do need to book in advance to get the best rates. If you already know your travel dates, book your accommodation now!

• The Chamberlain: Close to Tower Bridge, the Tower of London and the banks of the Thames. This British-style hotel offers cosy, comfortable double rooms from 120€ per night, breakfast 12€. Strong points: a smartphone is made available, excellent locations, the welcoming staff and the comfortable bed linen. It’s my favourite for its excellent value for money!
• Hotel Indigo London – Kensington: This hotel is in the borough of Kensington and Chelsea, and very close to a tube station. Well-equipped, quiet and warm double room from 200€, breakfast from 19€. Strong points: the quiet area, cosy ambience cosy, the smiling and efficient staff.
• Haymarket Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: 5* hotel close to London’s “theatreland”, minutes on foot from St James Park and 15 minutes from Buckingham Palace. Really comfortable, spacious and quiet double room from 390€ per night, breakfast 20€. Strong points: perfect location, charming staff and excellent bed linen. The best choice for a romantic stay in London!
• The Soho Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: A luxury hotel right in the heart of London, 5 minutes from Oxford Street and Soho, and just 10 minutes from Piccadilly Circus. Really spacious designer and magnificently decorated double room from 500€ per night, breakfast 29€. Strong points: the perfect geographical location, magnificent bedrooms, the sumptuous breakfast. The best hotel in London for a luxury stay!

If you’d prefer a London hotel that isn’t too expensive, you should check out the “Z Hotel” chain. You can find them in lots of different areas of London, and prices start of 60€ per night. They’re the best bet for budget accommodation in London.

• The Z Hotel Shoreditch
• The Z Hotel Gloucester Place
• The Z Hotel City
• The Z Hotel Victoria
• The Z Hotel Piccadilly
• The Z Hotel Soho

Visiting London with your children for 3 days is a great idea!

However, depending on the age of your kids, you might want to make a few slight changes to this itinerary . They’ll love most of places to visit and activities mentioned, but you may need to spend a bit less time in the museums, as it might not be the most interesting for them.

That said, most of London’s museums offer fun tours and workshops especially for children, and they don’t generally last more than 1 hour.

From my experience, the activities in London that kids enjoy the most are:

• The Changing of the Guard on the forecourt of Buckingham Palace
• The London Eye
• The Natural History Museum

The musicals showing in the theatres of Soho are also a big hit with kids. Seeing a show together makes for an excellent family night out .

In terms of getting around , all the attractions on the first day are close to each other, so you should follow the itinerary on foot on day 1, and it’s also a more interesting way to get a first impression of the city.

If your kids are tired, or too young to walk, can opt to get around by bus. They will for sure love travelling on the red double-decker buses, preferably upstairs and right at the front!

You can book the double-decker hop-on hop-off bus tour by clicking here.

You can also take them on a cruise on the Thames, so that everyone can enjoy the main sites without getting tired:

If you’ve enjoyed my 3-day itinerary in London and still have some time left, you should read my full tourist guide. It’s packed with ideas for more things to do and see to bring your 3-day holiday in London to a wonderful end.

You can read it here: The 20 Best Things to do in London

It might even make you want to stay longer in London! Why not spend 4 or 5 days in the city?

To help you visualize your daily itineraries during your 3 days in London, I have created this map with all the places to visit day by day . You can view the legend of the map by clicking on the top left button, the one with a little arrow.

You can thus see the suggested itineraries for each day.

As always, you should book your plane tickets as early as possible to get the best prices.

To check the rates and schedules for flights to London, you can use our flight comparator, in partnership with Skyscanner:

Need help planning your 3-day itinerary in London? You can ask me your questions in the comment section located at the end of this article. I’d be happy to help you organize your stay in London!

Discover all my articles about London : All my articles to help you plan your trip to England are listed there.

• London: Top 20 best things to do
• 2 days in London – The perfect itinerary for 48h!
• 3 Days in London – The best 72h itinerary
• 4 Days in London – The defitinive guide to plan your trip
• 5 Days in London – How to plan your itinerary + My best tips!
• One week in London – The perfect 7-day itinerary
• Where to stay in London? My guide of the best places to stay for all budgets

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Related Stories

5 days in Edinburgh: the perfect Itinerary (first time visit)

Gozo quad rental: The definitive guide

Visit Gozo: Top 10 Things To Do and Best Places to Visit

Discussion 7 comments.

Hi Vincent, Found your site very informative – thank you! Just a question…….we are travelling to the UK mid July 2024, wondering when we should purchase the “London Pass” and also ……..should we purchase an “Oyster Card” online or wait till we arrive in London?

Thank you! I’m glad my 3-day London itinerary is helping you plan your visits.

You can buy your London Pass 1 or 2 months before your trip to London. For the Oyster Card, you can buy it directly on arrival, at the airport or in a metro station.

Enjoy your (future) stay in London!

Your London itinerary for 3 days with children is excellent. Where would be best to stay ideally no more than £60 per night. Is there a convenient centre-to-the-tour suggestion? What about Air B&B type accommodation? Would welcome any suggestions – it’s for probably 3 adults and 2 children.

Thanks a lot! I’m glad that my 3-day itinerary in London is helping you to plan your stay.

For £60 per night, there is the “Z hotel” chain I’m talking about which offers rooms at that rate at certain times of the year, but these are rooms for 2 people.

Unfortunately, you won’t find accommodation for 5 people at £60 a night in London, the rates are usually much higher. You can check Booking or Airbnb for your travel dates and that will give you an idea of the rates at this time of the year!

Moving away from London city center will help to find cheaper accommodation, however you would also need to add the cost of public transportation for 5 people.

Enjoy your trip to London!

Hi, Your 3 days itinerary is very helpful for our planning. We are going to travel internationally with 3 days -4 nights stopover in London. We are thinking to stay near Heathrow airport as we have a good no of bags for family of 4. How much will be time travelling to Central London to visit attractions? Also, what kind of public transportation is available from airport?

Thanks, Nad

Thanks! I’m glad my 3-day itinerary in London helps you to plan your trip.

From Heathrow airport you have:

– The Heathrow Express, the train that links the airport to Paddington station in just 15 minutes. Paddington is just north of Hyde Park. From here you can walk or take the tube to attractions. You can book your journey directly online by clicking on the following link: Heathrow Express .

– The Underground runs from the airport directly into central London. It’s cheaper than the train but takes longer (about 1 hour).

– The bus to Victoria bus station, which is just 1 km from Buckingham Palace (journey time between 45 min and 1 hour).

Enjoy your 3-day trip to London!

Thank you for quick response. This will certainly help us.

Leave A Reply Cancel Reply

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Middle East
• North America
• Cheap car rentals: my best advice
• Back to Homepage

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

The Mindful Traveller

Eco Travel Blog & Photography

3 Perfect Days in London: Complete Itinerary

4 August 2023 · In: City Guide , London , UK

Welcome to London, the  buzzing capital of England . From the iconic Buckingham Palace to the captivating National Museum and the stunning London Bridge, this 3-day itinerary is  perfect for first-time visitors  or a  long weekend getaway  with friends. It will show you all the  unique things to do  and walk you through everything you need to know to make the most of your English city break.

Whether you are into  royal history and art  or looking for a fun time with a stop at some of the  best shops and pubs , London is the place for you! 

Home to  many attractions and historic landmarks , the capital is a perfect blend of traditional and modern and the ideal place for a deeper insight into  British culture .

Walk in the footsteps of royalty at  Kensington Palace , enjoy a 360-degree panorama over the capital from the London Eye , watch the  Change of the Guard  at Buckingham Palace and stop by  Covent Garden  for a shopping spree. There is so much to do!

Are you excited? Keep reading this  city guide  to discover the  perfect 3-day itinerary  covering the top things to do and enjoy your vacation stress-free – and without rushing. You will also find  practical eco-friendly tips  for  responsible travel  at the end. Enjoy!

Disclosure : Some of the links below are affiliate links, meaning that at no additional cost to you, we will receive a commission if you click through and make a purchase. For more information,  read our full affiliate disclosure .

7- London Eye

7- the shard, 7- the british museum, overview: how to see london in 3 days, day 1 – westminster.

• Palace of Westminster
• Westminster Abbey
• St James’s Park
• Buckingham Palace
• Piccadilly Circus
• Trafalgar Square

Day 2 – The City of London

• Tower Bridge
• Tower of London
• St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Tate Modern
• Shakespeare’s Globe
• Borough Market

Day 3 – Kensington

• Kensington Palace
• Natural History Museum
• Victoria & Albert Museum
• Oxford Street
• Covent Garden
• The British Museum

London 3-day itinerary – Map

Click on the top left of the map to display the list of stops and locations.

Detailed itinerary: 3 days in London

This London guide covers all the best things to do and see in 3 days and is perfect for travelling with family, friends or as a couple, whether it is your first time in the city or you have been there before.

On the other hand, remember that this itinerary is only a guide with recommendations . You can spend more days in the English capital or add other stops to your trip.

READ MORE: 10 Eco-Friendly & Fun Things to Do in London

1- Palace of Westminster & Big Ben

Your 3-day London getaway begins with the  Palace of Westminster  and the   well-known  Big Ben , the most famous clock in the world and an iconic tourist attraction you should not miss! 

Also known as the Houses of Parliament, you will find the Palace of Westminster on the north bank of the River Thames in the City of Westminster. It is the perfect place for a  first insight into British culture and history . 

Start by  walking over Westminster Bridge  and the banks of the Thames for fantastic views of the clock and buildings, and do not forget your camera. 

You can then  join a guided or private tour  to visit the Palace of Westminster (including the House of Commons and the House of Lords) for a  better overview of British democracy . With the help of your local guide, you will learn about the history of the building (and the country) and walk in the footsteps of  historical figures  such as Winston Churchill.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR TOUR

2- Westminster Abbey

Not far from the Palace of Westminster, you will find another  emblematic and unmissable landmark : Westminster Abbey. This  Royal church  offers daily services for all and is a  UNESCO World Heritage Site  home to the most significant collection of giant sculptures in Britain.

Since 1066, this stunning Abbey has  hosted the coronations  of every British Monarch, including Queen Victoria and Elizabeth II. It is also the  resting place  of many great monarchs, artists, scientists and politicians.

Whether or not you are a history buff or a fan of British royal heritage, this iconic church is  worth the visit . 

Step through its doors to explore over a  thousand years of history , marvel at the breathtaking  Gothic architecture  and discover the  Coronation Chair , the oldest piece of furniture in the country still in use for its original purpose. 

Visiting Westminster Abbey takes around 2 to 3 hours as there is so much history and heritage to discover. Of course, you can spend less time there if you wish.

Yes, Westminster Abbey is an active place of worship where all are welcome to attend the daily services for free. There are also a few particular services throughout the year, but you might need to book your tickets in advance.

3- St. James’s Park

You continue your discovery of London with a  peaceful stroll through St. James’s Park , the  oldest Royal Park  at the heart of the capital offering 57 acres of green space and home to  The Mall  and  Horse Guards Parade .

Lined with renowned landmarks such as  Buckingham Palace  and  Clarence House , the park provides a quiet space amidst the hustle and bustle of the city. 

Enjoy fantastic views over the lake from the  Blue Bridge , admire the beautiful  Tiffany Fountain  and stop at  St James’s Café  for a well-deserved break. 

Once rejuvenated,  walk towards Buckingham Palace along The Mall , a processional route that witnessed many historic parades over the years.

4- Buckingham Palace

It is time to discover the  most iconic attraction in Britain  (and arguably in the world): Buckingham Palace. The  official royal residence  and administrative headquarters of the Monarch is a must-see for any traveller visiting London. 

Spend time  admiring this stunning monument  and  join a guided tour  to get a deeper insight into the life of the Royal Family and learn more about the history of the palace and its traditions.

Once inside, you will have the chance to  explore the 19 State Rooms  and discover sumptuous apartments and splendid ornaments. You will also uncover some of the most  outstanding jewels of the Royal Collection , including paintings by Rembrandt, Rubens and Canaletto. 

In addition, do not miss the  Changing of the Gard , a popular free event taking place outside Buckingham Palace on specific days from 10:45, lasting around 45 minutes. So make sure to plan your visit accordingly and arrive early to secure a good spot!  

A tour of Buckingham Palace takes between 2h and 2h30. Of course, guided tour times may be different, so check beforehand with your provider.

UNFORGETTABLE TOURS I RECOMMEND

5- piccadilly circus.

It is time to head to Piccadilly Circus, a  famous   road junction and public space  built in 1819, where many locals and tourists choose to meet due to its privileged  central location  close to important  leisure and shopping areas .

This square is one of the  liveliest areas  in London and one of the main places to  go out partying  with many bars and clubs – perfect for any traveller enjoying the nightlife.

In addition, Piccadilly Circus offers a variety of  cinemas, theatres, shops and restaurants , including famous traditional English pubs.

And, of course, do not forget to sit by the notable  statue of Eros  and take photos in front of the  iconic advertising screens !

6- Trafalgar Square & The National Gallery

Continue your walk toward the east to arrive at Trafalgar Square, a  public square showcasing some of the top attractions  in London, from renowned galleries and historic buildings to statues and monuments.

Once in the square, admire  Nelson’s Column , take a photo with one of the famous  lion statues , relax by the two stunning  fountains , find the four  pedestals  in the corners of the square and do not miss the  police box .

And, of course, one of the must-do activities in Trafalgar Square is the  National Gallery , an art museum housing a remarkable collection of over 2,300 paintings from the Middle Ages to the 20th century.

The best way to explore this fascinating museum is by  joining a guided tour  to uncover famous artworks and learn more about the European art world.

You end your first day in London with the London Eye, the  tallest Ferris wheel in Europe  and one of the most  popular tourist attractions  in the UK, offering  panoramic views  from 135 meters above the Thames.

Hop in one of its  glass pods  and enjoy a stunning  360-degree panorama  where you can spot the  most iconic landmarks  and top highlights, including Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and St Paul’s Cathedral. 

The wheel offers an ideal opportunity to  slow down  and watch life unfolding beneath you. It is also a perfect place to  watch a beautiful sunset  over the capital and admire the twinkling lights after dark. 

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR ENTRANCE

A rotation in one of its capsules takes around 30 minutes and gives you a unique perspective of London. If you are in a hurry or do not want to wait, buy a fast-track entry ticket to skip the queues.

1- Tower Bridge

You start your second day in London with one of the  most famous and recognisable landmarks  in the capital: Tower Bridge.

This  spectacular bridge  is a must-visit on your 3-day itinerary, especially if you love taking photos, and a unique attraction with plenty to do, including  walking over the glass walkway  and exploring the  Victorian Engine Rooms .

Enjoy  scenic city views  from the glass floors and high-level walkways 42 metres above the River Thames. You can also try to plan your visit with the  Bridge Lift  to see the roadway rise beneath your feet.

Another highlight of the site is the  Victorian Engine Rooms,  where you can learn more about the lives of people who operated the bridge, with a  permanent exhibition  showcasing their stories.

Visiting the Tower Bridge takes approximately 1 hour, giving you plenty of time to explore the Bridge’s Towers, Walkways and Engine Rooms.

2- Tower of London

Just next to Tower Bridge, you will find the timeless Tower of London, a  historic castle  and  famous fortress  on the north bank of the River Thames filled with culture and heritage.

Plan your visit to this iconic  UNESCO World Heritage site  to discover unique tales and stories and uncover over 1,000 years of its history as a  royal palace, armoury and prison . 

You will also have the chance to meet the  Yeoman Warders  (also known as Beefeaters), spot one of the  ravens  (guardians of the Tower) and marvel at the  Crown Jewels , a priceless symbol of the British Monarchy containing the most significant collection of crown jewels.

You guessed it, the Tower of London is a fantastic place to  learn more about British history . 

3- St. Paul’s Cathedral

Take time to wander along the River Thames and stop at St. Paul’s Cathedral on your journey, a  17th-century Anglican cathedral  with its  iconic dome , one of the largest in the world.

The cathedral is still an  active place of worship  today and is also one of the top sightseeing attractions in London, as an  architectural masterpiece . 

So, if you have time, join a guided tour to learn more about the cathedral and its  art, history and religious significance .

You will step inside its doors to explore its floor filled with  paintings and mosaics , venture into the  Crypt  to view the tombs and memorials of world-famous figures and climb its  three galleries  to enjoy  panoramic views  from the top of the dome.

Yes, St. Paul’s Cathedral welcomes all to attend the daily services for free. There are also a few particular services throughout the year, but you might need to book your tickets in advance.

4- Tate Modern

Head south and cross the River Thames to explore the Tate Modern, a  free art gallery  home to the national collection of  international modern and contemporary art .

This  inspiring art museum  is housed in the former  Bankside Power Station  on the banks of the Thames, where Turbine Hall runs the length of the entire building. 

And since the museum is free, why not add it to your bucket list? You will uncover  paintings, sculptures and more  made by famous artists from all over the world. Plus, it is a  great thing to do on a rainy day ! 

Plan a visit by yourself or join a guided tour and take the time to admire  fascinating artworks by renowned artists  such as Cézanne, Matisse, Picasso, Dali and Warhol.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR GUIDED TOUR

5- Shakespeare’s Globe

Not far from the Tate Modern, on the south bank of the River Thames, you will find the Shakespeare’s Globe, a  world-renowned performing art venue  and a  reconstruction of the Globe Theatre , an Elizabethan playhouse for which  William Shakespeare  wrote his plays.

Join a  guided tour  of the Globe Theatre auditorium to  step back into 400 years of history , where your guide will bring tales to life and illustrate how the site remains a significant venue today.

The tour runs  each day and throughout the year  – but check out the  website  beforehand to make sure it is not closed for rehearsals and performances. I also recommend you  book your ticket online . 

6- Borough Market

You continue your stroll along the Thames to arrive at the  Borough Market , a  historic market hall  and one of the largest and  oldest food markets in London , dating back to at least the 12th century.

This buzzing market is a haven for  foodie lovers ! It features  high-quality food  and  sustainable products  and is the perfect place to connect with locals. 

From  British specialities  to  international delights  such as artisanal chocolate truffles, Indian street food and raclette, there is something for every tastebud.

And if the Borough Market is a fantastic place to buy sustainably, it is also an ideal place to eat responsibly! You will find  plenty of delicious restaurants , from fresh pasta to Middle Eastern cuisine and cosy Sunday lunch.

FOOD TOURS I RECOMMEND

Here you are, your last stop of the day! Cross the road to access  the Shard , an  impressive skyscraper  designed by the Italian architect Renzo Piano and a must-do activity for its  incredible views ! 

The  View from The Shard  allows you to reach the viewing platforms at levels 68 and 69 and experience a unique  360-degree panorama  over London. 

If you feel adventurous, you can also head up to the  Skydeck  on level 72, an  open-air platform  providing breathtaking views.

From the top of this iconic vertical building, you will be able to spot some of the  top landmarks , such as Tower Bridge, Big Ben, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre and St Paul’s Cathedral.

And for a memorable experience, try to  visit the viewing platform at sunset . It is a great thing to do if you are a couple looking for a romantic evening – that is what I did with my partner. We also had a glass of champagne with our ticket. 

1- Kensington Palace

You begin your last day in London with Kensington Palace, a  working Royal residence  with  great historical importance , shaped by generations of royal women from Queen Mary to Victoria and Diana, Princess of Wales.

Join a guided tour to  explore the birthplace of Queen Victoria  and the home to young royals for over 300 years, and walk in the footsteps of royalty as you discover the  sumptuous state apartments  such as the King’s State Apartments and Queen’s State Apartments, which will shine a light on the lives of its royal residents.

And if you are more of an art lover, enjoy the  stunning work of architect and painter William Kent  in the Cupola Room and King’s Grand Staircase, and admire the dazzling  examples of 18th-century court dresses and artworks  from the Royal Collection.

2- The Natural History Museum

A 3-day London itinerary could not be complete without its Natural History Museum, a  fascinating museum  exhibiting a vast range of specimens from various segments of natural history, with over  80 million objects spanning 4.5 billion years . 

No better place to delve into the history and past of our beautiful planet Earth! And a  must-do attraction for families with children , as you will find inside many activities and interactive exhibits. 

Some of the  best things to see  in the Natural History Museum are the giant blue whale skeleton in Hintze Hall, the fossils in the famous Dinosaurs gallery and meteorites from outer space.

And since the museum is home to  over 20 galleries and 4 areas , it might be best to plan your visit in advance and choose one zone to focus on based on your preferences and interests.

Yes, the Natural History Museum is free to visit, but some temporary exhibitions and events might require an admission fee, so check out the website in advance. It might also be best to book your ticket online to skip the queue, especially in busy seasons.

3- Victoria and Albert Museum

Right next to the Natural History Museum, you will come across the Victoria and Albert Museum, the  largest museum of applied arts, decorative arts and design , housing a permanent collection of over 2.27 million objects.

Founded in 1852 and named after Queen Victoria and Prince Albert, the V&A is a fascinating place to explore, where you will find worldwide examples of  architecture, painting, sculpture, fashion, textiles, ceramics and jewellery .

The museum also hosts many  exhibitions  and  shows about fashion designers and cultural trends , including displays celebrating Christian Dior, Tim Walker and Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR PRIVATE TOUR

Yes, the Victoria and Albert Museum is free to visit, but some temporary exhibitions and events might require an admission fee, so check out the website in advance.

4- Hyde Park

Head north to reach the renowned  Hyde Park , a  historic Royal park  with a  350-acre stretch of green land  home to a large lake, cafés and sports facilities.

The park is a fantastic place to  wander, relax or enjoy a picnic  surrounded by nature, away from the noise of the city! 

On your journey through the park, take time to admire the  Diana Memorial Fountain  and stop by the  Speakers’ Corner , a historic site of public protest, speeches and debates.

And throughout the year, Hyde Park also hosts many  significant festivals and events , including  Winter Wonderland , a large annual Christmas event featuring a buzzing market, ice rink and giant observation wheel.

5- Oxford Street

Shopping enthusiasts,  Oxford Street  is the place for you! On your way to Covent Garden, walk through this iconic road, the  busiest shopping street in Europe,  and stop by your favourite boutiques. 

With  over 90 stores , from fashion and beauty to technology and homewares, it offers 1.5 miles of non-stop shopping, making it the  ultimate shopper paradise .

No matter your style and budget,  you will find something for you  – or your family! 

And if you are more of a foodie lover, enjoy a selection of  over 500 restaurants  all within walking distance, whatever the time of day. 

6- Covent Garden

It is time to discover one of my favourite areas in London,  Covent Garden , a  shopping and entertainment hub  based on an elegant and car-free square renowned for its  luxury fashion, beauty stores and award-winning restaurants and theatres .

This  lively and must-see destination  will appeal to all travellers, whether you are into shopping, nightlife, art, history or culture. Stop by the  Royal Opera House , watch street performers outside the 17th-century  St. Paul’s Church  or visit the  London Transport Museum  home vintage vehicles.

Here are some  top things to do & see  in Covent Garden:

• Wander through the iconic Apple Market
• Uncover the little Neal’s Yard gem
• See a show at the Royal Opera House
• Visit the London Transport Museum 
• Eat at some of the best restaurants
• Walk around Jubilee Market 

Your 3-day London itinerary ends at the British Museum, a  famous public museum dedicated to human history, art and culture , where you can travel from Ancient Greece and Egypt to Africa and China through  over 60 free galleries.

Home to a collection covering  2 million years of history , this fascinating museum documents the  story of human culture  from its beginnings to the present day.

Step inside the  largest and oldest museums  in the UK and explore its  cultural treasures , ancient and modern, including relics from Ancient Egypt, Ancient Greece and Ancient Rome, such as  Egyptian mummies , the  Rosetta Stone  and  Parthenon Sculptures .

And alongside the extensive permanent collection, you will find  frequent exhibits  focusing on people, places and stories from the past and critical themes of the present and future. Check out the  website  before you visit to see what is on! 

If you have more time…

If you have more time or would like to personalise your 3-day itinerary, here are some other places and landmarks I recommend :

• Notting Hill
• Camden Town
• Windsor Castle
• Regent’s Park
• Tate Britain

Top day trips from London

How to get to london.

The best way to get to London will depend on where you come from and your budget, but there are many options to reach the capital. 

One of the quickest ways to get to London is by plane . London has multiple international airports connected to the main cities in the world. Please, try to prioritise direct flights to reduce your carbon footprint – if flying is the only option. Once at the airport, you can easily take the bus, subway or taxi to reach the city centre. 

One of the most eco-friendly ways to get to London is by train . London benefits from an extensive railway hub linking to the major European cities, including the Eurostar, connecting you to Paris in no time. 

Finally,  the most affordable option is to take the coach . It is a great way to get to London if you are exploring Europe on a budget, but it can take longer. You will also find different types of coaches depending on how they cross the sea – by ferry or Eurotunnel. 

How to get around London

Once in London, you will find many options for getting around the capital. 

The best way (eco-friendly too) to travel around London is on foot . The city is vast, so I suggest you focus on one area each day to have the main attractions within walking distance of each other. 

That is what I tried to do for this 3-day guide, so you can easily explore the capital on foot, even on a short day trip or weekend getaway. Plus, it is the perfect way to see the best sights whilst exercising!

Walking will allow you to soak up the wonderful local atmosphere and find hidden gems you might otherwise miss. 

The second best option to get around London is by public transport . The English capital has a reliable and efficient transportation network that will take you anywhere in no time. It is one of the quickest ways to travel around the city, but it can get quite expensive, so check out the passes available beforehand if you plan to use the subway and bus a lot.

The last and fun option is to travel around London by bike . It is a fantastic way to get around the city whilst reducing your carbon footprint! However, I recommend being careful of the cars and traffic if you are exploring the capital with children.

And, of course,  London taxis  are also an option if you would like a private ride to a specific location or from/to the airport – but not the most cost-efficient way to get around + do not forget to carry cash.

Shop the printable travel itinerary

Create your dream city break & live a unique green experience.

Where to stay in London

Are you looking for the best place to stay in London for 3 days? Here is an overview of the top neighbourhoods in the English capital:

• Covent Garden : the best neighbourhood  for first-timers  due to its central location and access to the main attractions and landmarks, including Trafalgar Square, Big Ben and Buckingham Palace.
• South Bank : the best area to stay in London  for families  due to its excellent location near the city centre and all the child-friendly activities it offers, from London Eye to SEA LIFE.
• Camden : the best place to stay in London to soak up the   bohemian and  local vibes , known for its famous market and live music scene. It is also a great area to stay in  for budget travellers ! 
• Soho : the best district  for   nightlife , vibrant atmosphere and trendy shops. This energetic hub is perfect for living the best of the English capital and connecting with locals.
• Notting Hill : with its charming atmosphere and pastel buildings, it is the best area to stay in London  for couples  looking for a romantic getaway. The neighbourhood is also great  for food lovers . 

Best time to visit London

The best time to visit London is in  late   spring (May-June)  and  early   autumn (September-October)  when the weather is nice and sunny, but the city is not overcrowded, perfect for sightseeing.

Summer and Christmas are the busiest seasons  for tourists and the most expensive times to visit London, so keep that in mind. 

If you are travelling  on a budget , January and February would be the best options, but be ready for the cold and rain. 

London Pass: what you need to know

The London Pass is a  package of digital sightseeing credits  giving you access to  over 90 attractions, tours and museums .

Thanks to the pass, you will save money whilst enjoying the  top things to do and see  in the capital. Choose the duration, download it to your phone and scan it at the entrance to each attraction.

You will be able to access a selection of the  best highlights and landmarks , including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace and more.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR PASS

Tips for reducing your eco-impact in London

Sustainable travel  means exploring the world whilst being aware of your surroundings and having a positive social, environmental and economic impact on the places you visit.

Being a responsible traveller in London is possible! Here are some  eco-friendly travel tips  for reducing your carbon footprint:

• Use the train to reach the English capital . London is incredibly well-connected by train to the rest of the world, so prioritise travelling this way to lower your carbon impact.
• If you need to take the plane, book direct flights  (which require less fuel than indirect flights)  and  offset your carbon footprint . But, do not use carbon offsetting as a complete solution. Combine it with other sustainable practices, like avoiding single-use plastic on the plane and mindfully packing your suitcase for your green city break. 
• Select an eco-friendly accommodation . It is not always easy to determine whether a hotel has eco-conscious practices, but try to look on their website for green credentials and ask questions. You can also use  Bookdifferent  or  Ecobnb  to help you decide.
• Once there, use public transport . London has an efficient public transport network that can take you anywhere easily and fast. Another way to get around sustainably is on foot. But if walking is too tiring, use the bike! The capital is ideal for cycling around at your own pace.
• Eat at local restaurants  that use produce from the area and emphasise organic and sustainability. It will contribute to the local economy and reduce your carbon footprint by supporting restaurants where food does not come from long distances.
• Always respect the local heritage . Treat people and their surroundings with respect. Sustainable travel is not only about the environment but also about the local communities. So, always be respectful, smile and talk to the locals.

More inspiration for your green vacation:

• Best Travel Apps for Exploring Sustainably
• 15 Travel Books to Inspire Your Next Eco-Adventure
• Best Ecotourism Activities Around the World

Eco-friendly gear you might love:

• 10 Best Sustainable Backpacks for Travel & Hiking
• 10 Best Reusable & Eco-Friendly Travel Mugs
• 8 Best Filtered Water Bottles for Travel & Hiking

Check out  this page  for more inspiration on eco-friendly products & gear.

London travel planning guide

Yes, buying insurance is always valuable when travelling abroad. Enjoy your city break in London stress-free with one of my favourite providers,  Nomad Insurance .

Yes, tap water is safe to drink all over London. However, I also recommend travelling with the  UltraPress Purifier Bottle , a lightweight filtered water bottle perfect for reducing plastic and staying hydrated.

Yes, renting a car in London is easy and is a great way to explore the English countryside freely. I recommend booking yours with  Rentalcars.com  – they offer a variety of operators for all budgets.

The best way to book your accommodation in London is with  Booking.com  – my favourite platform to compare and reserve places to stay each night, from affordable guesthouses to luxury hotels.

I recommend booking your plane with  Skyscanner . It has been my favourite platform for years, as it allows me to book the cheapest flights whilst lowering my carbon emissions.

3 days in London – FAQ

Yes, 3 days are enough to discover London and enjoy its top sights and attractions. It will allow you to explore its fascinating landmarks and museums and soak up the local culture. However, I also recommend spending more time in the capital if possible, as there is so much to do and see.

Yes, London is quite expensive, so plan your trip in advance and budget accordingly. If you want to save money, explore the capital on foot, eat at local markets and use the London Pass to save on its attractions. Thankfully, most museums and galleries are free, so take advantage!

The London Pass is a package of digital sightseeing credits giving you access to over 90 attractions, tours and museums. Choose the duration, download it to your phone and scan it at the entrance to each attraction.

The best months to visit London are in late spring (May-June) and early autumn (September-October) when the weather is nice and sunny, but the city is not overcrowded, perfect for sightseeing.

And you, have you ever visited London or would you like to go one day?  Let me know in the comments below!

With love ♡ Lucie

• Share on Twitter Share on Twitter
• Share on Facebook Share on Facebook
• Share on Pinterest Share on Pinterest

You will also love

STAY INSPIRED

Join our community today to receive exclusive travel tips & behind-the-scene stories that will inspire your next adventures, directly to your inbox. Can't wait to see you inside ♡

Reader Interactions

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

10 Eco-Friendly & Fun Things to Do in Paris

Follow the journey.

On the Blog

• Privacy Policy

Become an insider!

And receive exclusive travel tips & behind-the-scene stories ♡

Copyright Lucie Charpentier © 2024 · Theme by 17th Avenue

The perfect three days in London

From royal palaces and majestic landmarks to cozy pubs and intimate theaters, London’s charms fill every corner of the city, making even a quick three-day an unforgettable adventure. To make the most of a short trip, it’s all about balancing tourist essentials—like the Tower of London and Westminster Abbey—with time to soak in the vibe of the city’s most fascinating neighborhoods, including colorful Notting Hill (movie star sightings not guaranteed) and the artfully trendy Shoreditch (gritty vintage shops definitely guaranteed). Since London is a walkable city, this itinerary is designed for explorations on foot. However, don’t miss out on one of my favorite London activities: climbing onto the second level of a double-decker bus and watching the city unfold in front of me.

Here are some of my suggestions for a three-day itinerary to help you find the best of the city.

MORNING: Westminster pomp and circumstance

Rise, shine, and follow the chimes to one of London’s most famous (four-sided) faces, Big Ben , now officially called Elizabeth Tower after the late queen. Every time I stand in Ben’s presence, I’m mesmerized, but now more than ever since the bells are ringing once again after a five year refurbishment (you’ll hear the chime on the hour, and then the quarter bells strike every 15 minutes). Extra bonus: guided tours up the 334-step staircase to the belfry for non-British citizens just started in July 2023. Pro tip: Tickets go fast and are sold out months in advance, so snag yours as soon as the booking window opens at 10 am the second Wednesday of the month, three months ahead (so you’ll need to book in mid-September for a December tour). In other words, set an alarm now.

The clock tower rises out of the Gothic architecture masterpiece, the Houses of Parliament , also known as the Palace of Westminster, which is home to both the House of Commons and the House of Lords. A couple blocks to the north is 10 Downing Street , home to the British prime minister since 1735. While you can’t go in, I always make a point to peek through the fencing at the famous address.

Across Parliament Square Park is Westminster Abbey , the site of King Charles III’s coronation and Prince Wiliam and Duchess Kate Middleton’s storybook wedding. Being able to stand where these historic moments took place makes the city’s royal history truly feel alive to me.

Next, time your visit to catch the changing of the guards in front of Buckingham Palace , which starts at 10:45 a.m. Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday. No matter how many times I’ve seen it, there’s still that heart-pumping thrill to the 45-minute ceremony, a truly theatrical event with plenty of majestic music and regalia. Get here at least 30 minutes early for good sightlines (an hour if you want a prime position next to the fence). Depending on your royal interests, consider stopping in at Churchill War Rooms , Queen’s Gallery , or Royal Mews , where you can see all the ornate carriages.

Travelers say: “This was a great experience that we planned ourselves. I would recommend getting to Buckingham an hour early and taking your place against the fence, to the left or right of the main gates. Matter of fact, second window on palace to the left for great views of guards coming at you.” –@Ken V

WESTMINSTER TOUR OPTIONS

• Get the royal treatment on the Skip the Line into Houses of Parliament & Westminster Abbey Fully-Guided Tour , run by Take Walks—often with access to off-limits areas.
• Buckingham Palace opens its State Rooms to visitors for only 10 weeks each summer. Snag a spot on the best-selling Buckingham Palace Entrance Ticket & Changing of the Guard Tour from City Wonders.
• Those with a nose for clues may want to sleuth out the area with the Sherlock Holmes Museum and Westminster Walking Tour , checking off all the area highlights, ending in the literary detective’s museum on Baker Street.

AFTERNOON: High Street shopping

To the north of Westminster are some of the city’s most famous (and hectic!) gathering spaces, each notable in its own way. Trafalgar Square , adjacent to Admiralty Arch and the pathway to Buckingham Palace, is the most regal of them all, sandwiched by two stately fountains. Meanwhile, Leicester Square feels more like a bustling neighborhood park, linking the West End theaters to Chinatown. Finally, Piccadilly Circus sits at the junction of five of the city’s busiest streets, giving you access to the city’s best shopping.

Follow Piccadilly Street for about two blocks from the junction to reach one of the city’s oldest shops. Fortnum & Mason dates back to 1707 and has been offering its trademark afternoon tea–complete with tiers of tiny sandwiches and warm scones— for more than 300 years—its colorful tea tins make great souvenirs. I’m also always charmed by the tudor style of Liberty London nearby, which first opened in 1875, with a homey feel inside, selling its famous bold prints on everything from umbrellas to dishes to dresses.

Regent Street , built specifically to be a shopping street 200 years ago, still serves the same purpose today with flagships of global brands (while my favorite Thomas’s Cafe inside Burberry is closed now, it’s still worth popping into this location for some browsing). Oxford Street bustles day and night with shops of every variety; even the Boots drug store here is worth a stop, filled with cosmetics and skin care packaged like pricey luxuries but here cost a fraction of the price. Also worth exploring: the colorful Carnaby Street area with eclectic boutiques and dining. Don’t miss the area’s Kingly Court, where I've taken yoga classes upstairs and enjoyed way too many of the meze dishes at Imad’s Syrian Kitchen .

If shopping isn’t up your alley, head to the National Gallery —in Trafalgar Square—where the walls are lined with paintings from masters such as Rembrandt, Leonardo da Vinci, and Van Gogh. And bonus: most of London’s biggest museums are free, including this one.

EVENING: West End theater night

You’ve ended your shopping spree right in the heart of the British theater district, the West End, often referred to as the Broadway of London, with 39 live performance spaces to choose from. While there are plenty of musicals on offer, plays tend to shine here, often starring world-famous celebrities.

Follow my lead for a bargain ticket by starting a visit to the neighborhood at the TKTS booth in Leicester Square. Can’t decide what to see? My personal pick is the tale of Britain’s own boy wizard, the original production of Harry Potter and the Cursed Child at the Palace Theatre.

Before your show, go for dependable fish and chips, upgraded with premium ingredients, at Mayfair Chippy . After curtain call, enjoy a sweet treat as a nightcap, perhaps homemade ice cream at Udderlicious or in nearby Chinatown , which has an entire dessert alley. (I once used my entire break between Harry Potter performances to stand in line for a limited edition boba drink at Yifang Fruit Tea Chinatown).

Worthy detours along the way

MORNING: Notting Hill novelties

Synonymous with the 1999 Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant rom-com, Notting Hill lives up to its silver screen image with colorful homes lining streets and bohemian vintage shops mingling alongside chic eateries. The real reason to come to the neighborhood is Portobello Road Market , where vendors line the streets selling everything from antiques and clothes to fresh fruit and flowers to Swedish cinnamon buns. Saturday is when things here are truly bustling when 1,000 antique dealers elbowing for space makes it the biggest antiquities market in the world; Friday is a busy day, too, so be sure to get here early either of these days. Vendors rotate, but if you’re in the market for vintage jewelry, dishes and housewares, and clothing, you’ll be happy you made the trip.

During the week, I pop into storefront favorites including the antique shop Alice’s and the iconic The Notting Hill Bookshop , the inspirations for the Notting Hill movie. It’s not shops in Portobello, I’m a fan of the Museum of Brands , which presents the last 200 years of ads as art, including products you may remember from your childhood (warning, you may spend your afternoon humming classic commercial jingles, O-o-Ovaltine….).

If it’s a rainy day or you need a break, I recommend catching an early show at Electric Cinema , one of the nation’s oldest movie theaters, where seating includes velvet couches for two, leather armchairs with footstools, and cocktail service.

AFTERNOON: Chilling out Kensington and Hyde Park

Despite Kensington Palace being home to royals, including William and Kate when they’re in London, I always find a sense of calm in the 265-acre Kensington Gardens , almost like I’m spending time in an expansive (and ok, very elegant) neighborhood backyard. It’s the perfect spot for an afternoon stroll or people-watching, but don’t miss The Sunken Garden, home to the statue of Princess Diana commissioned by her sons.

Connected to the east is Hyde Park , another 350-acre space that earned the moniker “The People’s Park.” Go boating on Serpentine Lake , riding on Rotten Row from Hyde Park Stables , or, and this is my favorite part of the park, join the crowds at Speakers Corner where anyone can grab a stepstool and speak about their topic of interest while they’re cheered, jeered, or debated by onlookers. (Watch for a while to get the rhythm of this unique setup before jumping in to speak.)

Travelers say: “Feeding the ducks on the lake was a delightful experience that added to the park's charm. Whether you're seeking a relaxing stroll, a serene picnic spot, or a place to enjoy outdoor activities, Hyde Park is a must-visit destination that will leave you with beautiful memories.” –@ Omar

To the south of the park, make an obligatory visit to luxury department store Harrods in Knightsbridge—while the designer clothing and housewares are quite expensive (this is not a spot for bargain shoppers), it’s easy to feel like a VIP at its massive food halls (yes, plural) with endless culinary and confectionery delights. (Note that there’s no seating, so you'll need to take your finds to go.) Also in the area, the Kensington branch of popular Indian eatery Dishoom (I’m so obsessed with their black daal, I went four times in three days on my last trip!) or opt for French fine dining British chef Marcus Wareing’s Marcus .

KENSINGTON TOUR OPTIONS

• Afternoon tea at a royal residence? Yes, please, and pinkies up. Run by Top Tasting Tours, The Kensington Palace Gardens Royal High Tea includes stops at Round Pond and the Italian Gardens before sitting down for finger sandwiches and pastries.
• Pedal through London’s green spaces with Fat Tire Tours’ London Royal Parks Bike Tour including Hyde Park .
• Indulge in the luxe life on Royal Walk and Champagne Moet Chandon at Harrods , including a free amuse bouche.

EVENING: Heights and sights

After night falls, London flips on a new personality—and there’s no better way to take it all in that with an aerial view. Step into one of London Eye ’s 32 transparent capsules to be lifted up (slowly and gently!) nearly 443 feet into the air right on the shore of the River Thames, with Big Ben and Parliament in perfect view. Each rotation takes about half an hour on the world’s largest cantilevered observation wheel.

For a different POV, score a hard-to-get, but free, ticket to the Sky Garden , London’s highest public garden with views of the city in every direction. Hint: I wasn’t able to snag a spot during my last visit, so instead I booked a reservation at one of its sky-high restaurants, Darwin Brasserie (you can also choose from Fenchurch or Larch ) and was treated to a perfect corner table—and then was able to enjoy the gardens and views after my meal.

End the night at the riverside Lyaness inside Sea Containers London . Here at the flagship of famed bartender Ryan Chetiyawardana (aka Mr. Lyan), finding the right drink for your taste buds is an art that’s curated carefully and mindfully, for a bar experience like no other. After asking me about my preferences (I always say “fun and fruity”), I was served a delicious Marigold Gimlet with oyster honey and apple blossom.

MORNING: Bridge and market

London Bridge may have the song, but the Tower Bridge has all the impressive grandeur. The 1894 neo-gothic structure with two turreted towers offers self-guided tours with access to its towers, walkways, glass floors, and engine rooms.

To the northside of the Tower Bridge is the Tower of London , a palace, fortress, and prison—all open to visitors. The most gleaming attraction in the Crown Jewels, a priceless collection of the nation’s most valuable treasures, including the regalia used at coronations. While the glitz and glamor is awe-inspiring, I got more of a thrill going down a metallic slide into the Superbloom . Making its debut last year for the Platinum Jubilee, 20 million wildflower seeds were planted in the moat, turning it into a sea of colors every summer. I like to visit right before closing, when I can avoid the crowds and still get to see all the highlights of the entire grounds.

Travelers say: “This by far was one of the best tours we have done on a 10-day trip of Europe. The Tower of London is an amazing site to visit but the Beefeater guide was the best. Engaging, informative and entertaining - even for my teenager. Don’t miss the Crown Jewels. Bring your water and walking shoes because you can spend hours here. Highly, highly recommend.” –@Tex Hon

Cross the Thames and you’ll reach Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre , a recreation of the 1599 stage that once stood on this exact spot. In the summer, it’s the ideal place to watch a classic piece of theater on a beautiful night (note that “groundlings” have to stand, but you can get a ticket for less than 10 pounds). Off season, you can still take a guided tour. Any time of year, walk about five minutes more to the contemporary art museum Tate Modern ; it’s free, and the space, a former power station, is worth a look even if it wasn’t filled with fabulous art. Some highlights here include Pablo Picasso’s Bust of a Woman to the current Yayoi Kusama: Infinity Mirror Rooms .

Follow the river walk for another five minute walk and end your morning with lunch at Borough Market , as much a community center as it is a food market, established in 1756, with more than 100 traders selling a variety of food items, both prepared and ingredients. Just follow your nose to whatever speaks to you–Get in line for the crisp-edged, lenti-filled dosas at the “Horn OK Please” Indian street food stand, followed by a pint of crisp hard cider at The London Cider House . Then stock up on spices at Spice Mountain, where there's everything from powdered lemongrass to sweet curry, both to cook with at home and for gifts.

RIVERSIDE TOUR OPTIONS

• Sail the Thames on the Tower Bridge River Cruise from Westminster on an hour-long trip.
• Eat your way through the historic market on Walking Food Tour in the Borough Market with Eating Europe , with six tasting included.
• If you look closely, you just might see traces of the Wizarding World in this area. The Tripadvisor’s Travelers’ Choice Awards’ Best of the Best Tour for Muggles goes from Leadenhall Market to Borough Market revealing the sites that inspired the series.

AFTERNOON: A Tale of two Shoreditches

The neighborhood of Shoreditch is one of contrasts. There’s no doubt a grittiness to the area, as an enclave for creatives and artists. The epicenter is Brick Lane , a rather quirky mix of vintage shops, food markets, bagel shops, and Indian eateries. The vibrant street springs to life on Sundays for its market.

But there’s also a distinctly forward-through vibe, seen, felt, and tasted in the shops and booths at Old Spitalfields Market , Spitalfields Market , and Boxpark Shoreditch . It’s easy living here, just following your interests through the rows of friendly vendors, stopping for bites at food trucks for a light dinner and perhaps taking in some live music pop-up shows.

If you’re in the area on a Sunday between 8 a.m. and 3 p.m., wander up to Columbia Road Flower Market to browse the colorful plants and florals.

EVENING: Arts and a pint

As the largest multi-arts venue in Europe, the Barbican Centre , with a full lineup of movies, music (from classic to contemporary), theater, dance, talks, and events of every kind. The building itself is a standout for its brutalist architecture, recently made famous again in Harry Styles’ “As It Was” video.

Finally, wrap up your trio of days as the Brits would, in a local pub. The best way to pick one is to simply follow your instincts to one in the neighborhood. Some Tripadvisor favorites include The Royal Oak , Lord Clyde Southwark , The Prince of Greenwich Pub , The Wigmore , and The Ganton Arms . (One tip: you can order a “half pint,” which is a half-size pour instead of a full pint glass, to be able to try more styles of classic British ales, lagers, bitters, and ciders.)

Know Before You Go

London is bright and bustling June through August, with weather in the mid-70s (though heat waves are getting a bit more common). While May and September are a bit cooler, their budding flowers or falling leaves are a bonus, plus there are fewer crowds. November through February are cool, dark, and even rainier than usual, but travel and hotel rates can be at their cheapest. Dark days are a bit cheerier from mid-November through December, when the city is dotted with Christmas markets , ice skating rinks , and epic holiday lights.

As a global capital, London tends to keep open hours the whole week long. Most museums are open regular hours seven days a week, though church-related sights are often closed on Sundays. Shops tend to open a little later Sundays, around noon, and some restaurants are closed Sundays and/or Mondays.

Museums and shops in London open around 10 a.m., with museums typically closing at 5 or 6 p.m. and shops at 7 or 8 p.m. Restaurants tend to be open from noon to 9 p.m., though some close between 3 and 5 p.m. to make the transition from lunch to dinner. Despite the fact that most Londoners aim for afternoon tea between 2 to 4 p.m., high-end venues will take reservations for teatime anywhere from 11 a.m. to 6 p.m. to max out reservations. Pubs tend to open around noon. And don’t expect to do a pub crawl into the late hours—they actually close “early” compared to cocktail bars, usually around 11 p.m.

Covent Garden : Smack-dab in the middle of the action and featured at the end of our Day One itinerary, Covent Garden is one of the most central locations in London. The Claremont, Charing Cross is an elegant 1865 hotel with chandeliers, marble columns, and a chic cocktail bar, just a few minutes’ walk from tube stops and Trafalgar Square and a 15- to 20-minute walk from both The British Museum and Westminster Abbey.

Westminster : You might not realize how close you are to London hotspots when you’re lounging in St. James’ Court, A Taj Hotel ’s classy courtyard with its own fountain, but it’s located right between Buckingham Palace and Westminster Abbey. With both the District Line and Circle Line a few minutes’ walk away at St. James Park, even the sights not right outside the front door will feel pretty close.

East End : OK, it’s not as central or scenic but hotels in the East End are cheaper and closer to Day Two attractions like The Tower of London. Travelodge London City Hotel isn’t fancy, but it gets high ratings for covering the basics for a cheap price. Plus, it’s just a four-minute walk to the Circle Line, which means most of London is easily within reach.

Public transportation: The tube, aka London’s underground transit system , is wide-reaching, relatively simple, and always running, with 24/7 service on major lines. That said, trips can add up. A Day Travelcard includes unlimited trips on the tube, trams, and buses within most of central London, and it’s worth it for travelers making three or more trips a day. If you like to linger over your hotel buffet breakfast, an Off-Peak Travel card, which can be used after 9:30 a.m., is an even better deal. The Oyster card is also an option, but requires a deposit fee so many not be worth it for shorter visits.

By bike: London is not as bike friendly as other European cities like Amsterdam and Copenhagen, though there are designated bike lanes in some areas, like the three-mile cycle route running along the river from the Tower of London to Big Ben. If you’re looking to pedal your way around the city, guided bike tours are a good option, such as one that covers London’s Royal Parks or another to see major attractions with stops for art-making and beer .

By taxi: London’s iconic black cabs are super cute, but a word of warning: They tend to be pricey, with fluctuating rates that depend on traffic. And that traffic can also inch along. As of this writing, the ride-share app Uber was running in London, but Lyft was not. London taxis also have their own app: Gett.

Airport transfers: London has six international airports, including City, Luton, Stansted, Southend, and, the two largest, Heathrow and Gatwick.

From Heathrow, the Piccadilly Line on the tube runs directly to Piccadilly Circus in 50 minutes. The faster option is the Heathrow Express rail line , which runs to Paddington Station in just 20 minutes. It’s more expensive than the tube, but it still beats taking a taxi, the priciest option by far and—thanks to traffic—often the slowest. Some hotels also offer hotel bus service—the Heathrow Hotel Hoppa , for example, makes trips to 25 hotels around the city and is as cheap as public transit.

From Gatwick Airport, the 30-minute Gatwick Express is by far the fastest option, running direct to Victoria Station. The Thameslink train costs half as much but takes twice as long, though it runs to more stations, including Blackfriars, St. Pancras International, and London Bridge. Both depart every fifteen minutes during the day. Buses are the most time-consuming choice, departing hourly and taking at least 90 minutes depending on the stop and time of day. Through easyBus, the National Express runs a bus from Gatwick to Victoria Station for as little as two pounds, but be sure to book ahead online or it could cost as much the train.

London 4–Day Itinerary

Jennifer Lopez

https://www.foratravel.com/guides/63KCPC/london-4-day-itinerary-jennifer-lopez

Arts & Culture

City Travel

Sightseeing

Curator’s statement

London, the vibrant and dynamic capital city of England, blends history and modernity, the traditional and the contemporary, all while showcasing diverse cultural influences from all over the world. Given the numerous historical sites, cultural institutions, entertainment venues, culinary options and beautiful natural spaces, a London 4–day itinerary isn't enough time to fully experience this magical city. What should a visitor to London see and do if they only have a 4-day stay in the city? For travelers with limited time, prioritizing key attractions, while also enjoying some of the city's hidden gems, is essential for any London 4–day itinerary.

The Fora Difference

Book with Jennifer to access exclusive perks and experiences on your trip.

Killer perks

Free upgrades, spa credits and more—we got you

Personalized recs

Customized travel planning for your style

Insider knowledge

Expert advice from people who’ve actually been there

Where to stay

Kimpton fitzroy london hotel.

Upscale property overlooking Russell Square with sophisticated rooms and suites.

$100 hotel / resort credit.

Breakfast daily.

Welcome amenities.

Upgrade & guaranteed late check-out.

Flemings Mayfair Hotel

An iconic London hotel with glamorous 1930s sensibilities and a Michelin-Starred restaurant.

$100 food / beverage or spa credit

Breakfast daily

Upgrade & extended check-in/out whenever possible

Four Seasons Hotel London at Park Lane

Refined London experience with award-winning, en-suite views of Hyde Park, rooftop spa and al fresco terrace.

When you book Four Seasons through Fora, you will enjoy exclusive Four Seasons Preferred Partner benefits. Your advisor will be pleased to give you more details.

Charlotte Street Hotel

Modern B&B in the heart of London with 52 individually designed, inviting rooms and suites.

Upgrade & late check-out whenever possible.

The Prince Akatoki London

Immerse yourself in Japanese hospitality and elegance at this boutique hotel, where tranquil luxury meets contemporary comfort in the heart of London.

$100 food / beverage credit.

Upgrade & extended check-in/out whenever possible.

Unlock perks by contacting Jennifer to book your trip.

Get in touch with Jennifer

Reach out to customize and book your own experience. Or, just to chat about travel in general.

You can normally expect a response from Jennifer within a business day or so. You’ll also be subscribed to our travel newsletter (you can unsubscribe at any time).

Your message has been sent to Jennifer !

Learn more about what to expect when working with an advisor.

Day 1: Arrive in London

You are likely to arrive in London in the morning. Once you have dropped your luggage off at your hotel, it’s time to get going! Not only is there a lot to see in a short period of time, but being active and staying awake now will also help you adjust to the time zone. Have a cup of (caffeinated!) tea before heading out into the city.

GET AN OVERVIEW

Get an overview of London by choosing one or more of these activities:

Hop on a hop-on hop-off bus or take a guided driving tour of the city in a traditional black taxi .

Enjoy panoramic views of the city’s sites from the vantage of the Thames River on a relaxing river cruise .

Get a bird’s eye view of London’s highlights from the iconic London Eye .

AFTERNOON TEA

Take a break and enjoy a traditional (or not-so-traditional) afternoon tea. There are endless afternoon tea options in London, but highlights include The Goring (classic), Art Afternoon Tea at the Mirror Room in the Rosewood Hotel (a fusion of art and cuisine) and Sketch (Instagram-worthy).

Fend off sleep with a brisk walk along one of London’s chicest shopping streets, Oxford Street. This West End street lies at the borders of Fitzrovia, Marylebone, Soho and Mayfair. Be sure to peek into the iconic Selfridges and Liberty of London and the UK’s largest vintage store, Beyond Retro . If you have your second wind, you may want to explore the luxury stores on nearby Bond Street. Check out the shops of British designer Alexander McQueen ; Asprey , which was founded in London in 1781; and the archetypal British fashion house, Burberry .

Day 2: Royal London

VIEW THE JEWELS

Beat the crowds with an early access tour at the Tower of London. See the famous Beefeaters during the tower’s opening ceremony and then ogle the crown jewels — which are still used regularly by the royal family — before the Tower opens to the public. Your tour will also include time to explore the rest of the Tower.

SEE THE PALACE

If you are lucky, you can book one of the rare guided tours of Buckingham Palace . Alternatively, you can take a self-guided tour of the Palace’s state rooms, when they are open to the public.

Take advantage of being in England and enjoy another fabulous afternoon tea! Princess Diana enjoyed having tea at The Orangery at Kensington Palace, and so can you!

It is a special experience to attend Evensong Services at Westminster Abbey , which are usually offered at 5 pm daily (3 pm on Sundays). Relax and enjoy listening to the choir while taking in the historic sights of the abbey, where 40 royal coronations have been held since the year 1066.

Give yourself the royal treatment and book a table at one of London’s many Michelin-starred restaurants for dinner. Some highlights include Ormer Mayfair, which features modern British cuisine, The Clove Club in Shoreditch for seasonal, creative cuisine and Trishna for a sublime Indian dinner that won’t break the bank.

Day 3: All things English

WAR HISTORY

Start your day with privileged early access to the Churchill War Rooms . Your guided tour gives you special access inside many of the otherwise glassed-off spaces, such as the Map Room.

RELIGIOUS HISTORY

Visit St. Paul's Cathedral to see the gorgeous interior followed by a climb (via the stairs!) up the dome to the three Dome Galleries, from where you will have fantastic views of the city.

HISTORIC LUNCH

Next, head to the nearby medieval St. Mary-le-Bow Church, originally built around 1080 as the London headquarters of the archbishops of Canterbury. Take the stairs down into the ancient crypt, and enjoy a unique and delicious lunch at Cafe Below .

ART HISTORY

The British Museum covers two million years of history and culture. The museum features the Rosetta Stone, the controversial Elgin Marbles and the Lewis Chessmen, the most famous chess set in the world. Be sure to check out the current special exhibit(s) and purchase timed tickets for any you wish to see.

BRITISH FOOD

Have dinner at a quintessentially British pub or a fish & chips restaurant — or a pub that serves fish & chips — to round out your busy day. Consider The Newman Arms or the hard-to-find Ye Olde Mitre pubs and the Golden Hind or Brockley's Rock — with vegan and gluten-free options — for fish & chips.

Day 4: Art, entertainment & leisure

Head to the East End for a walking tour of some of the area’s street art and end your tour with a hands-on graffiti workshop.

ARTSY MARKET

After your workshop, grab a coffee and wander around the indie stall shops at Spitalfields Market .

If you love modern art, you can’t miss a trip to the Tate Modern . Entry is free for this outstanding collection of modern and contemporary art from around the world.

RELAXING IN STYLE

Take a much-needed break from your whirlwind trip and enjoy one of London’s lovely green spaces. You can rent a chair (or a boat!), relax and enjoy the people-watching at several of London's royal parks , like Hyde Park, The Green Park and St. James Park.

TAKE IN A SHOW

No trip to London is complete without catching a show in Covent Gardens . Current hits include Mrs. Doubtfire, SIX, The Play That Goes Wrong, Harry Potter and the Cursed Child and Fawlty Towers .

Need to Know

If you can snag a reservation and squeeze one more tour into your itinerary, try to book a guided tour at Elizabeth Tower (aka Big Ben). The lucky few will get to climb the 334-step spiral staircase to the belfry where "Big Ben," the bell, has hung since 1859.

Travel Advisor

Let's talk about customizing this itinerary for you. Or, about other destinations.

Did you like this guide? Reach out to customize and book your own experience. Or, just to chat about travel in general.

This itinerary is part of our ongoing series on travel to London .

• Car Rentals
• Airport Transfers
• Attractions & Tours
• Bundle & Save
• Destinations
• Trip.com Rewards

Geriatric Medicine Refresher Day Conference 2024 | London Convention Centre

Geriatric Medicine Refresher Day Conference 2024 is the premier multidisciplinary event in Southwestern Ontario for healthcare professionals specializing in geriatric care. This gathering, held at the esteemed London Convention Centre on May 7, 2024, brings together physicians, nurse practitioners, nurses, therapists, social workers, personal care workers, educators, managers, and researchers. Attendees from various healthcare settings such as hospitals, long-term care homes, home and community care programs, and family health teams converge to exchange knowledge, best practices, and innovations in geriatric medicine. As the largest conference of its kind in the region, Geriatric Medicine Refresher Day is highly anticipated each year and consistently reaches full capacity. Don't miss this opportunity to network with experts in the field and stay up-to-date on the latest advancements in geriatric care.

Provided by Magdalena | Published Apr 14, 2024

Are you interested in Geriatric Medicine Refresher Day Conference 2024?

Recommended products for geriatric medicine refresher day conference 2024 | london convention centre, bulgari hotel london, the ritz london, covent garden, moscow  london, the cadogan, a belmond hotel, london, four seasons hotel london at park lane, mandarin oriental hyde park, london, more contents about london.

• Customer Support
• Service Guarantee
• More Service Info
• Website Feedback
• About Trip.com
• Terms & Conditions
• Privacy Statement
• About Trip.com Group

Other Services

• Investor Relations
• Affiliate Program
• List My Property
• Become a Supplier

England Itinerary: 7 Days in England

1 week in england itinerary.

I ’m glad you’ve decided to come to England! There are so many great reasons to visit England , and I’ve tried to fit them all into a week’s itinerary. Starting in London and adding Bath, Bristol, the Cotswolds, and the Peak District – this England itinerary will take you through some of the best spots in the country.

This England itinerary includes:

Peak District

I’d recommend doing the first half by public transport and then hiring a car to see the Cotswolds and the Peak District. There’s more on that decision below, but it’ll allow you to see all the more.

Day 1 in London

Starting your England itinerary You’ll fly into London, so let’s go there first. After checking into your hotel and freshening up it’s time to get out and see the city. You haven’t got long, so I’d recommend staying central. Take a look at some great Hotels in Central London .

If it’s your first time in London you’ll want to hit up all the big sights on your days out in London. Be prepared for lots of walking!

Pro Tip: If you plan to visit a lot of attractions and museums, the London Pass might be a great way to save money. It gives you access to 80 attractions and you can use the Hop on Hop off bus to get around. Buy the London Pass here >>

Buckingham Palace

Head straight to Buckingham Palace and look round the Queen’s digs to see where the British Royal Family have lived since the start of time. There’s usually a special exhibition on here, featuring fashion or jewelry collections from the past. Check out the Buckingham Palace website for details.

If this is your first time in London, make sure you don’t miss the Changing of the Guards.

Westminster

From here walk through the gardens to Westminster. Here you can see the iconic Big Ben clock, Westminster Abbey where Prince William and Kate got married and the Houses of Parliament. Up to you whether you fancy going in any of them, or they’re good enough to just admire from the pavement.

Once you’re done, walk across the bridge and you’ll get to South Bank. Make sure to take the time to admire the views from the bridge though – London looks its best on a summer’s day down here.

On the South Bank you could visit the London Aquarium, the London Eye, get a bite to eat at the South Bank Food Market (depending on the day and time of year) or just enjoy sitting around and admiring the book market and street performers. Look over the Thames and you’ll see the MI5 building – famously featured regularly on James Bond.

Borough Market

Walk another 25 minutes from here, or catch a red London bus, and you can visit the famous Borough Market. This is where you can try some of the best local food in London. Don’t eat too much though as you’ll want to save for dinner and a show in Soho tonight.

London’s West End is famous the world over. Here you can see shows like The Lion King, Mamma Mia, Matilda and Phantom of the Opera. Search around online for a deal which includes food, as there are some great places to eat in Soho. If you have trouble, then just head to ChinaTown. In recent years it’s more of an ‘Asia Town’, with offerings from Vietnam, Japan and Taiwan too.

If you’ve still got the energy for a night out, then the bars and clubs of Soho will welcome you with open arms! One of my faves is the karaoke at Lucky Voice. Check it out!

Day 2 in London

If you like shopping then Oxford Street and Piccadilly are good fun, but if you’re not really bothered then this is an opportunity to see some more of London. There’s so much to do in the city, but I think these are the key sights. If you need more ideas for a day out in London , check out my post.

I’d recommend you go to Hyde Park though. It’s so nice up here and you can wander around the Serpentine Gallery and the coffee shop there. If you want to see Hyde Park in a different way, then hire some rollerskates and you’ll cover more ground.

In or around Hyde Park you can see Kensington Palace, the Royal Albert Hall, the Royal Geographical Society and the Victoria and Albert Museum.

Notting Hill

If you’re in London on the weekend, jump on the tube (the London Underground) to Notting Hill. Here you’ll find all kinds of antique shops and trinkets, and some great places for brunch. It’s also one of the best places in London for street photography if that’s what you’re into.

Camden Market

You can easily get the tube from here up to Camden. Camden Market is world-famous – here you can get pierced, pick up some neon studded clothes from cyberpunk, and get a tasty bite to eat to enjoy by the canal. It’s also close to Regent’s Park, where you can just wander and enjoy the green space.

Or, you can pay to get into London Zoo and enjoy the thousands of animals who call it home. From Regent’s Park you can wander up to Primrose Hill, which offers some of the best views of North London. It’s also a pretty area to pick up a bite to eat.

I’d recommend a night out in Camden to finish off your two days in London. This is where you’ll find the rockers, the musicians and the creatives. Head to Purple Turtle and The World’s End for the best nights out!

Day 3 in Bath

Right, you can either hire a car, or just get the train – up to you. Today we’re going to go to Bath Spa for a day trip. It’s an hour and a half on the train, to the other side of the country, or about two hours driving. Bath is a UNESCO World Heritage Site .

The ancient Roman Baths here date back to around 65 AD. The city is built on hot springs, and you can visit the sites where Romans would relax and replenish in the hot waters.

You can’t swim in the old ones anymore, but there are plenty of new spas set up around the city where you can enjoy the natural healing properties. The best-known spa in Bath is Thermae Spa – it’s also the most luxurious. They have an open swimming pool on the top floor and plenty of rooms for spa treatments and experiences inside. You’ll need to book in advance to visit here.

Apart from all the spas, Bath is a great city to wander around and there are plenty of things to do in Bath . All the British High Street favorites are here, as well as boutique shops and cute and unique places to eat. The city is beautiful and there are some great walks around where you can look down into the valley. One of the top photo spots is at the Pulteney Bridge, looking down the River Avon.

Enjoy a more relaxed evening here, with the rooftop restaurant at Hall and Woodhouse. They serve great cocktails, a wonderful menu and it’s right in the heart of the city. Also, read my post on one day in Bath . And if you decide to spend the night in Bath, take a look at these recommended hotels in Bath .

Day 4 in Bristol

Enjoy a good breakfast in Bath – maybe at Sally Lunn’s so you can try the traditional Sally Lunn bun – and then it’s time for Bristol! Bristol is just 12 minutes on the train from Bath, or 40 minutes in the car, but it’s a whole other vibe.

Top Sights in Bristol

Bristol is known as the cool, creative part of England. In recent years house prices have gone through the roof as so many people want to live there. It’s the place to live in England right now.

You’ll need to fit in all the top sites in the city during your 24 hours here, including the Clifton Suspension Bridge, Clifton, the city center, Stokes Croft, the Science Museum and Bristol Museum too. I’d strongly recommend you walk the route, that way you’ll get to see a whole bunch of amazing Bristol attractions along the way.

Other things to see in Bristol include Cabot Tower – built in the 1890s to commemorate the 400th anniversary of the journey of John Cabot from Bristol to land, which later became Canada. Nowadays you can climb up it and enjoy the views out to the city.

Also, Bristol Zoo Gardens. This is the fifth oldest zoo IN THE WORLD, having opened in 1836. Since then the zoo has saved over 175 species from extinction. Visit and you can see red pandas, tree kangaroos, and gorillas too.

Stokes Croft Bristol

End up in Stokes Croft on your day in Bristol, as this is where you’ll have the best night out. This is where the independent traders are, and in the summer there’ll always be a beer garden party you can join. You could either stay in Bristol that night or just head back to your hotel in Bath on the train. It’s really not far and saves the worry of your luggage!

Day 5 in the Cotswolds

You can do the first five days using public transport very easily, in fact, I’d recommend it. But from this point I’d recommend you hire a car from either Bristol or Bath to really make the most of the Cotswolds and the Peak District. It’s a bit of a mission to use public transport to get from Bristol to the Cotswolds, whereas if you travel by car you can be there in 20 minutes.

The Cotswolds are an established Area of Natural Beauty (AONB) in England, and made up of small, quaint and very photogenic villages nestled in rolling hills and meadows. It’s much simpler to see by car.

I’d recommend driving to Cirencester to start your Cotswolds road trip. Cirencester is seen as the capital of the Cotswolds and it’s the busiest area. Head to Jack’s Cafe for a great breakfast to set you up for the day. Also, wander around Cirecenster a bit – lookout for the famous Fleece Restaurant, and the cute photo spots around the village.

Best Cotswold Villages

There are lots of great places to visit in the Cotswolds on a day out. Top of the list of best best places to visit in the Cotswold to add to your Cotswolds road trip though, and in order from Cirencester are:

• Bibury: the most photogenic spot in the Cotswolds. Arrived early to beat the crowds wanting to take the same photo of the same run of houses.
• Burford: totally underrated village, but also, cute houses galore! Stow on the Wold – famous for the pretty church, and church door. Looks like something from Lord of the Rings.
• Chipping Campden: here you’ll find some pretty boutique food and clothes shops, nice traditional English pubs and an old market place.
• Winchcombe: if you like castles, this is the Cotswolds village for you. Sudeley Castle dates back over 1000 years and is the number one place to see in Winchcombe.
• Cheltenham: then you can spend the night in the famous village of Cheltenham. This town is famed for its literary festival, and its horse racing, but aside from that is a spa town filled with regency buildings. You can enjoy a lovely evening here before you retire to sleep. I’m sure you’ll be tired by now. Oh, and you have the longest drive in the morning, so don’t drink too much Champers!

Day 6 in the Peak District

It’s a 2.5 hour drive to the Peak District, to Bakewell to be precise. The Peak District is one of England’s 10 National Parks, and the nearest one to where I grew up.

The Peak District is great – you can do all kinds of outdoor activities here. From cycling to hiking, to hang gliding and cable cars. Most of the activities are centered in Edale, the foodie delights in Bakewell, and the kids activities in Matlock – but I’d recommend driving round to see the stunning vistas the Peak District has to offer. If you want to know more about how to spend your day in the Peak District, then click through to my blog post.

As well as all the outdoor activities, there are also gardens to see, the stunning Chatsworth House to look round, and the underground caves to walk through. The Peak District is a really beautiful part of England, and a great chance to suck up some fresh English air before your plane journey back home.

Day 7 Return to London

Relax and head back to the airport I’d recommend a lie-in on your final day, and enjoy a good breakfast. And then maybe a short hike from Matlock to Matlock Bath to leave you feeling revitalized? It’s a three-hour drive back to London from Bakewell, straight down the M1.

Whipsnade Zoo

If you have a late flight then there are still a few gems in England to end your trip with. How about Whipsnade Zoo in the Chiltern Hills Area of Natural Beauty? It’s the UK’s biggest zoo and home to all kinds of exotic animals – including giraffes and penguins.

Wizarding World of Harry Potter

Or, you could go to the Wizarding World of Harry Potter at the Warner Bros Studio in Watford. This is where some of the set from the Harry Potter series has ended up, and you can immerse yourself into Harry’s world.

It really is an incredible experience, even if you’re not really that into Harry Potter. They take you through how they made some of the animals, and you get to have a butterbeer. Buy your Wizarding World of Harry Potter tickets here >>

The third option is to visit Windsor and Queen Elizabeth’s famous Windsor Castle . It’s here that she spends most of her time, and it’s also where Prince Harry and Meghan got married back in 2018.

Visit for a few hours and you can see the banqueting rooms enjoy watching the changing of the guard and just walk the grounds of one of the most important buildings in the UK.

Windsor is a really nice town in itself, and has plenty of shops, restaurants and bars to keep you entertained. Windsor is only a 20-minute drive to Heathrow, making for the perfect stop off before your flight.

I hope you’ve enjoyed your week’s itinerary for England. There’s so much to do here, but I think with careful planning using this itinerary, you can see a lot of the country and make some wonderful memories.

This 7 Days in England Itinerary was written by Victoria Philpott, from DayOutinEngland.com . The essential resource for guides and itineraries to England’s best days out. Searchable by interests, counties, cities, and areas – they’re definitely not just for the kids! Also follow her on Facebook , Instagram , and Twitter .

England Itinerary – One Week in England: Pin for Later:

• Airport Transfers
• Attractions & Tours
• Flight + Hotel
• Destinations
• Trip.com Rewards

Geriatric Medicine Refresher Day Conference 2024 | London Convention Centre

Geriatric Medicine Refresher Day Conference 2024 is the premier multidisciplinary event in Southwestern Ontario for healthcare professionals specializing in geriatric care. This gathering, held at the esteemed London Convention Centre on May 7, 2024, brings together physicians, nurse practitioners, nurses, therapists, social workers, personal care workers, educators, managers, and researchers. Attendees from various healthcare settings such as hospitals, long-term care homes, home and community care programs, and family health teams converge to exchange knowledge, best practices, and innovations in geriatric medicine. As the largest conference of its kind in the region, Geriatric Medicine Refresher Day is highly anticipated each year and consistently reaches full capacity. Don't miss this opportunity to network with experts in the field and stay up-to-date on the latest advancements in geriatric care.

Provided by Magdalena | Published Apr 14, 2024

Are you interested in Geriatric Medicine Refresher Day Conference 2024?

Recommended products for geriatric medicine refresher day conference 2024 | london convention centre, bulgari hotel london, the ritz london, covent garden, the cadogan, a belmond hotel, london, four seasons hotel london at park lane, mandarin oriental hyde park, london, more contents about london.

• Customer Support
• Service Guarantee
• More Service Info
• Website Feedback
• About Trip.com
• Terms & Conditions
• Privacy and Cookies
• About Trip.com Group

Other Services

• Investor Relations
• Affiliate Program
• List My Property
• Become a Supplier